Hinkley point c pre-Application consultation
Appendices A.1 Environmental Status Report A.2 Hinkley Point C Indicative Project Programme A.3 Preliminary Works Description A.4 Public Consultation to Date A.5 Public Consultation Questions A.6 Glossary of Acronyms and Abbreviations
Hinkley Point C Pre-Application Consultation – CONTENTS
Appendix A.1
ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS REPORT
HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1 | 107
CONTENTS
GLOSSARY
1 INTRODUCTION 1.1 Purpose 1.2 Environmental Impact Assessment 1.3 Consultation on the EIA 1.4 Overview of Data Collection
2 STATUS OF ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES AND ISSUES
3 HINKLEY POINT C BUILT DEVELOPMENT AND SOUTHERN CONSTRUCTION AREAS 3.1 Geology, Soils and Land Use 3.2 Land Contamination and Waste 3.3 Hydrogeology 3.4 Hydrology, Drainage and Flood Risk 3.5 Fresh Water Quality 3.6 Marine Water and Sediment Quality 3.7 Hydrodynamics and Coastal Geomorphology 3.8 Terrestrial Flora and Fauna 3.9 Marine and Coastal Flora and Fauna 3.10 Transportation 3.11 Noise and Vibration 3.12 Air Quality 3.13 Radiological Effects 3.14 Landscape and Visual Amenity 3.15 Archaeology and Cultural Heritage 3.16 Amenity and Recreation 3.17 Socio-economics
4 OFF-SITE ASSOCIATED DEVELOPMENT 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Socio-economics 4.3 Cannington Bypass 4.4 Cannington 4.5 M5 Junction 23 4.6 M5 Junction 24 4.7 Bridgwater 4.8 Combwich Wharf 4.9 Williton
5 OTHER ISSUES 5.1 Appropriate Assessment 5.2 Cumulative Assessment 5.3 Environmental Management 5.4 Decommissioning
108 | HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1
GLOSSARY FOR ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS REPORT
Agricultural Land Classification (ALC): A classification of agricultural land in England and Wales according to its quality and agricultural versatility. The classifications range from Grade 1 (the best and most versatile), through Grades 2, 3a, 3b, 3c and 4, down to Grade 5 (the least versatile).
Ancient Woodlands: Ancient woodlands are considered to be those which have had continuous woodland cover since at least 1600AD to the present day. Clearance at some time for underwood or timber production does not exclude a wood from this category.
Appropriate Assessment (AA): A process required by the Habitats Directive 92/43/EEC to avoid adverse effects of plans, programmes and projects on Natura 2000 sites and thereby maintain the integrity of the Natura 2000 network and its features.
Area of Outstanding Natural Beauty (AONB): AONBs were formally designated under the National Parks and Access to the Countryside Act 1949 to protect areas of the countryside of high scenic quality that cannot be selected for National Park status due to their lack of opportunities for outdoor recreation (an essential objective of National Parks). Further information on AONBs can be found at www.aonb.org.uk
Bathymetry: The measurement of water depth within a body of water.
Benthic Organisms: Organisms associated with the bottom or substratum of aquatic systems.
Biodiversity Action Plan (BAP): An agreed plan for a habitat or species, which forms part of the UK’s commitment to biodiversity. For further information consult the BAP website: www.ukbap.org.uk
Birds Directive: European Community Directive (79/409/EEC) on the conservation of wild birds. In the UK the Directive is implemented via the Wildlife and Countryside Act 1981 (as amended) and the Conservation (Natural Habitats, etc.) Regulations 1994 (as amended). For further information consult: www.opsi.gov.uk/si/si1994/Uksi_19942716_en_1.htm
Bivalve: Marine or freshwater mollusc whose body is enclosed between two shells hinged together by a ligament on the dorsal side of the body.
British Energy (BE): British Energy delisted from the London Stock Exchange on 3 February 2009 and is now part of EDF Energy.
Built Development Area (East and West): The boundary of the footprint of the proposed power station.
Conservation Areas: Designated areas of special architectural or historic interest, the character or appearance of which it is desirable to preserve or enhance.
Contaminated Land: Land where there may be a presence on site of a noxious substance, which may give rise to a hazard.
Critical Group: This group is defined as those people who, because of where they live and their habits, receive the highest radiation doses due to the operations of a nuclear operating site.
Decibel (dB): A unit specifying the logarithm of the ratio between the value of a quantity and a reference value (usually used in the measurement of power and intensity). For sound
HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1 | 109
pressure level the reference quantity is 20μPa, which is the threshold of normal hearing (0 dB). 140 dB is the threshold of pain.
Disturbance: A perturbation in the system (either biological, e.g. predation or physical, e.g. storms) which alters the nature of the biological community.
English Heritage: A Government Agency which promotes conservation and understanding of the historic environment and advises Government on the selection of listed buildings and scheduled monuments for protection and provides grant aid for the maintenance of historic buildings and monuments.
Environment Agency: A Government Agency responsible for matters relating to contaminated land, waste management, surface water drainage and discharges, flood risk management and water quality and has responsibility for ensuring that new nuclear power station designs meet high environmental standards and use the Best Available Techniques (BAT) to achieve this.
Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA): Generically, a process for predicting the effects of a proposed development on the environment that informs decision-makers in relation to planning permissions, consents, licences and other statutory approvals, as required by European Union Directive 337/85/EEC (the EIA Directive).
Environmental Scoping Report: A scoping report is usually produced at an early stage in the EIA process and should contain sufficient information to support a developer’s request to a regulator for a scoping opinion.
Environmental Statement: The document reporting the process and outcomes of the EIA.
Epifauna: Species living on the surface of the sediment in the marine environment.
Geomorphology: The scientific study of landforms and the processes that shape them through an understanding of landform history and dynamics (in particular their nature, origin, processes of development and material composition).
Greenfield Site: An area where development has not previously taken place.
Groundwater: Water occurring below ground in natural formations (typically rocks, gravels and sands).
Habitats Directive: The Habitats Directive (more formally known as Council Directive 92/43/EEC on the Conservation of Natural Habitats and of Wild Fauna and Flora) is a European Union directive adopted in 1992 as an EU response to the Berne Convention. It is one of the EU’s two directives in relation to wildlife and nature conservation (the other being the Birds Directive). It aims to protect some 220 habitats and approximately 1,000 species listed in the Directive's Annexes. Annex I covers habitats, Annex II covers species requiring designation of special areas of conservation, Annex III covers the criteria for selecting sites eligible for identification as sites of community importance and designation as special areas of conservation, Annex IV species in need of strict protection and Annex V covers species whose taking from the wild can be restricted by European law. These are species and habitats which are considered to be of European interest, following criteria given in the Directive. The Directive led to the setting up of a network of Special Areas of Conservation which, together with the existing Special Protection Areas, form a network of protected sites across the European Union called Natura 2000.
Hinkley Point C Development Site: The site of the proposed nuclear power station development (the main development).
Highway Authority: The responsibility for the maintenance and improvement of the highways is split between the Highways Agency, a body responsible for the national trunk road network
110 | HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1
(i.e. motorways and major A roads) and County Councils, who are responsible for the local highway network (i.e. other public roads).
Historic Environment Record (HER): Formerly the Sites and Monuments Record (SMR). Local Authorities are required to keep a register of known archaeological sites, monuments and finds, which is called the HER.
Historic Parks and Gardens: Parks and gardens identified by English Heritage as being of particular interest and quality by reasons of their historic layout, features and architectural ornaments. Like listed buildings they are graded I, II* and II.
Hydrogeology: The geological study of the distribution and movement of groundwater, especially concerning the physical, biological and chemical properties of its occurrence and movement in the soil and rocks of the Earth's crust.
Hydrography: The measurement of physical characteristics of water bodies involving tidal, current and wave information, together with bed depth, characteristics and features as well as on-shore features for location/navigation purposes.
Infauna: Species living within sediment.
Informal Recreation: Leisure activities which are not undertaken on a formal, organised basis and are generally carried out by individuals or small groups on an intermittent basis with a minimal requirement for supporting facilities.
Intertidal: The area of shore between the highest and lowest tides.
Ionising Radiation: Radiation, such as alpha, beta, gamma and x-rays, capable of inducing certain changes and effects in materials of living tissues.
Land Management: Various forms of activities relating to agricultural, forestry, etc. practices.
Landscaping: A general term used for the means by which, where appropriate, development is made to fit visually into its surroundings by control of siting and layout and use of trees, shrubs or grass (soft landscaping) and/or fences, walls or paving (hard landscaping).
Listed Buildings: Buildings and structures which have been identified by the Secretary of State for Culture, Media and Sport as being of special architectural or historic interest and whose protection and maintenance are the subject of special legislation. Their curtilage and setting is also protected. Listed building consent is required before any works can be carried out on a listed building.
Local Planning Authority (LPA): The level of government responsible for planning within a given administrative area. Within the study area this is West Somerset Council and Sedgemoor District Council. Somerset County Council is the responsible authority in respect of strategic planning matters and highways, minerals and waste disposal.
Mitigation: Measures recommended through the EIA process and applied through the regulatory approvals process to avoid, reduce or offset significant adverse effects on the environment.
Natural England: A Government Agency that promotes the conservation of England's wildlife and natural features and is responsible for designating National Nature Reserves, identifying Sites of Special Scientific Interest and for advising a wide range of bodies and individuals including the Government on matters affecting nature conservation.
National Nature Reserve (NNR): National Nature Reserves are designated under the National Parks and Access to the Countryside Act 1949 or the Wildlife and Countryside Act 1981 (as amended) primarily for nature conservation, but can also include sites with special
HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1 | 111
geological or physiographic features. They were established to protect the most important areas of wildlife habitat and geological formations in Britain and as places for scientific research. All NNRs are nationally important and are best examples of a particular habitat/ecosystem.
National Grid: The National Grid is the high-voltage electric power transmission network in Great Britain, connecting power stations and major sub-stations and ensuring that electricity generated anywhere in Great Britain can be used to satisfy demand elsewhere.
Neap Tide: Neap tides occur when the moon is in the first or third quarter when the sun, earth and moon form a right angle. The lunar high tide coincides with the solar low tide and they partly cancel out, giving a small total tide.
Open Countryside: All the area outside towns, villages and other settlements which is largely free of built development on a significant scale and comprises not only agricultural land but other open air uses such as woodland, water, mineral workings or golf courses.
Ordnance Datum (OD): The UK reference point for height.
Open Space: An area of land, regardless of ownership, which is not used for agriculture and upon which no significant built development has taken place or from which such development has been removed. Areas of open water and woodland are also included.
Piling: The installation of bored and driven piles and the effecting of ground treatments by vibratory dynamic and other methods of ground stabilisation.
Plankton: Organisms suspended in the water column and incapable of moving against water currents.
Planning Policy Statements (PPS): A series of advisory statements produced by the Government covering a wide range of planning issues. PPSs are the principal source of Government policy guidance on planning matters. PPSs are now replacing PPGs (Planning Policy Guidance).
Public Access: Permitted use of land by members of the public. Access can be allowed by a variety of means including: public rights of way (e.g. footpath, bridleway, byway); Acts of Parliament; the granting of conditional access by landowners (e.g. National Trust); custom or tradition.
Radionuclide: Any man-made or natural element which emits radiation in the form of alpha or beta particles, or as gamma rays.
Ramsar Site: The Ramsar Convention on Wetlands of International Importance, especially as Waterfowl Habitat (1971) imposes a requirement on the UK Government to promote the wise use of wetlands and to protect wetlands of international importance. This includes the designation of certain areas as Ramsar Sites, where their importance for nature conservation (especially with respect to waterfowl) and environmental sustainability meet certain criteria. Further information can be found on the RAMSAR convention on wetlands website: www.ramsar.org
Roosting Site: Areas where birds congregate on land when not feeding. The term is often used with reference to areas used by waterfowl in estuarine and coastal locations during the high water period when intertidal feeding areas are covered by water and unavailable to birds for feeding.
Scheduled Monument: A feature of national, historical or archaeological importance, either above or below the ground, which is included in the schedule of monuments as identified by the Secretary of State. Not all nationally important archaeological remains are scheduled and sites of lesser importance may still merit protection.
112 | HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1
Shoreline Management Plan (SMP): A non-statutory plan produced to provide sustainable coastal defence policies (to prevent erosion by the sea and flooding of low-lying coastal land) and to set objectives for the future management of the shoreline. They are prepared by the Environment Agency and maritime local authorities, acting individually or as part of coastal defence groups.
Significant Wave Height: A measurement which corresponds to the average height of the highest one third of wave heights in any given sea state.
Site of Special Scientific Interest (SSSI): An area designated as being of special interest by reason of any of its flora, fauna or geological or physiographical features. SSSIs are designated by Natural England under the Wildlife and Countryside Act 1981 (as amended) and the Countryside and Rights of Way Act 2000.
Site Noise: That component of the ambient noise in the neighbourhood of a site that originates from the site.
Sound Power Level (Lw): The sound power level is the fundamental measure of the total sound energy radiated by a source per unit time.
Sound Pressure Level (SPL) or Sound Level (Lp): Measured in decibels is a logarithmic measure of the Root Mean Square sound pressure relative to a reference value: in the case of airborne noise, the reference value is 20 μPa measured in dB relative to 1 picoWatt.
Source Protection Zones (SPZ): Defined by the Environment Agency, these zones show the risk of contamination from any activities that might cause pollution in the area.
Southern Construction Area: An area of land to the south of the Built Development Area intended to support the construction phase works (including stockpiling of soils, a campus etc.) described in the main Consultation on Initial Proposals and Options document.
Special Area of Conservation (SAC): A site designated via the European Directive on the Conservation of Natural Habitats of Wild Fauna and Flora (92/43/EEC)(i.e. the Habitats Directive) to protect rare and endangered habitats and species at a European level. Together with SPAs they form a network of European sites to be known as Natura 2000.
Special Protection Area (SPA): Designated under Article 4 of the European Directive on the Conservation of Wild Birds (i.e. the Birds Directive) to protect the habitats of threatened and migratory birds.
Spring Tide: Spring tides happen just after every full and new moon, when the sun, moon and earth are in line. Lunar and solar tides line up and reinforce each other, making a bigger total tide.
Statutory Organisations: Government Agencies and other organisations which have a legislative duty in dealing with specific matters (e.g. Environment Agency, Natural England, English Heritage, etc).
Traffic Management: The promotion of a more effective movement of traffic within a given street system by rearranging the flows, controlling the intersections and regulating the time and place for parking by means of traffic orders. Traffic management can also give priority to different forms of transport, such as buses, or to pedestrians.
UK European Pressurised Reactor (EPR): The third generation Pressurised Water Reactor (PWR) design. It has been designed and developed mainly in France and Germany. In Europe this reactor design was called the European Pressurised Reactor and the international name of this reactor is Evolutionary Power Reactor, but is now referred to as EPR.
HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1 | 113
Water Framework Directive (WFD): European Community Directive (2000/60/EC) on integrated river basin management. The WFD sets out environmental objectives for water status based on: ecological and chemical parameters; common monitoring and assessment strategies; arrangements for river basin administration and planning; and a programme of measures in order to meet the objectives. For further detail consult the European Commission website: http://europa.eu.int
Waterfowl: Wading birds and wildfowl.
WeBS (Wetlands Bird Survey): The WeBS programme is a system of co-ordinated counts of wildfowl around the UK estuaries. The counts are carried out at high water throughout the winter months and are therefore indicative of the use of a particular estuary by roosting birds.
114 | HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1
1 INTRODUCTION
1.1 Purpose
1.1.1 This Appendix provides a summary of the status of the Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) process for the Hinkley Point C development proposal, building upon the original scoping study for the project produced in November 2008. It gives an overview of the EIA process, including the relevant consultation stages. The main body of this Appendix focuses on an outline description of the environmental baseline for the project area, including all Associated Development and summarises the work that has been undertaken, or that is planned to further inform this baseline. It also provides a preliminary view of the key issues associated with the development proposals and the potentially significant impacts, as well as viable mitigation measures.
1.2 Environmental Impact Assessment
1.2.1 As the EIA is taken forward, the general steps in the process that will be followed are shown below in Figure 1.1. The process of EIA is an iterative and evolutionary one that builds up layers of data as the assessment progresses. The approach taken is comprehensive and well- organised in order to deal with the variety of technical specialisms involved, as well as the need to integrate many of the environmental and social issues that may potentially arise. Furthermore, the EIA has to incorporate the comments and knowledge of a wide range of statutory and non-statutory stakeholders, as well as the input of the local community.
Figure 1.1: EIA Process
1.2.2 The EIA for the Hinkley Point C development will conform to the requirements of the Planning Act 2008, including the Infrastructure Planning (Environmental Impact Assessment) Regulations 2009 (SI 2009/2263). It will consider the potential implications of the proposals
HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1 | 115
for the environment of the study area in each of its construction, operation and decommissioning phases. The Environmental Statement (ES) will report the outcomes of the EIA process. In all cases where significant impacts are identified, appropriate mitigation measures will be developed and details provided in the ES. The residual impact will then be assessed and reported. The issues will ultimately be distilled into one central document, supported by a series of technical appendices providing additional information on relevant topic areas.
1.3 Consultation on the EIA
1.3.1 Stakeholder engagement is an essential part of the EIA process and has already helped to inform the requirement for and focus of, specialist surveys, the assessment of impacts and the development of mitigation measures. 1.3.2 More formally, an Environmental Scoping Report for the proposed development at Hinkley Point was published in November 2008 to assist Government to provide an EIA Scoping Opinion on the proposals; this was received in February 2009. This document represents the output from the first stage of the EIA process (Environmental Scoping) and provides the direction for the future work. 1.3.3 Prior to this, the views of key stakeholders were identified during a workshop held in March 2008 at the Hinkley Point B Power Station Training Building. Consultation with key stakeholders has been and will be ongoing throughout the EIA process. In particular, relevant specialists have been consulted on the proposals for the various surveys and studies that have been or will be undertaken. This is reported under the various subject headings discussed in Sections 3 and 4. 1.3.4 This document forms part of the pre-application consultation (Stage 1). It provides a report on the environmental studies now being undertaken for the proposed development as part of the impact assessment process. See Section 1 of the Consultation on Initial Proposals and Options document for details of the consultation process and how to respond. 1.3.5 As part of the next stage of consultation (Stage 2), a draft ES will be produced in order to provide statutory consultees and other interested parties with the opportunity to comment on the foreseen impacts of the proposals. 1.3.6 It is proposed that the Development Consent Order (DCO) application will then be made in July 2010 and formal consultation on the ES will occur in July and August 2010.
1.4 Overview of Data Collection
1.4.1 For the purposes of environmental impact assessment, the Hinkley Point C Development Site has been subdivided into the Built Development Area West, Built Development Area East and the Southern Construction Area (Figure 1.2). A summary of the data collection work that has been undertaken, is ongoing or is planned for each of these areas, is provided with respect to each environmental topic under examination (e.g. geology, archaeology, air quality etc.) in the tables included within Section 3 of this appendix. Studies that have been completed, are ongoing or are planned with respect to Off-site Associated Development are summarised in Section 4.
116 | HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1
Figure 1.2: Main Development and Construction Areas
1.4.2 Clear definition of the study area for the EIA is a key part of the process. The study area must encompass the area over which the impacts of the proposed scheme may be detected. Consequently, the study area for each topic considered in the EIA may be different. 1.4.3 Figure 10.5 of the Consultation on Initial Proposals and Options document shows the Hinkley Point C Development Site, which represents the ‘immediate’ study area. However, the study area is not always limited to the development footprint, some construction phase and operational impacts will occur further away from the site (Figure 10.1 shows the extent of proposed development on and off-site and gives an indication of the wider EIA context for the proposals). The Transport Assessment, for example, extends to the M5; the influence of the thermal plume from cooling water will be considered within Bridgwater Bay; while effects on terrestrial ecology will be limited to the footprint of the works. Consideration of each of the topics being addressed in the EIA will lead to the formal definition of a ‘wider’ study area, such that an entire zone of potential impact influence is defined during the assessment process, allowing the context and significance of impacts to be determined.
HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1 | 117
2 STATUS OF ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES AND ISSUES
2.1.1 Sections 3 and 4 below provide a summary of the environmental characteristics of the Hinkley Point C Development Site and proposed Off-site Associated Development. The following topics are covered:
Geology, soils and land use; Land contamination; Hydrogeology; Hydrology, drainage and flood defence; Fresh water quality; Marine water and sediment quality; Hydrodynamics and coastal geomorphology; Terrestrial flora and fauna, including ornithology; Marine and coastal flora and fauna; Transportation; Noise and vibration; Air quality; Radiological effects; Landscape and visual amenity; Archaeology and cultural heritage; Amenity and recreation; and Socio-economics. 2.1.2 For the Built Development Area and the Southern Construction Area, the baseline environment is described in broad terms for each of the topics listed above and the work undertaken to date (e.g. surveys, literature reviews and consultation) to inform the impact assessment process is briefly discussed. The proposed approach for continued development of the baseline and assessment work (e.g. further studies) is set out, where applicable, as well as a summary of key environmental issues for each of the interest areas. This is not intended to represent a detailed impact analysis of the proposed development; it provides an update to the original scoping exercise undertaken in November 2008 in order to inform the consultation process. 2.1.3 For the Off-site Associated Development, the proposed infrastructure elements have been grouped according to location, in order to facilitate description of the environmental baseline, a description of the assessment studies undertaken and proposed to be undertaken and an initial indication of the likely environmental issues. 2.1.4 At this stage, the assessment work for the Off-site Associated Development components of the project is not as advanced as for the Built Development Area and Southern Construction Area. In some instances (e.g. for some of the park and ride facilities and accommodation) options are being considered and the information presented in Section 4 is, therefore, of a more generic nature than for the Built Development Area. However, presentation of options and their potential environmental implications at this stage of consultation will assist in the selection of the Associated Development sites.
118 | HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1
2.1.5 The work is being undertaken by specialists in the field as follows:
Organisation Topic
Air Quality; Archaeology and Heritage; Contaminated Soils; Environmental Management; Hydrology and Flood Risk; Geology and Topography; Amec Groundwater; Land Use; Noise and Vibration; Radiological Effects; Surface Water Quality
APEM Marine Ecology
Hydrodynamics and Coastal Geomorphology; Marine Ecology; Marine Cefas Sediments
Entec Terrestrial Ecology; Ornithology
Gillespies Landscape and Visual Amenity
Oxford Brookes Socio-economics University
Royal Haskoning Amenity and Recreation; Appropriate Assessment; Environmental Impact Assessment; Climate; Flood Risk Assessment; Navigation; Transport Planning and Assessment; Water Framework Directive Assessment
HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1 | 119
3 HINKLEY POINT C BUILT DEVELOPMENT AND SOUTHERN CONSTRUCTION AREA
3.1 Geology, Soils and Land Use
a) Baseline Environment i) Geology 3.1.1 Hinkley Point lies on the southern margin of the Bristol Channel sedimentary basin (known as the Somerset Basin). The basin comprises Mesozoic sediments which were deposited in a synclinal trough. Sediment thicknesses are consistent far from the coastline but increase towards the very centre of the basin known as the Somerset Basin. It is floored by rocks of the Devonian and Carboniferous age, which are exposed in the Quantock Hills in the south-west and in the South Wales Carboniferous massif to the north. West of the Hinkley Point C site, Mesozoic rocks of Jurassic and Triassic age are exposed along the cliff line towards Watchet, whilst to the east of the Hinkley Point C site the Lower Lias cliff line gives way to the flat low- lying ground of the River Parrett Estuary and the Somerset Levels which represent an extensive area of shallow marine and terrestrial sediments deposited during the Quaternary (see Figure 3.1).
Figure 3.1: Geological Map of Hinkley Point and the surrounding area
120 | HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1
3.1.2 The solid geology in the study area predominantly comprises the Lower Lias of the Lias Group (Lower Jurassic) (referenced LLi in Figure 3.1), the Triassic Penarth Groups (referenced PNG Ban in Figure 3.1) and Mercia Mudstone Groups (referenced MMG in Figure 3.1), as detailed below:
Lower Lias, Blue Lias: The Blue Lias comprises very weak to medium strong, thinly laminated to thinly bedded calcareous mudstone, alternating with weak thinly laminated fissile mudstone and medium strong to strong thinly bedded argillaceous limestone. Penarth Group, Lilstock Formation (subdivided into Langport Member and Cotham Member): The Cotham Member of the Lilstock Formation comprises weak to medium strong, thinly to thickly laminated, green-grey calcareous mudstone with some strong thinly bedded limestone beds, whilst the Langport Member comprises medium-strong to strong, thinly bedded argillaceous and micritic limestone. Penarth Group, Westbury Formation: The Westbury Formation mainly comprises very weak to weak, thinly laminated, fissile, dark grey-black calcareous mudstone and siltstone with limestone bands. Mercia Mudstone Group, Blue Anchor Formation: The Blue Anchor Formation comprises mainly grey-green mudstone and siltstone. The siltstone is generally weak to strong thinly laminated to medium bedded, light grey-green. The mudstone is generally weak to strong thinly laminated to thinly bedded, grey (locally dark grey) and can be calcareous or partly dolomitic in places. Both siltstone and mudstone facies show some thinnish reddish beds near the base of the layer. They both show inclusions of gypsum and anhydrite of sedimentary origin, which constitute thin slumped beds and nodules packed into mudstone and siltstone. These minerals can also be found as tight to open fracture infilling. Some halite fracture infilling has also been found. Mercia Mudstone Group (Undifferentiated): The undifferentiated component of the Triassic Mercia Mudstone Group has been found to comprise mainly reddish brown mudstones and siltstones. The mudstones are generally weak to strong thinly laminated to thinly bedded, red-brown with some grey colour. The siltstones are generally weak to strong thickly laminated to medium bedded, reddish brown, occasionally green-grey. Gypsum and anhydrite thin slumped beds and nodules have also been found in this layer; they precede the same deposit in the Blue Anchor formation, but are scarcer. Halite fracture infilling has also been found. 3.1.3 The majority of the study area is shown not to be overlain by significant drift deposits. Where they occur, investigations have revealed that typically these deposits consist of between 2m and 5m of gravelly-sandy silty clay. A linear expanse of alluvial deposits correlates with the shallow valley in which Holford Stream is located (see Figure 3.1) which in itself follows the alignment of a fault. Hinkley Point B is underlain by up to 5m of made ground, largely composed of Lias limestones and shales excavated from the deeper foundations. On the low land to the east of Hinkley Point B there is a superficial covering of up to 5m of estuarine organic clays overlying 2m to 5m of glacio-fluvial sands. 3.1.4 Structurally, the area is located on the northern flank of an anticline with a crest orientation running generally east to west. Strata are seen to generally dip gently (10˚) in a direction ranging north-west through north-east. A major northeast-southwest trending faulted zone crosses the footprint of the existing Hinkley Point Power Station Complex. To the north-west of this fault zone, contours on the base of the Lower Lias dip between 5˚ and 10˚ to just east of north. Upfaulted strata of the Mercia Mudstone Group outcrop in the central part of the site, their subcrop (which is an outcrop masked by superficial deposits) corresponding to the shallow valley in which Holford Stream is located. Penarth Group strata outcrop north of this on the east-west ridge of high ground, forming a steeper rock scarp outcrop succeeded northwards by the Blue Lias Formation which forms the geology all the way to the coastline. To the south of Holford Stream, the area is underlain by the Penarth Group Langport Member, Blue Lias and Charmouth Mudstone Formations with the exception of part of an inlier of the Mercia Mudstone and Blue Anchor Formations in the south-west of the site.
HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1 | 121
ii) Special Designations 3.1.5 Approximately 300m of the western area of the cliff section adjacent to the western edge of the Hinkley Point C site lies within the ‘Blue Anchor to Lilstock’ Site of Special Scientific Interest (SSSI) (see Figure 3.2). The SSSI has been designated to cover the important Lower Jurassic cliff and foreshore exposures and the geomorphological interest of the exposed foreshore rock pavement. The potential area identified for the Temporary Aggregates Jetty (the ‘jetty’) (see Figure 3.2) includes the most eastern section of the SSSI; the final position of the jetty is, however, yet to be determined. The footprints of the Sea Wall and intake and outfall structures are all situated outside of the SSSI boundary.
Figure 3.2: Geological SSSI Location
iii) Foreshore Geomorphology 3.1.6 The geomorphology of the foreshore from St. Audrie’s Bay to Hinkley Point comprises wave cut platforms of exposed rocks of the Upper Triassic and Lower Jurassic as well as shingles from an Ice Age source. The shingles (the majority of which are gravel sized limestones with some sandstone, flint and shale) originate to the west and are transported to the area via longshore drift. The alignment of the shingle beaches is dependent on the predominant direction of wave attack. The predominant wave attack orientation also influences the alignment of the cliffs, together with erosion patterns observed within the intertidal area. The initial development of the platforms is therefore primarily a product of the way in which the cliff retreats. 3.1.7 The detailed nature of the platform reflects the minor structures of the rocks forming it, as well as the dip of the strata. For example, sections of the platform are blocky as a result of large volumes of vertical joints producing irregular polygons. Where the platform cuts across folded strata with various dips, there are important variations in both the platform morphology and its effects upon wave action and shingle/cobble movements. Similar features to those seen within the SSSI have not been described elsewhere on the British coast, partly because such forms are comparatively rare. iv) Soils and Land Use 3.1.8 The Soil Survey for England and Wales provides information and description of the soils present in the area, as reproduced below: “The soil parent material is interbedded mudstones, siltstones and limestones. The mudstones and siltstone give soils with clayey poorly permeable sub soils whilst the limestone gives soils which are shallow over rock and stony.
122 | HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1
All the soils are calcareous and slightly alkaline. The topsoils are clay loam to clay and are usually 250-300mm thick. Subsoils vary according to the underlying geology, being poorly permeable and clayey over mudstone, but generally appear to be somewhat permeable or freely permeable over other rock types. Limestone bands are associated with shallow stony soils, particularly on the higher parts of the site”. 3.1.9 In terms of land use, a review of historical maps and plans has identified that the Built Development and Southern Construction Area have been greenfield agricultural land since at least 1886, when the First Ordnance Survey map was published. Some of the land in Built Development Area East, the north-eastern part of the site, was used during construction of Hinkley Point B for worker’s accommodation and other temporary uses. 3.1.10 The former Ministry of Agriculture, Fisheries and Food (MAFF) classified agricultural land into grades based on a combination of soils types, drainage status, climatic factors and topography (land gradient). This system is still in operation as the Agricultural Land Classification (ALC) system. Land is classified into 5 main categories (Grade 1 to 5) and 2 subdivisions within Grade 3, i.e. Classes a and b. Grade 1 is the highest quality land with no or very limited restriction to agricultural use. Grade 5 is of least agricultural value, usually only of limited grazing use. Under Planning Policy Statement 7: Sustainable Development in Rural Areas (2004) (PPS7), Grades 1, 2 and 3a are defined as the ‘best and most versatile land’ (BMVL) and are a national resource to be protected. 3.1.11 Published broad scale mapping of agricultural land quality has identified the entire study area and most of the surrounding land as being of Grade 3, but does not differentiate between Grade 3a or 3b at this scale. There is a small area of Grade 4 land to the south and east of Hinkley Point B. Grade 3b, 4 and 5 agricultural land is considered to be of poorer quality. 3.1.12 To confirm and map the ALC within the study area, soils surveys are being undertaken and their results are being combined with data on the topography and climate of the area to provide an assessment of the ALC in accordance with MAFF guidelines. To date, detailed ALC survey and mapping of the Built Development Area West has established that approximately 70% of the land is classified as Moderate Quality Agricultural Land (Subgrade 3b); while 24% of the agricultural land on site is Subgrade 3a, which falls within the category of ‘Best and Most Versatile Land’. This band of Subgrade 3a, crosses the southern part of the Built Development Area West. The remaining 6% is Poor Quality Grade 4 land. Across the southernmost part of the Built Development Area West, which is a steep south-facing scarp, gradients in excess of 7° limit the land quality to Subgrade 3b and gradients in excess of 11°, but less than 18°, limit the land quality to Grade 4. The downgrading is based on the hazardous nature of operating agricultural equipment on steep slopes. 3.1.13 Much of the land within the Built Development Area and Southern Construction Area is the subject of agri-environment schemes. The majority of the land within the Built Development Area West is part of a Countryside Stewardship Agreement. Other parts of the Built Development Area East and Southern Construction Area are part of entry level Environmental Stewardship Agreements. b) Assessment Studies 3.1.14 The geological characteristics and interests of the Hinkley Point C Development Site are being determined through a combination of desk-based review of available literature and mapped data. A site survey of the geological exposure provided by the low cliff fronting the Hinkley Point C Development Site and the cliffs and foreshore to the west has been undertaken. The assessment of this survey will provide information on the geological and geomorphological value of the cliff and foreshore in order to place the importance of the area within the context of the wider, extensive exposures present within Lilstock and Watchet Bays. 3.1.15 Geological data for the Built Development Area West has also been obtained from geophysical investigations and intrusive works undertaken during 2008 and reported on in 2009. 3.1.16 Information on soils and soil conditions has been obtained via desk-based review and field survey. For example, data has been derived from the Soil Survey of England and Wales (1984)
HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1 | 123
‘Soils and Their Use in South West England’ and from the MAGIC (Multi-Agency Geographic Information for the Countryside) website (www.magic.gov.uk). In addition, a Groundsure report provided historical mapping of site use details of local water abstraction licences wastewater discharge consents ecological designations and protections geological maps groundwater vulnerability maps geological memoirs, landfill descriptions and distances and agricultural land classifications. 3.1.17 No further studies to inform assessment of potential geological and soil-related interests are planned in the Built Development Area, however, further ALC survey is planned for the Southern Construction Area. 3.1.18 The Table below provides a summary of the surveys and studies undertaken to date or planned with respect to geology, soils and land use.
Built Development Area
West East
Completed Studies: Completed Studies:
Agricultural Land Classification (ALC) Desk-based studies Geological mapping of cliff exposures Geological mapping of cliff exposures Detailed geological and geotechnical intrusive investigation
Studies in progress or planned: Studies in progress or planned:
None ALC survey Detailed geological and geotechnical intrusive investigation
Southern Construction Area
Completed Studies:
Desk-based studies
Studies in progress or planned:
ALC survey Geological and geotechnical intrusive investigation
c) Key Issues 3.1.19 Although some of the construction works (e.g. site levelling for the platforms and tunnelling work) would lead to disruption and the loss of geological material, these activities would be unlikely to have any significant impact on the intrinsic geological interest (soils and land use are addressed below). This judgement is based on the following reasons:
The rocks and geological sequence affected by these site works are hidden beneath the overlying soils within the Built Development and Southern Construction Area and, therefore, are not available as exposed geological features for examination and study; and The rocks form part of a stratigraphic sequence that subcrops extensively in the wider area. 3.1.20 The intrinsic value of the geology of the Hinkley Point C Development Site is, therefore, effectively confined to the visible outcrops forming the cliff and foreshore platform along the northern boundary of the site. 3.1.21 Construction of the new 760m Sea-Wall would obscure the exposure of the rock sequence in the cliff section fronting the Hinkley Point C Development Site and construction of both the Sea-Wall and the jetty could impact on the exposed foreshore rock pavement. Given the potential value of the geological and geomorphological interests at this site (i.e. continuity of exposure with a designated geological SSSI to the west), consultation with Natural England has been undertaken to determine potential concerns with respect to these aspects of the proposed development.
124 | HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1
3.1.22 Through dialogue with Natural England the scope of a geological mapping exercise was agreed. The mapping has confirmed that, to the west of Hinkley Point, there are exposures of the same sequence of geological beds that would be lost due to construction of the Sea-Wall. Similarly, there are several examples of rock pavement exposed to the west of Hinkley Point that are similar to those present in front of the Hinkley Point C Development Site. Where such features exist they are as equally accessible to the public as they are at Hinkley Point. 3.1.23 In terms of the potential effects on land use and soils, preparation of the site for the main construction works will generate a number of possible adverse effects, largely linked to permanent and temporary land take. This land take for the main construction works will include changes to soils and land use over the lifetime of the facility, but these are confined to Grade 3b to 5 land, thus minimising the adverse effect. 3.1.24 Prior to construction, it is intended that topsoil from the Built Development Area will be stripped and stored in the Southern Construction Area for use in post-construction restoration work. Topsoil will also be stripped from land in the southern part of this area to enable excavated material from the Built Development Area to be stockpiled here and for construction period infrastructure (e.g. workers’ accommodation campus) to be built. Stored soil will be used in the restoration of the areas subject to temporary construction works.
3.2 Land Contamination
a) Baseline Environment 3.2.1 A review of historical maps and plans has identified that both the Built Development Area and Southern Construction Area have been greenfield agricultural land since before 1886. The former Benhole Farm was located in the north-western corner of the site until around 1976, when it was demolished to leave a single remnant outbuilding which is still present on site, along with two other derelict farm buildings located elsewhere within the original farm boundary. 3.2.2 Within the Southern Construction Area a number of historical ponds have been identified, but all but one now appear to have been infilled. In addition, a property is identified as being on site from at least 1841 (Corner Farm), which by 1975 had become derelict and by 2002 had been completely removed. Ponds are also present in the Built Development Area West. 3.2.3 The Built Development Area East comprised greenfield, predominantly agricultural land until 1975, when a small sewage works was constructed. In addition, during the construction of Hinkley Point B, an accommodation campus and other temporary uses were developed in this area. At present, land near to the access road is used for car parking, training facilities and a small electrical substation. Surrounding the Hinkley Point C site, land use has remained predominantly agricultural with the exception of the construction and operation of the existing Hinkley Point Power Station Complex. 3.2.4 Subject to ongoing studies including intrusive investigations, desk-based assessments of past and present land use have indicated the presence of a number of salient features and potential sources of contamination and as summarised below:
Southern Construction Area – historical use of the site as agricultural land, the possible storage and maintenance of vehicles and chemicals within farm buildings leading to potential isolated areas of contamination and localised infilling of former pond areas. Built Development Area West – historical use of the site as agricultural land, the possible storage and maintenance of vehicles and chemicals within farm buildings leading to potential isolated areas of contamination and localised infilling of former pond areas. Built Development Area East – specific areas where waste management activities have taken place, former sewage works, former contractors accommodation/fabrication compound and associated electrical substations and a mound on site comprising of excess spoil from the construction of the existing Hinkley Point Power Station Complex.
HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1 | 125
b) Assessment Studies 3.2.5 The Government’s guidance on land affected by contamination is set out in Annex 2 of Planning Policy Statement 23: Planning and Pollution Control (2004) (PPS23). The requirements follow the risk-based framework adopted in the Government guidance document: Model Procedures for the Management of Land Contamination (CLR 11), which can be found on the Environment Agency’s website (www.environment-agency.gov.uk). PPS23 requires that an assessment of risk is carried out by the applicant where development is proposed on land that is, or may be, affected by land contamination. 3.2.6 To date, intrusive soil investigations for non-radiological substances have been undertaken in two phases within the Built Development Area West to inform the risk assessment process. The first phase, in July 2008 comprised the excavation of 30 hand auger holes to a depth of 300mm below ground level (bgl). The second phase was undertaken in October 2008 and involved sampling of deeper soils from 26 trial trenches excavated as part of the investigations carried out for geotechnical and geological purposes. Samples were analysed for a range of metals, polyaromatic hydrocarbons (PAHs), volatile organic compounds (VOCs) and total petroleum hydrocarbons (TPHs). Overall, the investigations of shallow and deeper soils identified the risk of non-radiological contamination to human health and ecological receptors to be very low. 3.2.7 In addition, a series of non-intrusive and intrusive soil investigations for radiological substances have been undertaken within the Built Development Area West to inform the risk assessment process. The first phase in July 2008 comprised a non-intrusive ground survey using direct radiation measurements. In addition, the collection and analysis of 20 near- surface soil samples and the subsequent collection and analysis of 30 soil samples from trial trenches was undertaken concurrently with the non-radiological investigations in July and October 2008 respectively. 3.2.8 Radiation measurements taken during the walkover survey on the Built Development Area West recorded environmental gamma dose rates at low levels, representative of expected background values. Soil samples from the Built Development Area West were analysed for radiological parameters including gamma spectroscopy, gross beta, gross alpha, tritium and carbon-14. These results also indicate that levels of radioactivity in the near surface and deeper soils are similar to background levels throughout the UK and are mainly due to naturally occurring nuclides. Overall, the intrusive investigations identified that:
the analytical data were found to be consistent with values for naturally occurring radionuclides which can be found across the UK from sites which are not affected by contamination with anthropogenic radionuclides; and when compared to background and regulatory thresholds, no sampled soil materials were deemed radioactive and in excess of normal background levels found in the UK. 3.2.9 The Built Development Area West is not subject to any regulatory controls for radioactive substances and does not present a risk to human health. 3.2.10 A desk-based assessment of the Built Development Area East and Southern Construction Area covering both non-radiological and radiological contamination issues is ongoing. This assessment will consider the environmental setting, land use history and potential sources of contamination and will develop a preliminary conceptual site model (PCSM). The desk-based assessment will be followed by a radiological walkover survey of the two areas and intrusive investigation to allow the sampling and analysis of soils to determine their status with respect to both non-radiological and radiological contamination.
126 | HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1
3.2.11 The Table below provides a summary of the surveys and studies undertaken to date or planned with respect to land contamination and waste.
Built Development Area
West East
Completed Studies: Completed Studies:
Assessment of potential contamination Assessment of potential contamination sources and features sources and features Radiological walkover survey Design of Phase 2 intrusive investigation Ground gas monitoring (6 visits over 3 requirements with respect to soil months) contamination status Phase 2 intrusive (shallow and deeper soils) radiological and non-radiological
contamination investigation
Studies in progress or planned: Studies in progress or planned:
Phase 1 desk study Radiological walkover survey Phase 2 assessment (where necessary) Phase 2 intrusive investigation of soils (radiological and non-radiological) Ground gas monitoring (6 visits over 3
months) Phase 2 assessment (where necessary)
Southern Construction Area
Completed Studies:
As for the Built Development Area East
Studies in progress or planned:
As for the Built Development Area East
c) Key Issues 3.2.12 Available data for the Built Development Area West indicates that land contamination is unlikely to be an issue for either construction or operation of the proposed nuclear power station. 3.2.13 As part of the ongoing work, additional assessments for the Built Development Area East and Southern Construction Area are underway. This work will provide information that will establish the risk associated with any potentially contaminated soils/material within the development site, including the spoil mounds created during the construction of the existing Hinkley Point Power Station Complex. The significance of any associated environmental issues will depend on both the presence of contaminated materials and the level of contamination. Potentially there are a number of considerations which will need to be assessed as part of the EIA process and that could require management if contamination is found to be present. These are:
The management of contaminated materials (where identified) contained within the spoil mounds created during construction of the existing Hinkley Point Power Station Complex, including requirements for re-using and/or disposal on and/or off-site. Any environmental, health and safety issues associated with the management of potentially contaminated materials, which may require specific measures to be implemented via the Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan (see Section 5.3). The potential contamination of groundwater and the drawdown and discharge (via dewatering) of this groundwater during construction. The potential use of the jetty for pre-commissioning and construction related discharges to sea.
HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1 | 127
3.3 Hydrogeology
a) Baseline Environment 3.3.1 The topography of the study area comprises undulating countryside, terminating at Bridgwater Bay to the north at a natural cliff line which descends to a shingle beach. Across the Built Development Area, ground elevations range from approximately 10m Above Ordnance Datum (AOD) to 35m AOD; and across the Southern Construction Area, ground elevations range from approximately 5m AOD to 28m AOD. 3.3.2 Rainfall recharge provides the driving mechanism for groundwater flow. Groundwater can seep or springs out if the water table intercepts the surface against outcrops of lower permeability strata and also provides baseflow to surface watercourses. It appears likely that the watercourses (notably Holford Stream) are structurally controlled, with those flowing west to east probably following the trends of the strike faults and fold axes and those flowing south-west-north-east following structures parallel to the Hinkley Point Fault (as well as merely following the topography to the Bridgwater Bay). 3.3.3 The geology is described in paragraph 3.1.2 above. The Lower Lias comprises a Minor Aquifer, with groundwater flow predominantly occurring via bedding planes, joints and fractures in the more competent limestone horizons within the formation. The Penarth Group, especially the mudstone and limestone of the Westbury Formation (the lower component) are considered to be generally impermeable, although fault and fracture zones in the Cotham and Langport Members (the upper 4m approximately) may have minor transmissivity. The mudstones of the Mercia Mudstone Group (including the Blue Anchor Formation) are likely to be of insignificant permeability. 3.3.4 The Environment Agency 1:100,000 Groundwater Vulnerability Map (Sheet 42, Somerset Coast) confirms the site as being situated on a Minor Aquifer (variably permeable). 3.3.5 The presence of groundwater and surface water abstractions regulated by the Environment Agency has been investigated within a 2km search radius of the Hinkley Point C Development Site with a total of 17 groundwater abstraction licences being recorded. No surface water or potable water abstractions are recorded within a 1km search radius. Three of the 17 abstractions are located within 1km of the boundary of the Southern Construction Area. The closest two are located at a groundwater well situated 340m from the western boundary of the Southern Construction Area. The records relating to the licences indicate that abstraction is for farming and domestic use. The site is not within the catchment area or zone of any Source Protection Zone (SPZ). 3.3.6 Analysis of the available geological and groundwater information indicates that the Hinkley Point C Development Site is likely to be largely self-contained as a groundwater system, bounded by the Mercia Mudstone/Penarth Groups beneath the site, the faulted inlier to the south of the Built Development Area and Bridgwater Bay to the north. To the east and west, under natural conditions, groundwater is expected to flow northwards in general. b) Assessment Studies 3.3.7 Groundwater level monitoring commenced in December 2008 and will continue for at least one calendar year to allow both seasonal and potential tidal variations in groundwater behaviour to be recorded and assessed. To date, groundwater levels in the Built Development Area West show no evidence of a relationship with tidal variation. In the future, groundwater level monitoring will be undertaken within the Built Development Area East and the Southern Construction Area. 3.3.8 On the basis of existing and future geological and groundwater data, together with information collected from borehole monitoring, a conceptual model of groundwater flow within the Hinkley Point C Development Site is being developed. This will be used to ascertain the potential effects of the construction and operation of Hinkley Point C on groundwater flows and the implications of any changes in flow characteristics on interdependent environmental parameters.
128 | HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1
3.3.9 The table below provides a summary of the surveys undertaken to date, in progress or planned with respect to hydrogeology.
Built Development Area
West East
Completed Studies: Completed Studies:
None None
Studies in progress or planned: Studies in progress or planned:
Development of Preliminary Conceptual PCGM based on historic information Groundwater Model (PCGM) using site data Intrusive site investigation from on-shore site investigation Groundwater level monitoring to commence Ongoing groundwater level monitoring once borehole installation is complete (commenced December 2008 to continue for 1 year)
Southern Construction Area
Completed Studies:
Assessment of groundwater conditions from historic information PCGM inferred from maps and historic data
Studies in progress or planned:
Intrusive site investigation Groundwater level monitoring to commence once borehole installation is complete
c) Key Issues 3.3.10 The main issue relating to groundwater conditions is the potential effect of drawdown of groundwater in the vicinity of the deep excavation works for the two UK EPR reactor units and the management of the dewatering and associated discharge of the dewatering abstraction. 3.3.11 Taking into account the known groundwater characteristics and the planned excavation works, the following potential groundwater dewatering impacts have been identified:
the development of a cone(s) of depression creating new water gradients under buildings in adjacent areas, notably the Hinkley Point A and Hinkley Point B power stations, which may result in the flow of groundwater from adjacent areas into abstraction point(s); the discharge of water from the dewatering abstraction; and the development of a cone(s) of depression creating reversal of the baseline groundwater gradient to Bridgwater Bay and incursion of saline water to the Minor Aquifer. 3.3.12 The above potential impacts, where assessed as being significant, will be mitigated by one or more measures including engineering control and hydraulic control. The details of construction and hence the required dewatering strategy continue to be developed. 3.3.13 With respect to the identified impacts listed above, the assessment work for the project will focus on:
The likely volumes and rates over time of water needing to be removed from the aquifer for effective dewatering (this will be a function of excavation depth, saturated aquifer characteristics, recharge and construction methodology and timescale); The worst-case spatial extent of the dewatering cone(s) of depression using specialised analytical techniques, corroborated as far as possible by the results of previous pumping tests and aquifer studies at Hinkley Point (the results of further investigations on the Built Development Area East and any more detailed groundwater assessment carried out as part of the engineering design will also contribute); The range of worst-case spacial differential groundwater gradients across the footprints of existing buildings falling within the cone(s) of depression and comparison with the range of prevailing natural gradients and geotechnical consideration of the implications; and
HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1 | 129
From the gradients and the aquifer characteristics, estimates of the possible ranges of groundwater flux rate from potential contaminated groundwater sources to the dewatering abstraction will be made, i.e. how far would any contaminated water or sea water be able to migrate during the dewatering programme. 3.3.14 Regarding bullet 3 above, the EIA will address the issues associated with potential modified groundwater gradients. Should the final assessment for the detailed dewatering plan indicate a potential significant modification, the geotechnical implications will be evaluated and if necessary augmented mitigation measures applied. 3.3.15 The dewatering programme strategy and design will seek to minimise the risk of any significant contamination issues arising. 3.3.16 The nearest licensed abstraction is situated 340m from the western boundary of the Southern Construction Area and is considered likely to be outside the dewatering zone of influence. The licensed abstraction sites are also separated hydrogeologically by the upfaulted impermeable Mercia Mudstones barrier between the Built Development Area and the Southern Construction Area. 3.3.17 During the operation of the site several potential key effects on the groundwater regime have been identified, as listed below:
Change in the groundwater flow regime due to either the placement of new building foundations, resulting in a rise in groundwater levels, or local permanent drainage systems around buildings, resulting in a decrease in groundwater levels; Change in the distribution of any off-site contaminated groundwater due to the altered groundwater flow regime; Longer term increased incursion of sea water due to any alterations to the groundwater flow regime. 3.3.18 All of these above issues will be assessed in the ES using the conceptual groundwater model developed on the basis of available geological and hydrogeological information and the scheduled second phase of geological site investigation and radiological and non- radiological data collected from boreholes which will be installed across the Built Development Area.
3.4 Hydrology, Drainage and Flood Risk
a) Baseline Environment i) Surface Watercourses 3.4.1 The baseline characteristics of surface watercourses that may have the potential to be affected by aspects of the development have been defined. The watercourses, whose catchments are illustrated on Figure 3.3, include:
An interconnected series of intermittently flowing agricultural ditches that drain the Built Development Area West and ultimately discharge water to the foreshore at Hinkley Point (ID1) through an unnamed watercourse (hereon known as Hinkley Point C Drainage Ditch) that flows east-west to the boundary between the Built Development Area East and Built Development Area West from where it then flows north. Perennial streams in and to the south of the Southern Construction Area comprise Holford Stream which rises and flows through the Southern Construction Area (ID2), Bum Brook which flows along the majority of its southern boundary and Bayley’s Brook, which converges with Bum Brook before flowing under Wick Moor Drove. To the east of Wick Moor Drove, Holford Stream (ID3) continues to flow eastward, Stogursey Brook (ID6) converges with Bum Brook (ID5) and then Bum Brook diverges into West Brook and East Brook. Holford Stream becomes East Ryne and discharges into West Brook (ID4) which converges with East Brook immediately upstream of Great Arch Sluice (ID8), through which the watercourse discharges via an 800m long culvert to the foreshore to the immediate west of Stolford Point.
130 | HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1
Figure 3.3: Watershed draining to the Hinkley Point foreshore (green) and to Great Arch Sluice (orange)
ii) Flood Protection 3.4.2 The existing Hinkley Point Power Station Complex is are protected from coastal flooding by the height of the land platform which, in turn, is protected from erosion by defences along the seaward frontage, consisting of a mass concrete structure topped with additional gabions directly in front of the stations. The shoreline fronting the Hinkley Point C site consists of a wide (500m) shore platform which provides an important wave energy dissipation protection for the cliff platform on which the site lies at 10~16m AOD. 3.4.3 The coastal area around Hinkley Point is included in the Bridgwater Bay to Bideford Shoreline Management Plan (SMP), which indicates that the current policies applicable to this area of coastline are ‘Do nothing’ and ‘Hold the line.’ According to sea level rise projections, the flood defence embankment between Hinkley and Stolford Point will be overtopped during a 1 in 200 year tidal event. 3.4.4 Hinkley Point falls into the West Somerset Catchment Flood Management Plan (CFMP) prepared by the Environment Agency in 2007. This catchment area is predominantly rural with approximately 4% being urban (Minehead being the largest settlement). The annual average flood damage in this catchment is approximately £14.7million, although there are no records of fluvial flooding affecting the immediate area of Hinkley Point (specifically the Holford Stream catchment). As a result, a policy of ‘no active intervention’ has been recommended by the Environment Agency, which includes no flood warning or maintenance regime. 3.4.5 The watercourses covered by the West Somerset CFMP are all relatively short and fall steeply through their upper reaches before flowing gently to the sea over flat coastal plains. This steepness, combined with the impermeability of the local geology, generates high run-off from the land causing rivers to respond rapidly to rainfall. The Environment Agency has used modelling techniques to estimate the potential flood zones in the area. Flood Zone 2 is defined as land with a 0.1% (1 in 1,000 years) or higher annual probability of being flooded from rivers and the sea. Flood Zone 3 shows areas with a 1% (1 in 100 years) or higher annual probability of being flooded by freshwater or a 0.5% (1 in 200 years) or higher probability of being flooded from the sea. 3.4.6 The southern edge of the Southern Construction Area, within the catchments of the Bum and Bailey Brooks, is located within the Fluvial Flood Risk Map Zones 2 and 3. No fluvial flooding is shown for the Holford Stream upstream (west) of Wick Moor Drove.
HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1 | 131
3.4.7 The southern edge of the Built Development Area West and the northern part of the Southern Construction Area within the catchment of the Holford Stream is located within Tidal Flood Risk Map Zones 2 and 3. Tidal flooding does not reach as far upstream as the divergence of West and East Brooks. Figure 3.4 shows these areas on the combined Fluvial and Tidal Flood Risk Map.
Figure 3.4: Environment Agency Fluvial and Tidal Flood Risk Map (Zone 2 and 3 illustrated by light and dark blue respectively)
3.4.8 The extent of the tidal flood zone shown in Figure 3.4 is based on the assumption that no flood defences are present. However, a flood defence embankment is located between Hinkley Point and Stolford Point with an effective crest level of 8.22m AOD. b) Assessment Studies i) Hydrological Overview 3.4.9 A hydrological overview for all the catchments of interest in the Hinkley Point area has been carried out and includes consideration of:
Evapotranspiration for the land use categories using the Meteorological Office Surface Exchange System (MOSES) database. Annual average rainfall derived from a number of sources, including the Flood Estimation Handbook (FEH) CDROM for the period 1960-1990 and applied to each of the catchments to obtain data for Design Rainfall Events. Project studies indicate that rainfall recharge provides the driving mechanism for groundwater flow. Groundwater intermittently springs out at outcrops of lower permeability strata and also provides the baseflow to surface watercourses. Greenfield run-off is defined as the pre-development natural run-off rate as given in the Sustainable Drainage System (SuDS) Manual. The West and East Built Development Areas and the Southern Construction Area have been separated into zones of similar run-off characteristics and the corresponding greenfield run-off rates calculated using the methodology given in Institute of Hydrology Report No 124. ii) Surface Water Drainage 3.4.10 A number of potential environmental impacts relate to the discharge of surface water and suspended solids and possibly, other pollutants derived from the Hinkley Point C site, depending on the activities, during the construction and operational phases. It is expected that conditions on the control of discharges from the site will be imposed by the Environment Agency. These would include the management of surface water discharges to controlled waters to be in accordance with Planning Policy Statement 25: Development and Flood Risk (2006) (PPS25), i.e. limiting discharges from the site to greenfield run-off rates. 3.4.11 Surface water drainage systems are being designed to intercept run-off and incorporate features which prevent or minimise both flooding of the Hinkley Point C Development site
132 | HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1
during construction and operation and adverse impact to the surrounding land or controlled waters to which they may discharge. Operational controls on the drainage systems will include the development of a Water and Sediment Management Plan to ensure that the various drainage requirements are met as the construction works evolve. iii) Flood Protection 3.4.12 A Flood Risk Assessment (FRA), in line with the requirements of PPS25 is being undertaken in order to fully assess any potential impacts associated with flood risk, including any risk for residents and properties in Stogursey. The FRA utilises output from the above assessments. 3.4.13 Various modelling studies are being carried out for the FRA which incorporate flooding scenarios resulting from the flood defence embankment between Hinkley Point and Stolford Point being breached under present scenarios and breached/overtopped under sea level rise scenarios. More remote probabilities are also being investigated for the FRA. 3.4.14 The level of flood risk to Wick Moor Drove, the main access/egress route for Hinkley Point C, where it crosses Holford Stream, Bum Brook and Stogursey Brook is being assessed within the FRA scope of work. This study includes an assessment of the likely duration over which Hinkley Point C would be isolated subsequent to a breach/overtopping event. 3.4.15 The specification of a safe platform level for the Hinkley Point C Built Development with respect to tidal flooding was informed by a study of extreme sea water levels that includes, for example, extreme wave modelling analysis and tsunami risk. 3.4.16 The table below provides a summary of the surveys and studies undertaken to date, in progress or planned with respect to hydrology, surface water drainage and flood defence.
Built Development and Southern Construction Area
Completed Studies:
Consultation with the Environment Agency and Internal Drainage Board to agree scope of Flood Risk Assessment Assessment of existing surface water drainage characteristic Topographic survey of watercourses, flood defences and Wick Moor Drove Tidal breach and overtopping modelling
Studies in progress or planned:
Tidal and Fluvial joint probability modelling Assessment of drainage requirements for construction and development proposals Flood Risk Assessment
c) Key Issues 3.4.17 The FRA and associated modelling studies will indicate the location and form of construction works that can be carried out within the Holford Stream and Bum Brook valleys without reducing the flood storage capacity and potentially increasing flood magnitude in the wider area. This would include potential changes in the hydraulic regime in the Holford Stream as a result of culverting. 3.4.18 The proposed platform level for the Built Development will provide adequate protection against tidal flooding from extreme sea water levels. 3.4.19 The surface water drainage design will need to take account of the following potential changes to physical processes during the construction and operational phases that may be significant enough to impact receptors and require mitigation:
reduced groundwater recharge and subsequent aquifer recharge and reduced baseflow to controlled waters resulting from the phased conversion of greenfield land to impermeable surfaces; elevated surface run-off and discharge of surface water to controlled waters resulting from temporary changes to topography (i.e. from reprofiling construction areas and stockpiles) and stripping of topsoil and vegetation; elevated surface run-off and discharge of surface water to controlled waters resulting from
HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1 | 133
permanent changes to topography (i.e. from restoring the construction areas); cessation of the natural drainage of the Hinkley Point C Drainage Ditch catchment and discharge to the foreshore; elevated surface water discharge to controlled waters (Holford Stream and Bum Brook) during a storm event with a magnitude in excess of the prescribed standard of protection, or from failure of on-site water management facilities; elevated surface run-off and discharge of surface water to controlled waters resulting from on-site accidents; rapid inundation of localised site areas and rapid inundation of controlled waters resulting from failure of on-site water facilities such as fire-water reservoirs; flooding resulting from surcharging of the permanent site drainage system (where flood water exceeds the drainage system capacity); flooding of watercourses caused by unlimited discharge from the surface water drainage system (where discharge from the drainage system exceeds the capacity of receiving streams); flooding resulting from the occurrence of a storm event with a magnitude in excess of the prescribed standard of protection of the permanent drainage systems. 3.4.20 Assessment of the impacts of these potential changes will be carried out when the design of the works and the surface water drainage arrangements for both the construction and operational phases are more advanced.
3.5 Fresh Water Quality
a) Baseline Environment i) Surface Water 3.5.1 No historical water quality data is available for the surface watercourses draining the proposed development area (see paragraph 3.4.1). The most relevant surface water quality data available is Environment Agency data (2002-2007) for a 4.4km reach of the Stogursey Brook to the south of the development area, which indicates that the Brook has a moderate to good water quality and displays a high degree of nutrient enrichment. Stogursey Brook flows into Bum Brook to the south-east of the Hinkley Point C Development Site and is one of a number of watercourses that drain the catchment. 3.5.2 To date, 6 surface water surveys have been undertaken over the Built Development Area during 2009, with 5 surveys being reported on. For the surveys, a total of 11 sample locations were selected, comprising (see Figure 3.5):
six located at intervals along the drains in the Built Development Area (i.e. SW1, SW2, SW3, SW5, SW6 and SW7 in Figure 3.5); three located at intervals along the field boundary separating the Built Development Area and the Southern Construction Area (i.e. SW9, SW11 and SWC in Figure 3.5); one located at Holford Stream near Wick Moor Drove (i.e. SWB in Figure 3.5); and one located at Bum Brook at the border of the Southern Construction Area (i.e. SWA in Figure 3.5). 3.5.3 Analysis for pH, dissolved oxygen (as % saturation and mg/l) and temperature was undertaken in situ. Analysis for suspended solids, biochemical oxygen demand (BOD), ammonia (as ammoniacal nitrogen), nitrate, zinc (total), boron (total and dissolved), total petroleum hydrocarbons (TPH), sodium, chloride and hardness was undertaken in the laboratory.
134 | HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1
Figure 3.5: Surface Water Quality Sampling Locations
3.5.4 The data for the first five surveys indicate that all tested parameters for monitoring sites within the Built Development Area (i.e. SW1, SW2, SW3, SW5, SW6 and SW7 in Figure 3.5) are within the normal range for lowland freshwater systems and within the UK Drinking Water Standards (DWS) and freshwater Environmental Quality Standards (EQS) guidelines, with the exception of the following:
suspended solids with a maximum recorded value of 492mg/l (exceeds EQS value of 25mg/l); Biochemical Oxygen Demand with a maximum recorded value of 16 mg/l (exceeds EQS value of 6mg/l); ammonia with a maximum recorded value of 0.62mg/l (exceeds DWS value of 0.5 mg/l but below EQS of 1.3mg/l). 3.5.5 The results are not unexpected for shallow, agricultural drainage ditches which typically show wide variation in water quality and flow characteristics depending on rainfall intensity and associated surface drainage from the surrounding fields. It has been noted during sample collection that sections of the ditches become dry during periods without rain. 3.5.6 Additional sampling locations associated with the Southern Construction Area (i.e. SW9, SW11 and SWC in Figure 3.5) indicate that the majority of water quality parameters are within the normal range for lowland freshwater systems and below the freshwater EQS and DWS guidelines with the exception of BOD which, on one occasion in Bum Brook, was equal to the 6mg/l freshwater EQS. 3.5.7 The surface water quality survey also included an assessment of radiological parameters, including gross alpha, gross beta, tritium, a range of man-made and naturally-occurring radionuclides measured by high resolution gamma spectrometry and carbon-14. The survey results indicated that, on average, results from all sampling locations do not exceed DWS criteria for gross alpha, gross beta and tritium. In addition, no anthropogenic radionuclides measurable by high-resolution gamma spectrometry were detected at any of the sampling locations throughout the survey.
HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1 | 135
ii) Groundwater 3.5.8 To date, 5 groundwater surveys have been undertaken over the Built Development Area West from December 2008 to June 2009. For the surveys, a total of 11 sample locations were selected, comprising:
8 boreholes with piezometers sampling shallow groundwater between 3.5m bgl and 18.5m bgl (i.e. CBH20, CBH21, CBH24, CBH25, CBH27, CBH33, CBH35 and DBH09 in Figure 3.6); and 3 boreholes with piezometers sampling deep groundwater between 30m bgl and 54m bgl (i.e. CBH11, CBH16 and CBH29 in Figure 3.6).
Figure 3.6: Groundwater Monitoring Stations
3.5.9 Analysis was undertaken for non-radiological parameters including pH, electrical
conductivity, calcium, magnesium, sodium, potassium, ammonium (as NH4-N), chloride, sulphate, bicarbonate (as CaCO3), nitrate, suspended solids, BOD, arsenic (dissolved), cadmium (total and dissolved), chromium (dissolved), lead (dissolved), nickel (dissolved), copper (dissolved), iron (dissolved), vanadium (dissolved), zinc (total), boron (total and dissolved), hardness, cyanide (total), TPHs, PAHs and VOCs. 3.5.10 The monitoring to date indicates that the pH of the groundwater, in particular from shallower levels, is typical of hard calcium-bicarbonate type groundwater (ranging from 6.2 to 8.3). More variation in pH occurs at deeper levels across the site (ranging from pH 6.3 to 9.7). 3.5.11 In terms of general groundwater quality in the shallow Lower Lias groundwaters, elevated concentrations of determinands related to sea water such as electrical conductivity, chloride and sodium have been recorded from a couple of boreholes. Highly saline groundwaters have been recorded from deeper levels, particularly locations close to the shoreline or deeper in the Blue Anchor formations. 3.5.12 A Tier 1 groundwater risk assessment using the analytical results from the borehole monitoring has been undertaken. The results show that generally, low concentrations of inorganic contaminants are present and are below the relevant screening values (i.e. the
136 | HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1
DWSs and EQSs). The exceptions to this are elevated nitrate concentrations, which have been identified at one location during four out of the five monitoring campaigns and concentrations of dissolved boron and ammonium which were identified at one location during two campaigns. In the deep piezometers, elevated concentrations of dissolved heavy metals (nickel, copper, mercury and zinc) and total mercury have been identified. 3.5.13 Concentrations of organic contaminants (i.e. PHs, PAHs and VOCs) were below the limit of detection and below the relevant screening values across all deep and shallow groundwater locations, with the exception of an elevated TPH concentration identified in one shallow piezometer during the first monitoring campaign. 3.5.14 The groundwater monitoring also included an assessment of radiometric and radiochemical parameters, as described with respect to the surface water monitoring above. 3.5.15 All of the shallow groundwaters met the UK drinking water screening criteria for gross alpha, gross beta and tritium. There was evidence of elevated gross beta values in the deep groundwaters due to the presence of natural radioactivity (potassium-40). For drinking water assessment purposes, the potassium-40 content is excluded from the assessment of gross beta. Its exclusion resulted in the highest gross beta value being at a level equivalent to the DWS criterion. The gross alpha content of one of the deep groundwaters exceeded the gross alpha drinking water criterion, but was below the World Health Organisation screening value. 3.5.16 No anthropogenic radionuclides measurable by high-resolution gamma spectrometry were detected at any of the sampling locations throughout the survey. b) Assessment Studies 3.5.17 Surface water quality monitoring has been undertaken across the development site in a series of 6 surveys during 2009 (see Figure 3.6). Once the sixth survey report has been completed, no further assessment studies are planned to establish baseline conditions. 3.5.18 Groundwater quality monitoring commenced in December 2008, was completed in June 2009 and covered the Built Development Area West. The results to date indicate no significant contamination of the groundwater for radiological and non-radiological contaminants. In the future, groundwater quality monitoring will also be undertaken within the Built Development Area East and Southern Construction Area.
HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1 | 137
3.5.19 The table below provides a summary of the surveys and studies undertaken to date, in progress or planned with respect to fresh water quality.
Built Development Area
West East
Completed Studies: Completed Studies: Consultation with the Environment Agency None on requirements for surface water and groundwater quality monitoring and sampling Five groundwater sampling campaigns from installed boreholes (December 2008 to June 2009) for radiological and non-radiological contaminants Six terrestrial surface water monitoring and sampling campaigns for both radiological and non radiological contaminants
Studies in progress or planned: Studies in progress or planned: Reporting of results Groundwater quality monitoring and sampling campaign (radiological and non- radiological)
Southern Construction Area
Completed Studies: Surface water monitoring and sampling campaign
Studies in progress or planned: Groundwater quality monitoring and sampling campaign (radiological and non-radiological)
c) Key Issues 3.5.20 The following activities could lead to, or alter, discharges to terrestrial watercourses and in turn result in changes to surface water quality during construction works:
surface drainage from drains, roads and stockpile areas, including hydrocarbon inputs from road drainage; increased volume of surface discharges and associated sediment generation; construction of haul road across Holford Stream; and erosion of riparian areas (potentially producing elevated suspended solids). 3.5.21 The key approaches for the management of terrestrial surface water quality are:
to minimise the potential for generation of sediments and other potential contaminants at source; to reduce the volume of surface water, that may have elevated suspended solids concentrations and other contaminants, requiring disposal; to adopt techniques to remove or reduce contaminants (including suspended solids) prior to discharge, to meet discharge consents and minimise impacts upon the receiving environment; to adopt specific measures to protect individual surface watercourses; and to implement an environmental monitoring strategy that has regard for water quality. 3.5.22 Best management practices will be implemented to minimise the risk of accidental spills/leaks affecting surface water and groundwater quality during construction and operation. Appropriate spillage containment and clean-up systems action plans will also be developed. 3.5.23 There will be a permanent surface drainage system constructed for the operational site which will collect most surface water and discharge it to marine waters rather than surface
138 | HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1
watercourses. There are no planned direct discharges to be made to Holford Stream. However, surface water run-off will drain into Holford Stream, so the site’s drainage system will incorporate catch pits to ensure that the small quantities of suspended solids that are likely to be present in the uncontaminated surface drainage water are retained within the drainage system and not discharged to Holford Stream. The surface water drainage system will also incorporate ‘interceptors’ to remove any petroleum hydrocarbons, oils etc that may have entered surface watercourses via, for example, road runoff. In addition, the permanent operational drainage system will, where possible, incorporate Sustainable Drainage System SuDS principles to minimise the volume of collected surface drainage requiring discharge.
3.6 Marine Water and Sediment Quality
a) Baseline Environment 3.6.1 The proposed extent of engineering works in the marine and estuarine environments are fully described in the Consultation on Initial Proposals and Options document. In summary, these works will include the construction of cooling water intake and outfall tunnels at depth below the intertidal shore and sea-bed and the installation of intake and outfall structures on the sea-bed itself. A number of potential intake and outfall configurations have been tested both in relation to environmental sensitivities and the need to avoid the inefficiencies that would be associated with cooling water recirculation. These works will also include construction of the proposed Sea Wall, construction of a jetty (see Figure 10.7 of the Consultation on Initial Proposals and Options document) and works to upgrade Combwich Wharf. 3.6.2 The sediment and water quality of Bridgwater Bay is affected by various historic and current activities including a number of major industrial premises such as smelters, incinerators, fertiliser and other chemical manufacturing plants situated upstream of and opposite to Bridgwater Bay. The list of potential chemical inputs includes organic materials, metals, hydrocarbons, nutrients and organo-halogen compounds. In addition, a number of nuclear power stations are situated around the Bristol Channel, including Hinkley Point A and Hinkley Point B and both Berkeley and Oldbury power stations. 3.6.3 Marine water quality data for chemical and radiological parameters are available from a series of ongoing surveys. Samples have been collected from inshore and off-shore locations in the waters off Hinkley Point (see Figure 3.7). Marine sediment quality data is not available for chemical contaminants but is available for radiological parameters from the Radioactivity in Food and the Environment (RIFE) reports that are produced by a consortium of relevant UK regulatory bodies.
Figure 3.7: Marine Water Quality Sampling Locations
HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1 | 139
i) Chemical Parameters 3.6.4 Development specific data on marine sediment quality in the area off-shore of Hinkley Point has not been obtained, although a survey of the jetty’s berthing pocket and proposed cooling water intake and outfall positions is planned and will record concentrations of various non- radiological and radiological parameters. Historical information includes a review of sediment metals data for the Severn Estuary from the 1970s and 1980s by Langston et al. (2007), which includes a classification according to sediment quality guideline values applied by Canada (CCME, 1996). This review indicated that:
arsenic, cadmium, chromium, copper, mercury and lead were present at concentrations at which biological effects could not be excluded; and zinc was present at concentrations at which biological effects might be expected. 3.6.5 To date, 4 water quality surveys have been undertaken and reported on. The surveys have been undertaken on different states of the tide and different seasons within 2009 and have recorded values for a range of non-radiological parameters including pH, nutrients, suspended solids, turbidity, BOD, COD, total petroleum hydrocarbons, detergents, metals (dissolved and total concentrations) and organic compounds. 3.6.6 The survey results indicate relatively homogenous conditions within the sampling zones off Hinkley Point (see Figure 3.7). Such well mixed conditions are expected given the large tidal range and high tidal velocities and associated mixing of the water column. Overall water quality conditions were within the normal range for coastal waters and generally comply with EQSs. However, elevated concentration of dissolved copper was recorded at a number of locations across the sampling area. High suspended solids were also recorded and are a noted feature of the Severn Estuary and Bristol Channel being associated with continuous remobilisation of bed sediments under high tidal flows. There was a general trend of increasing mean total metals concentrations with depth. This is likely to result from metal adsorption to sediment particles which display a corresponding increased concentration with water depth. The levels of suspended solids were recorded at higher concentrations on spring tides compared to neap tides. This may be attributed to a greater degree of bed sediment mobilisation under the higher tidal velocities associated with spring tide periods. ii) Radiological Parameters 3.6.7 The baseline conditions for marine sediment quality in the area off-shore of Hinkley Point are currently being investigated in relation to the off-shore infrastructure. In addition, data on radionuclide present in the marine environment, including sediment, is available through the annually published RIFE reports. The latest available report from 2007 (i.e. RIFE-13) includes data on radionuclide concentrations in sediment at various locations along the coast of Bridgwater Bay. Information from the RIFE Reports suggest concentrations of man-made radionuclides in the aquatic environment of the Severn Estuary represent total dose to critical groups which are low (less than 5% of public dose limit). 3.6.8 Four marine quality surveys were undertaken off-shore of Hinkley Point in 2009. The water collected was analysed for a range of radiochemical and radiometric parameters including: gross alpha, gross beta, tritium, carbon-14 and a range of anthropogenic and naturally- occurring radionuclides measured by high-resolution gamma spectrometry. To date, radiometric and radiochemical analysis results are available for three of the four surveys. 3.6.9 Generally, the majority of results were at levels below the so-called analytical detection limit, for example:
all (of 216) carbon-14 results were below the detection limit (<10 Bq/l); all but one (of 216) gross alpha results were below the detection limit, which ranged from < 10 - < 30 Bq/l; 135 (of 216) gross beta results were below the detection limit, which ranged from < 10 to < 40 Bq/l; all but nine (of 216) tritium results were below the detection limit (<5 Bq/l); and all anthropogenic radionuclides measurable by high-resolution gamma spectrometry with the exception of caesium-137 (15 positive results out of 216) and americium-241 (4 positive resullts out of 216) provided results below their respective detection limits.
140 | HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1
b) Assessment Studies 3.6.10 To date, baseline marine water quality conditions off-shore of Hinkley Point have been reported for 4 surveys for non-radiological parameters and 3 (out of 4) surveys for radiological parameters. 3.6.11 Baseline marine sediment quality conditions in the area of the jetty berthing pocket and cooling water intake and outfall positions have not yet been established but will be the subject of a forthcoming sediment quality survey, which will include analyses for non- radiological and radiological parameters. 3.6.12 Impacts relating to discharge of thermal waters have been the subject of numerical modelling studies. Two models have been used to predict the extent of the thermal discharge of the development for four potential intake and discharge configurations and the output from these was used to assess a number of temperature thresholds in relation to recommended guidance values and regulatory standards, including the requirements of the Water Framework Directive. 3.6.13 The potential for impacts upon local sediment and water quality resulting from proposed dredging and other off-shore and cross-shore construction activities will be assessed in the context of both current and historical studies in the area. Where potential sensitivities are identified mitigation will primarily be achieved through the selection of appropriate engineering design and construction methodologies and the application of best practice. 3.6.14 The table below provides a summary of the surveys and studies undertaken to date, in progress or planned with respect to marine water and sediment quality.
Marine Areas
Completed Studies:
Consultation with the Environment Agency on requirements for water quality monitoring and sampling Four seasonal water quality monitoring and sampling campaigns (radiological and non- radiological) nearshore (CW outfall) and off-shore (CW intake) High resolution temperature and turbidity surveys from fixed instrument platforms (intertidal, sea-bed and buoyed)
Studies in progress or planned:
Water quality modelling (considering discharge of a subset non-radiological contaminants into the marine environment) Sampling and analysis of sediments at specific locations where sediment management may be required
c) Key Issues 3.6.15 Potential marine water quality impacts include discharges of contaminated water from construction areas, sediment disturbance and contaminant mobilisation associated with the construction works that impinge upon the marine environment. A combination of environmentally sensitive design and best practice construction management measures should ensure that impacts are acceptable. 3.6.16 Potential impacts during the operational phase of the development include the effect on marine water quality as a result of the cooling water discharge, specifically as a result of thermal interactions and discharge of various process chemicals. The cooling water discharge flow from the operational site will be approximately 130 m3/s from a single proposed discharge location at a distance of approximately 2km from the shore. Potential impacts on marine water quality due to the discharge of cooling waters relate to temperature changes by more than 2oC under particular wind and water level conditions, total residual oxidant changes by more than 10 μg/l and process chemical (hydrazine) changes in the receiving waters. Subject to agreement with the Environment Agency, all residual impacts on water quality status should be acceptable.
HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1 | 141
3.6.17 During the operational phase of the proposed development, it is proposed that a surface drainage system will collect all surface run-off from the Built Development Area and discharge this water via two outfall locations to the foreshore. Impacts are predicted to be minor on the basis that treatment measures could also be incorporated into the drainage system (e.g. catch pits for sediment, intercepts for fuels) and discharges would be mixed in the receiving marine waters. 3.6.18 The construction, operation and, where relevant, decommissioning of the jetty, Sea-Wall and intake and outfall structures would require work in/or over water such that marine sediment and water quality could be affected by accidental spills of materials including aggregates, cement, concrete, hydraulic oils, fuels, etc. Best management practices would be implemented to minimise the risk of spills affecting water and sediment quality.
3.7 Hydrodynamics and Coastal Geomorphology
a) Baseline Environment 3.7.1 Hinkley Point is a headland on the south coast of Bridgwater Bay and is a natural boundary between two distinct coastal process units, namely:
Lilstock to Hinkley Point cliffs – a series of cliffs formed of Lower Lias limestones and mudstones, 25m high at Lilstock but reducing to around 3m along the front of the existing power stations. At Hinkley Point, the cliff is formed in friable limestones and shales interbedded with mudstones. The beach fronting the cliff is narrow and consists mainly of 0.1-0.3m diameter cobbles formed from the limestones apparently derived from in situ erosion. Numerous slope failures occur along the line of the cliff forming shallow trenches. The cliff recession rate west of Hinkley Point is estimated to be 0.13m per year. The shoreline fronting the Hinkley Point C site consists of a wide (500m) shore platform composed of Lias limestones, dipping at a shallow angle to the north with superficial cobbles and boulders. Immediately off-shore from the platform is a narrow zone of sand and gravel fronted by silty clay of the main estuary. To the west the platform narrows in front of the Hinkley Point C Development Site. Both the shoaling of subtidal waters off- shore and this platform provide a degree of wave energy dissipation protection of benefit to the existing Hinkley Point Power Station Complex. Evidence from similar platforms around the UK suggests that the reduction in height (lowering) of such a platform could be around 0.05m/year. The outer Parrett Estuary – consists of estuarine and marine Holocene deposits and is characterised by reclaimed coastal marshes and mudflats. Immediately east of Hinkley Point this extensive alluvial plain is interrupted by a ridge formed of head deposits overlying Liassic limestones that project into the nearshore. Between the existing Hinkley Point Power Station Complex and Stolford, the alluvial land runs inland along the line of a valley that forms the southern boundary of the Hinkley Point promontory so that the Hinkley Point C site is bounded on both the east and south by low lying land. The mid to lower inter-tidal zone between Hinkley Point and Steart Point consists of a wide mudflat extending up to 3km seaward from the high water mark. A saltmarsh zone marks the upper inter-tidal and this is bounded on the landward margin by a series of sand dunes and shingle ridges. 3.7.2 This is a typical outer estuarine site that experiences a moderate variation in salinity regime throughout the tidal cycle. However, due to its extremely high tidal range, it is in most other senses atypical. Turbidity levels (the amount of fine silt suspended in the water) are extremely high. A significant feature is associated with the neap/spring tidal cycle, where some of these fine silts are deposited widely across the rock platform and in subtidal areas during the more extreme neap tides and remobilised at higher tidal ranges; this is a distinctive feature of Bridgwater Bay and the extreme turbidity and tidal regimes both have a significant influence on ecology and water quality. Another significant influence on water quality is the nearby Parrett Estuary, a large sub-estuary of the Severn, especially during extremes of river run-off when the freshwater plume can extend for some distance off-shore.
142 | HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1
3.7.3 Over the next 100 years, climate change is likely to impose a number of important modifications to the regime along the Somerset coast, including:
relative sea level rise expected to be between 0.2m and 0.8m by the 2080s (UKCIP, 2006); increase in the 1 in 50 year extreme water level by approximately 1.6m; and the 1:1,000 year storm surge frequency is predicted to become a 1:20 year storm surge by 2107. 3.7.4 It is expected that the effects of climate change will act to accelerate existing trends within the Lilstock to Hinkley Point and outer Parrett Estuary process units. Without the addition of new coastal protection, as is intended on the Hinkley Point C site frontage, continued cliff recession would result. 3.7.5 A consideration of the evolution of these coastal/estuarine systems is being taken into account in predicting the potential implications of the development.
b) Assessment Studies 3.7.6 In order to provide robust data for the EIA, an extensive suite of hydrodynamic survey work was undertaken at Hinkley Point in late summer 2008 over four spring-neap cycles. The data was collected using a number of sub-tidal instrument moorings, inter-tidal instrument moorings, ship-borne instrument surveys, an anchor station and the deployment of drogues. In addition, a long term Waverider buoy was established (and continues to operate) in 10m of water directly off-shore from Hinkley Point, to measure wave climate and seawater temperature and a series of highly instrumented ‘landers’ were established on the sea-bed in shallower water to provide similar data. Amongst the various outputs from these studies, the results show that:
Tidal currents are parallel to the shore. Peak tidal current velocities in the nearshore sub- tidal zone range from 1.0m/s on neaps to 1.5m/s on springs relatively close to the site and 1.4m/s on neaps to 1.7m/s on springs further off-shore. Strong ebb to flood asymmetry was noted with stronger currents on the ebb. The magnitude of the asymmetry decreased as neap tides were approached. Current measurements across the sub-tidal zone described spring tide peak currents of approximately 1.4m/s. Tidal currents across the inter-tidal zone were variable with typical speeds of 1.0m/s on spring tides. The dominant direction of wave approach is from the west-northwest, with less frequent slightly smaller waves from the west. Significant wave heights of over 2m were recorded off-shore. The longest period waves (up to 20 seconds and likely to be swell waves) arrive from the west-northwest sector. Some shorter period waves arrive from the west sector. At any time, the greatest energy waves (i.e. those with the highest potential to move bed sediment) generally arrive from the west-northwest. At the shoreline, it is only these more extreme waves that will drive sediment transport to the east. 3.7.7 New geophysical survey work was also undertaken to secure a detailed bathymetry sufficient for engineering design and hydraulic modelling. Swathe and sidescan sonar were used to develop habitat, bed morphology and (in combination with validation sampling) biotope maps. The output from these studies shows that most of the sea-bed and shore of the wider estuary is dominated by mud sometimes shallowly draped over the underlying solid geology with patches of coarser sediment. The sea-bed immediately in front of the Hinkley Point C site is dominated by bedrock exposures of interbedded limestone and mudstone. 3.7.8 On the basis of this data two separate numerical hydraulic models were developed to support, firstly, the engineering design studies and, secondly, the environmental assessment activity, including considerations of longer term (tidal and meteorological variability in the local environment. These models have been used to test a number of cooling water intake and outfall configurations, involving a series of positions ranging from the shoreline itself to several kilometre off-shore. Two needs have been considered in these simulations – the need to avoid recirculating the expelled cooling water back into the intake (with consequent efficiency losses on station operation) and the need to limit the environmental impact of the cooling water plume that results. Such a plume oscillates tidally on flood and ebb and, due to its relative warmth, will tend to be buoyant and even highly superficial; an attribute that tends to be encouraged through appropriate design to allow transfer of the waste heat involved to the atmosphere above. As a result a widely spreading superficial plume is ideal
HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1 | 143
rather than one that maintains close contact with the shore or sea-bed; there is thus some coincidence between the needs of operational efficiency and environmental protection. 3.7.9 The table below provides a summary of the studies undertaken to date, in progress or planned with respect to hydrodynamics and coastal geomorphology.
Marine Areas
Completed Studies:
Extensive single beam, sidescan and swathe high resolution surveys of the sea-bed Mapping of nearshore and intertidal habitats and sea-bed morphology utilising sonar and Lidar surveys Marine hydrographic surveys utilising ship-borne, sea-bed and buoyed instrument packages Establishment of a long term wave monitoring facility (Waverider) and use of shallow water fixed instrument packages to ensure off-shore/on-shore wave field calibration Development, calibration, validation and use of numerical hydraulic models in support of cooling water dispersion studies Reviews and analyses of historical coastal geomorphological trends, current context and considerations of future change
c) Key Issues 3.7.10 The following issues are recognised with respect to hydrodynamics and coastal geomorphology:
Considerable care will be applied to developing an engineering and access management approach for any cross-shore works in order to be sympathetic to local geomorphological interests. The main cooling water culverts will be tunnelled under the intertidal shore and sea-bed and thus will have no impact upon nearshore coastal geomorphological interests. The design and construction of the sea-wall will be undertaken with appropriate care in order not to restrict the movement of sediments along the top of shore during storm sea conditions. The design and construction of other cross-shore structures, such as the proposed jetty, will be undertaken with appropriate care in order not to provide barriers to either waves or the existing hydraulic flows. Aside from the proposed Sea-Wall itself the most significant structures to be introduced in the marine area will be the cooling water works. As described above any impact on the intertidal and near subtidal areas will be negated by tunnelling but the off-shore operations to introduce the intake and outfall structures themselves will inevitably cause some distrubance. The appropriate level of care in design and construction will be applied in order to control any localised impact on the geomorphological regime at these points. Climate change predictions are suggesting higher water levels, including higher extreme water levels. The design of the Sea-Wall will take these issues into account.
144 | HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1
3.8 Terrestrial Flora and Fauna
a) Baseline Environment 3.8.1 The combined Built Development Area and Southern Construction Area comprises open, gently rolling mixed lowland farmland with hedgerows of variable quality, small scrubby woodlands and occasional standard trees. Much of the area is intensively managed and there is little semi-natural habitat present away from the cliff edge and the immediate vicinity of the built plant. 3.8.2 A relatively extensive area of land on the southern side and small areas of ground to the east and west of the existing Hinkley Point Power Station Complex have been subject to management by EDF Energy. This has been implemented through a land management plan; initiatives have included the mowing and harrowing of grassland, establishment and management of scrub and the creation of two pools. The result has been the establishment of a range of habitat types including flower-rich grassland (much of which has calcareous influences), woodland, scrub and reedbed. The area is subject to the non-statutory conservation designation County Wildlife Site (Hinkley CWS) and approximately 60% of the designation is within the Built Development Area. 3.8.3 There are no substantial water-bodies within the combined Built Development and Southern Construction Areas, although two streams (Bum Brook and Holford Stream) run east-west across the area connected to the Bridgwater Bay SSSI and a minor unnamed stream discharges to the intertidal. A more substantial drain (or rhyne) forms the boundary between the site and Wick Moor (North Moor). Standing water is also limited in extent, with the largest pools being to the south of the plant sewage works and in Pixie’s Field. 3.8.4 The eastern boundary of the combined Built Development and Southern Construction Areas is formed (moving north to south) by the existing Hinkley Point Power Station Complex, the Bridgwater Bay SSSI and mixed farmland which has similar characteristics to that found within the site. The local part of the SSSI consists of an area of flat, open improved grassland which is seasonally grazed. To the south and west of the Southern Construction Area there is further mixed farmland and a series of small villages including Wick, Shurton and Knighton. 3.8.5 The northern boundary of the Built Development Area lies adjacent to Bridgwater Bay from which it is separated by a low cliff between five and ten metres in height. At low tide, the shore adjacent to the site comprises a relatively narrow platform of rock (extending to approximately 200m from the cliff and running parallel to it), interspersed with and fringed by muddy sand. Intertidal areas to the west include more extensive areas of mobile sand, while to the east, adjacent to the existing Hinkley Point Power Station Complex, the intertidal rock platforms, mud and sand extend up to 500m from the upper shore at low water. Further east again, approximately 1km from the Hinkley Point C Development Site, the mosaic of intertidal habitats grades into an area of open mud and sand known as Steart Bay. i) Birds 3.8.6 The Severn Estuary Special Protection Area (SPA) and Ramsar Site covers all intertidal and inshore marine habitat adjacent to the northern boundary of the Built Development Area and also extends inland and includes Wick and North Moor to the east. 3.8.7 The Severn Estuary was classified under the EU Birds Directive on the basis of its wintering and migratory bird interest. Qualifying features of the SPA are the wintering numbers of (Russian) white-fronted goose, Bewick’s swan, shelduck, gadwall, dunlin, redshank and the wintering waterfowl assemblage (over 20,000 birds). A review of waterfowl populations using the SPA conducted by Stroud et al (2000) suggested that wintering white-fronted goose and gadwall no longer met SPA qualifying levels and should be removed from the cited interest of the site, while passage ringed plover, wintering curlew and pintail should be added. Additional species forming part of the key interest of the adjacent Bridgwater Bay SSSI (which shares a common boundary with the SPA locally) are whimbrel, grey plover, black-tailed godwit and teal.
HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1 | 145
3.8.8 Baseline data on the intertidal bird community included national Wetland Bird Survey (WeBS) counts and additional data collected for the West Hinkley Wind Farm Assessment. This development proposal was located on land within and to the east of the Built Development Area. The wind farm assessment also provided breeding bird information to supplement annual censuses undertaken by the EDF Energy Conservation Warden and more historical baseline work associated with previous applications. ii) Other Protected Species 3.8.9 Sources of desk study data for other protected species are summarised below:
Bats: Considerable desk study data was available, predominantly as a result of the West Hinkley Wind Farm application, for which bat surveys were conducted between 2005 and 2007 inclusive. Additional data and contextual information was received from Somerset Environmental Records Centre (SERC) and from the Somerset Bat Group Water Vole: Desk study data indicated that water vole occur to the east and south of the built plant at Hinkley Point, but that field signs had not been recorded within the combined Built Development and Southern Construction Areas. Otter: There are very recent records of otter using rhynes to the east of the proposed development area from the EDF Energy Conservation Warden. Contextual information from Somerset Otter Group and from the Environment Agency’s Fourth National Otter Survey (2007) indicates that the species occurs on all major watercourses in the County. Dormouse: Desk study indicated that there had been no previous dormouse survey of the Built Development and Southern Construction Areas and no records of dormouse within 3km of the combined Built Development and Southern Construction Areas. Information from the National Biodiversity Network indicated that the nearest known record of the species in relation to the development area was from approximately 6.5km to the south- west. Badger: This species is abundant in West Somerset, with information provided from a number of sources (SERC etc.) relating to the Built Development and Southern Construction Areas obtained through the desk study. Great Created Newts (GCNs): Information provided by SERC, the former site conservation warden and Somerset County Council indicated the historical occurrence of great crested newts in Pixies Pond and Branland Copse (to the east of the Built Development). The last record from either location was from 1995 and survey conducted by Magnox Electric Ltd in 2006 did not record the species. Reptiles: Information from SERC and the site warden indicated that slow-worm and grass snake populations were likely to be present to the south of the existing Hinkley Point Power Station Complex and that common lizard was present on the coast outside the area of concern. Invertebrates: There were limited previous data available for the combined Built Development and Southern Construction Areas, with most available information relating to aquatic invertebrates on land to the east and to butterflies. This latter information was mainly available as a result of annual surveys undertaken by the EDF Energy conservation warden.
146 | HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1
b) Assessment Studies 3.8.10 The results of an extended Phase 1 habitat survey, showing the habitats present within and around the Hinkley Point C site, are shown on Figure 3.8.
Figure 3.8: Hinkley Point Phase 1 Habitat Survey Map
i) Birds 3.8.11 The numbers and distribution of breeding, feeding and roosting birds in relation to the new build area was established to determine a baseline for the prediction of effects. 3.8.12 Two years of regular intertidal surveys (with complementary nocturnal and walkover field surveys) resulted in no records of white-fronted goose, Bewick’s swan and gadwall and very low numbers and/or infrequent occurrence of dunlin, grey plover and teal within 1km of the coastal fringe of the Built Development Area. Shelduck and curlew were found to occur along the entire section of coast surveyed and were present throughout the year. Pintail was exclusively recorded during winter. All three species occurred in highest numbers on the mudflat to the east of the built plant (i.e. away from the Built Development Area). Whimbrel and black-tailed godwit were noted during passage and during winter respectively and also favoured this area of open mud. Passage ringed plover were infrequently recorded on the coast around the western Built Development Area boundary and were generally present in low numbers. 3.8.13 A survey of the breeding bird community of the Built Development and Southern Construction Areas and a substantial perimeter area was completed in 2007. The breeding bird community of the mixed farmland habitats within the combined Built Development and Southern Construction Areas is characterised by a range of common and relatively ubiquitous bird species such as rook, wren, robin, dunnock and chaffinch, all of which breed in woodland and/or hedgerows. Skylark is present in the larger arable fields, with lesser whitethroat being the only locally notable farmland species (towards the western edge of its range). The area of the Hinkley CWS to the south of the existing Hinkley Point Power Station Complex supports several pairs of the regionally scarce nightingale and lesser whitethroat and also Cetti’s warbler, which is specially protected.
HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1 | 147
ii) Other Protected Species 3.8.14 Bats: Surveys were mainly undertaken in 2007 and 2009 and included walked transects, deployment of static detectors and emergence and re-entry surveys. These found that at least 12 species of bat used the combined Built Development and Southern Construction Areas, with the east-west green lane being of particular local importance as a commuting route. Several species featuring in Annex II of the Habitats Directive were recorded (barbastelle, greater horseshoe and lesser horseshoe bats). The most notable result of the work was the number and regularity of barbastelle records, as there is little previous record of this species in West Somerset. Small summer roosts of common pipistrelle occur in two of the on site buildings. 3.8.15 Water Voles: Surveys were conducted during 2007, 2008 and 2009, with the most complete survey (taking in all running and still water-bodies) within the Built Development and Southern Construction Areas conducted in 2009. No field signs were recorded, reflecting the lack of connectivity (to watercourses further west), variable water levels and poor management regimes of most of the watercourses within and adjacent to the combined area. 3.8.16 Otter: Survey of all watercourses within and close to the combined Built Development and Southern Construction Areas in 2009 recorded a few field signs in areas of adjacent land along the Bum Brook and a rhyne on Wick Moor. There were no signs from within the Hinkley Point C site, reflecting the minor seasonal nature and lack of connectivity of the watercourses within it. 3.8.17 Dormouse: Surveys were conducted between 2007 and 2009, with the most suitable habitat within the combined Built Development and Southern Construction Areas targeted (well established hedges with plentiful food sources, woodland and scrub). Over 350 dormouse ‘tubes’ were deployed over the survey period, with no resulting records of the species. 3.8.18 Badger: A detailed survey followed by a bait marking study were completed in winter 2008/09 (when animals are most active). 28 setts (belonging to eight social groups) were located within the combined Built Development and Southern Construction Areas boundary, with bait marking work establishing that 12 social groups were present within the wider survey area (which extended well outside the Hinkley Point C area). 3.8.19 Great Crested Newt (GCN): In 2009, fifteen ponds within 500m of the Hinkley Point C Development Site were screened with regard to suitability for GCNs, with 8 of these considered potentially suitable and subject to detailed survey work in 2009. No GCNs were recorded. 3.8.20 Reptiles: Surveys conducted within the combined Built Development and Southern Construction Areas (and adjacent land) over three consecutive years (2007-2009) concluded that there was a low population of grass snake and a good population of slow-worm to the south of the existing plant, but that reptiles were largely absent from the Hinkley Point C Development Site. 3.8.21 Invertebrates: Freshwater and terrestrial surveys recorded a small number of rare species, most of which were associated with the more extensive semi-natural habitats (including the less seasonal watercourses) outside the Built Development and Southern Construction Areas boundary. 3.8.22 Consultation with key stakeholders with respect to terrestrial ecology, including Natural England, the Environment Agency, Somerset Wildlife Trust and the RSPB, is ongoing and will continue throughout the assessment process.
148 | HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1
3.8.23 The table below provides a summary of the terrestrial ecology surveys undertaken to date and planned.
Built Development Area West and East
Completed studies: Breeding Bird Survey Extended Phase 1 Habitat Survey Badger Surveys (including bait marking) Hedgerow Assessment Bat Surveys River Corridor Survey Dormouse Surveys National Vegetation Survey of Semi- Otter Surveys natural grassland areas Water Vole Surveys Woodland Condition Assessment Reptile Surveys Intertidal Bird Survey (72 visits) Great Crested Newt Surveys
Nocturnal Bird Survey (26 visits) Freshwater Invertebrate Survey Bird usage of farmland around Hinkley
Studies in progress or planned: None
Southern Construction Area
Completed Studies: As for the Built Development Area above
Studies in progress or planned: None
c) Key Issues 3.8.24 The principal ecological issues in this context will be the loss of semi-natural habitats and habitat corridors within the Built Development and Southern Construction Areas and potential disturbance leading to displacement of bird populations within the Severn Estuary SPA and Ramsar Site and the Bridgwater Bay SSSI (see Section 5.1). The Built Development will also result in the loss of approximately 60% of the Hinkley County Wildlife Site. i) Botanical Interest 3.8.25 As a result of the soil stripping process, one small block and one linear strip of species rich semi-natural coastal grassland and seven small (generally) species poor woodland compartments will be lost. The majority of the 60 hedgerows within and adjacent to the Built Development and Southern Construction Areas, one pond and two flowing water-bodies will also potentially be removed or radically altered as a result of development. 37 of the hedgerows are considered important under the Hedgerow Regulations: this is due in almost all cases to their having seven or more woody species in a 30m sample area. The pond and most of the sections of watercourses have an aquatic and marginal flora that is of limited conservation interest. ii) Birds 3.8.26 Waterfowl species most likely to be affected by disturbance resulting from the construction works (e.g. noise) will include moulting and wintering shelduck, wintering curlew and passage ringed plover. 3.8.27 Breeding bird habitat in the form of hedgerow, woodland and arable fields (very few birds breed in the pasture on site) will be lost in both the Built Development and Southern Construction Areas.
HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1 | 149
iii) Other Protected Species 3.8.28 Bats: The principal effects on bats resulting from the Built Development and Southern Construction Areas will be the loss of commuting routes and the three small on site barns, two of which are used in summer by small numbers of roosting pipistrelles. 3.8.29 Otter: Field signs were located on the Bum Brook and Wick Moor, both of which are outside the Built Development and Southern Construction Areas. Effects are considered unlikely to occur. 3.8.30 Badgers: There is the potential for badgers to be affected by the proposed development, particularly as a result of elements such as soil stripping and the removal of woodland. Given the confidential status that the locations of badger setts are afforded and the specific legislation relating to the species, a separate consenting process involving Natural England is being conducted. 3.8.31 Reptiles: Populations are present in an area to the east of the Built Development Area and are not likely to be affected by the development. 3.8.32 Invertebrates: The majority of the habitat within the Built Development and Southern Construction Areas is very limited in terms of botanical quality and the watercourses are agriculturally improved and poorly managed. As a result effects on invertebrate communities, which reflect habitat quality, will be limited. 3.8.33 Other Protected Species: Great crested newt, dormouse and water vole were not recorded during extensive programmes of field survey and are considered unlikely to be affected by the proposal. iv) Mitigation Measures 3.8.34 A range of options will be considered to achieve the mitigation and conservation gain required of the development. These might reasonably include the following measures (although the scope of the environmental measures would be agreed with nature conservation consultees):
a soft start-up to any piling operations to allow SPA birds time to move away from the construction area (this would not be required if rotary drilling is to be used); workforce control to prevent unnecessary incursion into the SPA, Ramsar Site and SSSI; timing of works/preparation of ground during the appropriate season to avoid effects on individual species; retention of important east-west and north-south ecological corridors used by commuting bats and other species; the creation of a mosaic of habitats including grassland, woodland and scrub; hedgerow reinstatement and management; and the construction of artificial setts for badgers. 3.8.35 It should be noted that the most ecologically diverse area of the Hinkley County Wildlife Site (approximately 40% of the total area) has been avoided through development design. This allows the retention of the most extensive areas of species-rich semi-natural grassland, the still water-bodies of most ecological merit (the one water body to be lost has very little ecological value) and much of the local scrub.
150 | HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1
3.9 Marine and Coastal Flora and Fauna
a) Baseline Environment i) Marine Communities 3.9.1 The Severn Estuary is a SAC – a European designated site – recognised for its immersed sandbanks, extensive mudflats and Atlantic salt meadows (see Section 5.1). 3.9.2 Sea-bed Fauna: The sea-bed faunal assemblages of the Severn Estuary are generally regarded as being relatively impoverished when compared with other UK estuaries, due to effects of the extreme tidal range, high turbidity and the continuous regime of tidal mobilisation through resuspension of muddy sediments within the estuary. 3.9.3 Phytoplankton: Throughout the Bristol Channel and Severn Estuary (including the waters off Hinkley Point), the suspended solid concentrations within the water column are extremely high due to the tidal resuspension of muddy substrates on the estuary bed and shores. Consequently, low light levels restrict phytoplankton growth in open waters. 3.9.4 Zooplankton: The limitation of primary production due to elevated turbidity levels within the Severn Estuary is also considered to reduce production of the zooplankton which might feed on these microscopic plants. Salinity and seasonal variations are thought to be the most important environmental variables affecting zooplankton distribution and previous observations have identified a gradient from high biomass at the seaward extent to lower values further upstream. 3.9.5 Intertidal Fauna and Flora: There are local Severn Estuary SAC and SPA interests on shores both fronting and adjacent to the proposed development area. The middle shore has a partial covering of brown algae but is otherwise relatively devoid of species. The lower shore immediately to the west of the existing cross-shore cooling water outfall is heavily colonised by the tube dwelling worm, having a distribution aligned with the ebb tidal stream and broadly coincident with the Hinkley Point A and Hinkley Point B station ebb tidal cooling water plume itself. Further areas colonised by Sabellaria exist both to the east of the existing outfall area and to the west of the proposed development area. 3.9.6 There are two species of Sabellaria in the UK, Sabellaria alveolata and Sabellaria spinulosa. The two species are similar in their biology and ecology. Although individuals of these species are not themselves protected under UK legislation, they can form extensive biogenic reefs by cementing together tubes constructed from sand. Biogenic reefs have a number of ecosystem functions: they may stabilise the sedimentary environment; provide hard substratum for other sessile organisms to attach; can provide diverse habitat types, (e.g. crevices); and can alter the local hydrodynamic regime, leading to accumulations of food particles for other organisms. These reef structures are classed as Annex I biogenic habitats under the 'Reefs' feature of the EC Habitats Directive and are listed within the UK Biodiversity Action Plan. 3.9.7 Another interest feature of this shore, known locally and studied for several years but unrecorded elsewhere, is the presence of areas of Corallina sward associated with the outer faces of the dipping mud/sandstone beds that lie across the shore. These areas of sward provide a habitat for a wide variety of species not otherwise found locally. Some of these features are present along the wave-cut rocky platform fronting the Hinkley Point C Development Site and in the area where the jetty is proposed. 3.9.8 Marine Mammals: The diversity and abundance of marine mammals decreases within increased proximity to the Severn Estuary (SWF, 2009a). Sparse data is available for marine mammals in the Severn Estuary and it is likely that marine mammals are largely absent from this area.
HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1 | 151
ii) Fish and Fisheries 3.9.9 The fish assemblage common to the area around Hinkley Point is well known through continuing long-term study at the existing Hinkley Point B site. This assemblage is highly diverse due to the coast’s southern and western location and includes many species of potential commercial and conservation significance. 3.9.10 Protected Fish Species: Several species of fish, protected under various pieces of legislation, occur within the immediate area of the proposed Hinkley Point C site and, on a wider scale, within the Severn Estuary and Bristol Channel. The seven migratory species found within the estuary together form a qualifying feature of the Severn Estuary Ramsar site. These species are:
atlantic salmon Salmo salar twaite shad Alosa. fallax allis shad Alosa alosa river lamprey Lampetra. fluviatilis sea lamprey Petromyzon. marinus sea trout Salmo trutta eel Anguilla Anguilla 3.9.11 Although each of the species are present, only twaite shad, river and sea lamprey are qualifying features of the SAC designation of the Severn Estuary. In practice these species have been rarely observed at Hinkley Point despite many years of routine survey effort. 3.9.12 In addition to the migratory species, ten marine species found within the estuary are also UK BAP species:
cod Gadus morhua herring Clupea harengus plaice Pleuronectes platessa sole Solea solea whiting Merlangius merlangus blue whiting Micromesistius poutassou hake Merluccius merluccius horse mackerel Trachurus symmetricus ling and saithe (coalfish) Pollachius virens 3.9.13 The entire estuarine fish assemblage of the Severn Estuary is designated under Ramsar Criterion 8 as ‘one of the most diverse in Britain’. 3.9.14 The level of commercial fishing activity in the Severn Estuary and inner Bristol Channel is generally much lower than on grounds to the west and is thought to be decreasing year on year, principally as a result of the strong tides and a low density of fish above the Minimum Landing Size. The estuary as a whole is thought to act as an important nursery ground for many commercially important species, including sole and sea bass. Most of the fish found within the estuary are juveniles. Many of the commercial fishing vessels operating out of North Somerset and South Wales coastal areas are less than 10m long and operate on a part- time basis, supplementing their fishing income with charter angling trips, especially for cod, which have remained relatively abundant in the area. The nearest harbour to the existing Hinkley Point Power Station Complex – Watchet – berths no commercial fishing vessels of any sort.
152 | HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1
b) Assessment Studies i) Marine Communities 3.9.15 Sea-bed Fauna: Extensive surveys of the sea-bed fauna have been carried out routinely from early in 2008. Species richness was found to be significantly greater moving off-shore, but mean densities were significantly greater at near-shore sites due primarily to the presence of the bivalve Macoma balthica. 3.9.16 Phytoplankton: Routine seasonal phytoplankton surveys have been carried out off-shore over the course of a year. When compared with other British coastal waters, phytoplankton densities were found to be relatively low. 3.9.17 Zooplankton: Routine zooplankton surveys have been carried out over an extensive area with a particular interest in ichthyoplankton, the planktonic larvae and eggs of fish. Although dominated by particular groups of species, such as small copepod crustaceans, there was considerable variety in the findings but some clear seasonal trends. For example, some mysid (shrimp) species resident in the lower estuary indicate a clear seasonality in reproduction and, due either to upstream/downstream or on-shore/off-shore migration, the number of species found locally peaks in summer and remains high until the autumn. 3.9.18 Intertidal Fauna and Flora: Extensive studies of the intertidal rocky shore and soft shore habitats fronting and flanking the proposed development site for several kilometers to the east and west have been carried out and, in combination with a detailed examination of remote sensing data, habitat and biotope maps have been produced. The only species recorded within the intertidal zone of potential conservation interest were Sabellaria and Corallina – with the former associated with the subtidal outcrops described above and the latter forming occasional turf habitats (which form part of the “red algal turf” biotope which is recognised as nationally scarce). 3.9.19 The Sabellaria agglomeration observed on the shore fronting the existing Hinkley Point Power Station Complex was generally low lying, with some areas comprising worm tubes up to ten meters in height. Some of the areas higher up the shore were overgrown with ephemeral algae. Within the Severn Estuary, some of the subtidal Sabellaria agglomerations are of sufficient size and development to be considered as biogenic reef habitat and as such are designated as an Annex I habitat under the EC Habitats Directive. 3.9.20 Some extensive areas of Corallina sp. were present on the mid to lower shore. These were generally either restricted to bedrock channels running parallel to the shoreline which retained some areas of water at low tide, or to areas of drainage across the gently dipping rock platforms of the lower shore. It is in the latter instance that distinct areas of turf have formed. 3.9.21 Marine Mammals: A desk-based review indicated that although there have been sightings of harbour porpoise, dolphin species (mainly common dolphin) and grey seal in the outer Bristol Channel, the diversity and abundance of marine mammals decreases within increased proximity to the Severn Estuary. Based on available data it is likely that marine mammals are largely absent from the area around Hinkley Point. ii) Fish and Fisheries 3.9.22 As well as surveys associated with this particular development numerous studies have been conducted on fish assemblages within the Severn Estuary and the Bristol Channel. As a result, much information is available regarding species identity, richness and their population dynamics within the Severn Estuary and Bristol Channel. A number of studies have investigated the life history and migratory movement of particular species. 3.9.23 A comprehensive source of information on the abundance and species richness of fish in the locality is provided by the entrainment and impingement data collected at Hinkley Point B using the station’s cooling water drum screens – this effort was instigated in 1981. So far a total of 83 estuarine and marine fish species have been recorded by this continuing long-term effort.
HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1 | 153
3.9.24 To add to this data further quantitative studies have been established at the site to aid in refining predictions of cooling water impingement by the proposed Hinkley Point C Nuclear Power Station. 3.9.25 Amongst these, an extensive series of surveys began early in 2008, involving the use of a variety of trawls both in open water and over the sea-bed. Survey efforts have also been established in the intertidal areas where juvenile fish are more likely to congregate in large numbers. The total number of species recorded in the trawls carried out in the vicinity of the proposed off-shore cooling water intake and outfall locations was low (15) and the catch per unit effort was also generally low. Ten of these species were recorded both around these proposed locations and further afield (dab, 5 bearded rockling, grey gurnard, herring, sand gobies, sand eel, solenette, sprat, thornback ray and whiting). The most abundant species caught during these surveys was the greater sand eel, but these were completely absent from the area of the proposed off-shore works themselves and only found further off-shore. 3.9.26 Whiting was the third most abundant species caught across the wider area but sprat were the most abundant in the area of the proposed off-shore works. Across the area as a whole, most of the fish caught were less than 30cm, the exception being a few thornback rays. 3.9.27 The table below provides a summary of the surveys and studies undertaken to date, in progress or planned with respect to marine flora and fauna.
Marine Area
Completed Studies:
Construction areas: first and second phase marine ecology baseline surveys Wider subtidal areas: study of near-shore subtidal resources Wider intertidal areas: study of intertidal resources Characterisation (habitat and biotope mapping) of subtidal and intertidal areas Review of commercial fisheries activity Reviews of historic intertidal and power station fish impingement studies Initial predictions of fish impingement and entrainment on cooling water screens Campaigns from February 2008 to July 2009, including investigations of: - Fish, using pelagic, otter and beam trawls - Zooplankton (including dedicated ichthyoplankton surveys) and phytoplankton - Fish caught on power station screens and entrained plankton - Intertidal infauna, epifauna and flora - Subtidal infauna and epifauna - Subtidal and intertidal habitat and biotope mapping using remote sensing and field validation - Intertidal fish and mobile invertebrates Desk-based assessment of marine mammals
Studies in progress or planned:
Construction areas: final baseline marine ecology surveys Continuing intertidal fish surveys Continuing power station fish-on-screen surveys, in support of impingement and entrainment predictions and assessments Continuing near-shore fish, ichthyoplankton, benthic intertidal and subtidal surveys.
c) Key Issues 3.9.28 The key potential ecological effects associated within the development are those that could affect European and nationally designated sites. Consequently, any such potential effects are being considered in detail. In line with the other sections of this Appendix, predicted impacts on the wider marine environment are considered below. However, the translation of these into likely effects on the integrity of European designated sites is considered separately in Section 5.1.
154 | HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1
i) Construction 3.9.29 The construction methods for installing cooling water infrastructure (horizontal tunnels and vertical wells) will result in the loss of limited areas of subtidal habitat immediately around the sea-bed structures themselves. It is likely that the area of disturbance will be greatest during the construction phase when there is a risk of greater upstream/downstream impacts on the sea-bed due to scour. However, the area of habitat loss is not expected to be significant. 3.9.30 The movement of construction vehicles during the construction of the sea wall and jetty has the potential to impact the foreshore and intertidal area supporting Corallina and Saballeria. Careful controls governing access during construction are suggested as mitigation. 3.9.31 The construction of the sea wall may have an impact on the upper intertidal habitat, however with appropriate mitigation, the potential impact is not expected to be significant. The construction of the jetty could also cause some disruption to the intertidal and subtidal area. Aside from the Corallina turfs, the epifauna and flora of the shore fronting the Hinkley Point C Development Site is of relatively poor diversity and, with careful lateral positioning of the jetty to avoid species of relative importance, other impacts on the shore are unlikely to be significant. 3.9.32 Any piling noise associated with the jetty could also affect certain fish species in close proximity to the works. 3.9.33 Construction related discharges from the land based works into the marine environment have the potential to have a moderate impact on the Corallina interest. However, mitigation will be achieved through the routing and control of these discharges. 3.9.34 The potential impacts of accidents and incidents in the absence of mitigation could be significant. Such incidents could result from on-site spillages feeding through to the surface water discharge and potential firewater discharges. Appropriate control measures and management plans will be proposed in mitigation. ii) Operation 3.9.35 The operation of the Hinkley Point C Nuclear Power Station will result in the impingement of fish and crustacea on the cooling water intake screens and entrainment through the cooling water system and subsequent discharge of fish eggs and larvae. The primary means of mitigating such impacts is through the appropriate location and design of the cooling water intake structures and, in this instance, the proposal is that the intakes be positioned a significant distance off-shore in deeper water. In addition, designs that reduce the intake velocity sufficiently to allow fish avoidance to occur, even under conditions of high tidal flow, are being considered. The introduction and maintenance of more active (e.g. acoustic) fish protection measures at such a remote off-shore location are unlikely to prove practicable. 3.9.36 The tidally oscillating and generally buoyant thermal plume that will result from the cooling water discharge will impinge upon areas of sea-bed and this plume at its furthest extent may reach as far as the shore flanking Bridgwater Bay and the mouth of the Parrett Estuary. Given the highly opportunistic nature of the infaunal populations in this area and the limited temperature rise involved, this plume is unlikely to have any significant impact, despite its scale. Multiple intake and outfall configurations have been tested using numerical models and an understanding of the distribution and sensitivity of both infaunal and epifaunal species and fish, in order to identify the configuration that best minimises cooling water re- entrainment and limits the impingement of the plume itself on areas of potential sensitivity, particularly with respect to designated species and their prey. 3.9.37 The release of hydrazine and the residues of biological fouling control agents during routine operations will have the potential to have a moderately negative impact on the marine environment. However, any such operational discharges will be controlled to within acceptable levels, which will be agreed with the Environment Agency.
HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1 | 155
3.9.38 The Corallina features on the shore fronting the site may be negatively impacted by discharges from the adjacent land onto the foreshore. These could occur through emergency overflows from waste water ponds or the presence of contaminants or spillages in surface water. The use of appropriate design and the operational management arrangements on-site will mitigate this, resulting in a minor risk of impact.
3.10 Transportation
a) Baseline Environment 3.10.1 EDF Energy’s baseline assessment of transportation in the vicinity of the Hinkley Point C site has considered the full range of potential options for accessing the site – by road, walking, cycling, bus, rail and sea. i) Roads 3.10.2 The main access road serving Hinkley Point is the C182, which runs from Hinkley Point through the village of Cannington and then joins the A39 to the south of the village. The C182 is an unlit, single carriageway rural road. It is generally subject to the national speed limit for such roads of 60mph, with sections that are subject to 40 and 30mph speed limits. 3.10.3 From the M5, the A38 links the motorway north and south of Bridgwater at Junctions 23 and 24 respectively. At Bridgwater the A38 joins the A39 and the route continues west along the A39 to Cannington. The A39 bypass south-east of Cannington has provided relief for the village. However, traffic associated with the Hinkley Point Power Station Complex still has to travel through the centre of the village to reach the C182, the primary access road to Hinkley Point. ii) Walking and Cycling 3.10.4 There are very few footpaths on the C182 leading to the site and little use is made of local roads for walking and cycling. This is likely to be strongly influenced by the unlit nature of the roads. iii) Bus 3.10.5 There are some bus services running between local villages and into Bridgwater, but services are extremely limited. The only bus stop within a 2km radius of the site is at Lower House Farm on Shurton Lane and there is one outbound and inbound service each day, running between Shurton and Bridgwater College during the school term. iv) Rail 3.10.6 The nearest railhead is at Bridgwater approximately 12km from the Hinkley Point C site. This is on the main twin-track Bristol to Taunton line. There is also a privately operated line that runs 12km to the west of the Hinkley Point C site. v) Sea 3.10.7 EDF Energy owns a roll-on roll-off (RoRo) facility at Combwich Wharf on the River Parrett. This is used periodically to receive delivery of very heavy or large plant which arrives via Bridgwater Bay. Combwich is a very small village with narrow streets which are not suitable for the passage of large vehicles. Deliveries arriving at Combwich are transported to Hinkley Point along a private access road, which connects to the C182. 3.10.8 Navigation at Hinkley Point and into the River Parrett is managed by the Port of Bridgwater. As well as the RoRo berth owned by EDF Energy at Combwich, Hanson Aggregates manage the sand wharf at Dunball. Shipping operations are due to commence shortly at the cargo berth at Dunball Wharf which has recently been taken over by River Bulk Shipping. Vessel usage within the area managed by the Port of Bridgwater is on a fairly small scale with 59 coastal vessels recorded in 2006.
156 | HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1
b) Assessment Studies 3.10.9 A Strategic Transport Masterplan for the Hinkley Point C project was developed in 2008 in consultation with key statutory consultees. The strategy examined the key issues for transportation, including scope, aspirations and impacts of the development scenarios. A transport baseline report was produced in late 2008, covering the existing road, rail and bus network in the vicinity of the Hinkley Point site. Further transport assessment studies followed in 2009 and this assessment work is still ongoing. i) Roads 3.10.10 The baseline report established a traffic scenario of existing (2008) demand conditions on the Somerset road network within an agreed survey area; this includes the M5 motorway (and specifically Junctions 23 and 24), the A38, the A39 and the C182 through Dunball, Bridgwater, Cannington and Combwich. The geographic extent was increased for later surveys to capture demand on highway links and junctions that may accommodate both existing and future operational traffic. This entailed extending the assessment area further to the west of Hinkley Point. The Highways Agency has also sought confirmation of the development’s potential implications for the performance of the strategic road network at motorway junctions more remote than Junctions 23 and 24. Further work will be carried out to investigate this. 3.10.11 The baseline report included a significant data collection exercise to obtain traffic flow and queue length data for key links and junctions on the highway network. Further traffic volumetric data has been secured in 2009. The data has been collected using automatic traffic counters (ATC) that identify the mix of light vehicles and heavy vehicles on a daily basis. At junctions on the network, vehicle turning movements have been counted, along with the length of traffic queues during the network peak hours. 3.10.12 Once the base data has been collected, appropriate growth factors (as agreed with the Highway Authorities) will be included in order to represent the baseline background traffic growth on the network, before any additional construction or operational traffic is added on. Future year assessments of highway network performance are to be undertaken for 2015, the projected peak construction year in terms of the number of employees at the site and for 2020 when both new reactors are projected to be operational. Forecast traffic growth has been built into the development of traffic models that will be used to assess the impact of the development’s traffic. The Highways Agency require that transport assessment is undertaken for a period of ten years after the date of the application’s registration; this period is referred to as the ‘review period’ by the Highways Agency. 3.10.13 The baseline traffic flow studies have allowed assessment of the capacity of the roads and junctions within the network. This assessment will be used to determine whether highway improvements will be required during the construction phases or operational life of the power station. 3.10.14 Data has also been collected on personal injury accidents on the Somerset road network within the chosen survey area, including the M5 motorway and the slip-roads serving Junctions 23 and 24. Further accident analysis is ongoing. 3.10.15 In addition to its baseline assessment, EDF Energy is assessing the potential impact of Hinkley Point C traffic on the local road network with its proposed Transport Strategy in place. Two traffic modelling software applications have been used to inform EDF Energy’s assessment. The PARAMICS micro-simulation model will allow detailed assessment of the effects of the Hinkley Point C traffic on the operational performance of the network – for example on levels of queuing and congestion. The SATURN model will provide a more strategic perspective on traffic movements, including predicting likely traffic flows. It has been developed from the Taunton and Surrounding Area Strategic Traffic Model (TSTRT2), which is managed by Somerset County Council and the Highways Agency. The model has been extended in geographical scope and additional data from road-side surveys undertaken in March and April 2009 has been incorporated. 3.10.16 Both the SATURN and PARAMICS models are being used to assess the need for bypasses around Cannington and Bridgwater. Preliminary analysis has indicated that Cannington could potentially cope with the additional traffic generated by the Hinkley Point C development
HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1 | 157
simply in terms of traffic flows, although EDF Energy believes that the impacts of construction traffic on air quality, noise and vibration are likely to warrant the construction of a bypass. Preliminary traffic modelling has indicated that the impact of Hinkley Point C traffic is unlikely to warrant the construction of a bypass around Bridgwater, and unlike Cannington, the Bridgwater network is accustomed to taking heavy vehicles. Further analysis on both the Cannington and Bridgwater bypasses is ongoing. 3.10.17 In addition to traffic flow modelling, further detailed analysis of accident statistics will be undertaken and a review of whether there are any intrinsic safety issues on the local roads that might be exacerbated should traffic flows increase during the construction or operational phases of Hinkley Point C or the Associated Development. ii) Walking, cycling, bus and rail services 3.10.18 EDF Energy’s Transport Strategy has as a key objective the promotion of sustainable modes of transport. All possible public transport options have, therefore, been identified and their viability for the movement of people and materials to and from the Hinkley Point C site assessed. This has included a survey of local bus and rail services and options for walking and cycling to the site. iii) Sea 3.10.19 In order to provide a detailed description of current navigational activities, data on vessel operations off the coast of Hinkley Point and within the River Parrett is being sought from the Port of Bridgwater. In addition, information regarding key navigation routes around the UK will be obtained from the Marine and Coastguard Agency (MCA). 3.10.20 All of the marine construction works will have navigational requirements, which may require a navigation risk assessment to be undertaken. This would be based on the baseline data collected and the construction activities planned (i.e. the number and timing of vessels and other structures). The influence of the tidal range and current speeds will also be taken into account to inform the design of the proposed jetty. 3.10.21 The table below provides a summary of the surveys and studies undertaken to date, as well as those in progress or planned.
Transport Assessment
Completed studies: • Desk-based data review • Traffic flow and queue surveys • Roadside survey interviews to secure origin and destination data at five locations • Public Transport Network and Service assessments • Preliminary Personal Injury Accident analysis • Preliminary traffic modelling of highway network performance using both SATURN and PARAMICS modelling software • Preliminary highway design route assessment study for Cannington bypass
Studies in progress and planned: • Further 2009 traffic surveys – volumetric and queues • Detailed traffic modelling for each respective phase of development • Detailed analysis of accident data
158 | HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1
c) Key Issues 3.10.22 The construction of Hinkley Point C will require significant movement of people and materials to and from the site, which could have an adverse impact on local transport if not properly managed. During construction, the workforce on the site is predicted to peak at around 4,000 in 2015 and most of these workers will have to be transported to and from the site on a daily basis. In addition, significant volumes of construction materials will have to be transported to the site, including large and abnormal loads. Once the site is operational, it will have a permanent workforce of around 700 and an additional temporary workforce of around 1,000 for periodic outages. These workers will also have to travel to and from the site on a daily basis. 3.10.23 The socio-economic work undertaken by Oxford Brookes University has assessed the probable geographic origins of the construction workforce and enabled likely travel routes to be identified. Information on the numbers and likely origins of workers has been converted into predicted travel demand so that the potential traffic attraction of the development can be assessed. 3.10.24 Similarly, the import of materials, plant and equipment necessary for the construction of Hinkley Point C has been quantified and the corresponding movement implications assessed. There is inevitably some uncertainty about the origins of construction material given that EDF Energy has not yet placed contracts for their supply. However, a “first principles” approach has been adopted to assess likely vehicle movements, using data from other nuclear power station developments such as at Sizewell in Suffolk and Flamanville in Normandy, France. 3.10.25 An assessment has also been undertaken of likely vehicle movements once the plant is operational. 3.10.26 Key issues for transportation are outlined below. i) Roads 3.10.27 Unrestrained vehicular movement of construction workers and materials to the Hinkley Point C site could potentially result in an adverse impact on the performance of the highway network. EDF Energy has therefore developed a suite of measures to maximise the safe and efficient transport of people and materials from the site while minimising the need for travel and specifically for road transport, particularly during peak periods. These measures include:
the refurbishment of Combwich Wharf to maximise water-borne transport of bulky and abnormal loads; provision of a jetty at Hinkley Point C for bulky aggregate delivery; shift patterns for construction workers so that they can be moved to and from the site outside peak traffic hours; strategic locations for construction worker accommodation; car sharing; park and ride facilities; parking restraint measures; freight consolidation facilities; cannington bypass; and minor road improvements. 3.10.28 The impact of construction traffic on the road network with these measures in place is being assessed using the PARAMICS and SATURN models. This analysis will also cover the operational phase. The overall road transport assessment for both the construction and operational phases will take account of data on accidents and on air quality, noise and vibration in key locations. This analysis will enable EDF Energy to determine the overall impact of its proposals on the road network and whether any additional mitigation measures are required. 3.10.29 Two key locations that need to be assessed from a road transport perspective are Cannington and Bridgwater. Preliminary analysis has shown that a bypass around Cannington is likely to be necessary to avoid the negative impacts of construction traffic on air quality, noise and vibration. Studies so far have not indicated a need for a bypass around Bridgwater. Further investigations are being conducted at both locations.
HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1 | 159
ii) Walking, cycling, bus and rail services 3.10.30 EDF Energy’s preliminary analysis has shown that it is not likely to be practical for workers to walk or cycle to the site or use local bus services. However, in line with EDF Energy’s commitment to maximise the use of sustainable modes of transport, plans have been put in place for workers to use park and ride facilities to get to and from the site. There will be the opportunity for workers to walk or cycle to park and ride facilities. A key issue will be how to encourage workers to use these modes of transport and this is being included in the Transport Assessment. 3.10.31 The use of rail services is likely to be impractical for the bulk transfer of materials to the site, since goods would have to be transported from the railhead to the site by road via Bridgwater. There may be some scope for transporting workers to the area by rail if services can be improved. EDF Energy is discussing this with First Great Western. If it proves possible, measures will be put in place to ensure the safe and efficient transport of workers between the station and the site, and assessment of the impacts will be undertaken. iii) Sea 3.10.32 Tidal navigation in the vicinity of the jetty will be constrained by the large tidal ranges experienced in the Severn Estuary (up to 12 metres on spring tides). 3.10.33 Navigation will also be influenced by the construction and eventual presence of the off-shore cooling water infrastructure. Hence measures will need to be taken during the construction phase to avoid both congestion and collision risk (e.g. buoys and Notices to Mariners) and to ensure safe navigation in the long-term.
3.11 Noise and Vibration
a) Baseline Environment 3.11.1 Noise and vibration sensitive receptors to be used in the assessment are those located closest to the sources of noise or vibration or, where numerous receptors exist close together, the closest receptor judged to be representative of the situation for its neighbours. The presumption is that achieving suitable noise or vibration levels for these receptors will, in the majority of situations, afford sufficient protection to more distant receptors. On this basis, noise sensitive receptor locations relative to the Built Development Area and Southern Construction Areas have been identified. 3.11.2 The area around the Built Development Area is primarily arable farmland, punctuated by scattered residences, farmhouses and a number of small hamlets. Three noise sensitive receptors have been selected from these, each at a distance greater than 1km from the nearest proposed UK EPR reactor unit. However, some activities within the Southern Construction Area may be at a closer distance (within 50m to the nearest residential dwelling). One of the selected assessment locations is assigned at the closest potentially affected receptors to these operations. 3.11.3 Noise measurement survey work was undertaken in April and May 2009. The methodology for the survey was agreed in advance with the relevant local authority Environmental Health Departments and was carried out in accordance with current best practice and the requirements of British Standard 7445 ‘Description and measurement of environmental noise’. The noise measurement locations used in this survey are shown in Figure 3.9 and the summarised noise measurement results are presented in Table 3.1. 3.11.4 The noise measurements recorded during the various surveys generally show levels typical of those expected in a rural community, with dominant noise sources including local road traffic, birdsong and surf movement (at the coastal monitoring location), dropping to very low levels during the night-time with wind noise providing an observable contribution to the noise levels. 3.11.5 No background vibration measurements have been conducted and it was agreed with the local authority Environmental Health Officers that none were necessary given the distance separation between likely sources and potential receptors.
160 | HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1
b) Assessment Studies 3.11.6 Preliminary construction and operational noise assessments have been conducted, including assessment of noise associated with the jetty. Impacts have been assessed with regard to human receptors.
Figure 3.9: Noise measurement locations, April – May 2009-10-14 (denoted by red circles)
HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1 | 161
Table 3.1: Summary of measured noise levels April – May 2009
Sound pressure level (dB) Receptor Location Day Evening Night
LAeq,T LA90,T LAeq,T LA90,T LAeq,T LA90,T
1. Northern Development Site boundary (coastal 42 - 45 36 - 37 45 41 47 42 footpath)
2. Knighton Farm 44 – 48 30 – 33 37 – 41 26 – 31 43 – 46 26 – 31 (residential)
3. Doggetts Farm 40 – 59 32 – 45 35 – 63 30 – 37 36 – 52 27 – 45 (residential)
4. Wick Farm 46 – 60 37 – 46 41 – 45 35 – 41 44 – 47 36 – 38 (residential)
5. Southern boundary of 40 – 50 32 – 35 37 29 39 29 the Southern Land
6. Hinkley Point power 49 – 50 46 – 48 50 48 56 50 station – Visitors Centre
7. Riverside, Combwich (not shown on Figure 41 – 47 35 - 38 nd nd nd nd 3.9)
nd = not determined 3.11.7 The construction noise assessment indicated that the majority of the construction operations associated with the Hinkley Point C Development Site, including commissioning activities, would have a negligible noise impact on the nearest potentially sensitive receptors, based on permissible noise limits agreed with the local authority. The assessment found, however, that a potentially major adverse day-time noise impact may arise as a result of earthworks and stockpiling at the southern-most extent of the site, at the boundary of the Southern Construction Area. The creation of a landscape buffer from topsoil is being evaluated. A landscape buffer could potentially reduce noise levels to a moderate adverse impact level. This impact would be temporary. 3.11.8 EDF Energy is currently consulting on it’s proposal to build a workers’ accommodation campus near to Doggetts Farm and Wick Moor Drove. The construction and occupation of this building will be examined further within the ES, with noise impacts assessed against the existing noise levels and relevant published noise disturbance criteria. Suitable mitigation will be proposed, where necessary, to ensure any potential adverse impacts are minimised or avoided. 3.11.9 An assessment of noise emissions from the proposed operational Hinkley Point C Nuclear Power Station has been undertaken using a 3-dimensional noise propagation model to predict noise levels at the nearest sensitive receptors. In light of the low existing ambient noise levels measured at these receptors and the low predicted power station noise at each, it was concluded that British Standard 4142 ‘Method for rating industrial noise affecting mixed residential and industrial areas’ was not an appropriate assessment methodology.
Instead, a permissible night-time noise level of 43dB LAeq for the combined noise emissions from the power station was derived from published threshold values with the aim to protect amenity and prevent sleep disturbance. If required, it is proposed that suitable attenuation measures would be applied to the most significant noise sources on the site with a view to minimising any further adverse impact. These mitigation measures will be further detailed in the ES.
162 | HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1
3.11.10 Assessment of traffic-related noise will be conducted in accordance with the guidance contained in the Highways Agency document ‘Design manual for roads and bridges’ (Volume 11, Section 3, Part 7 - 2008) and the Department of Transport guidance ‘Calculation of road traffic noise’ (1988). 3.11.11 Control of construction noise will be achieved through an application by the contractor for a ‘prior consent’ in accordance with the guidance at Section 61 of the Control of Pollution Act 1974. This will enable the principal contractor and local authority to agree suitable measures intended to minimise the potential for disturbance due to construction activities, including such things as permissible noise levels and working hours, at a time when the proposed construction methodology and timescales are better defined. 3.11.12 The table below provides a summary of the studies undertaken to date, planned or in progress with respect to noise and vibration.
Built Development Area
West East
Completed Studies: Completed Studies:
Baseline noise monitoring Baseline noise monitoring
Studies in progress or planned: Studies in progress or planned:
Modelling of noise sources during the Modelling of noise sources during the operational phase of the development operational phase of the development.
Southern Construction Area
Completed Studies:
Baseline noise monitoring
Studies in progress or planned:
Construction and operational noise and vibration impact assessment of potential campus development in the Southern Construction Area
c) Key Issues 3.11.13 The primary noise and vibration sources during the construction phase would be those typical of an industrial construction site. Potential impacts would vary through the following major stages of the development, but the potentially significant activities would include:
mobilisation; earthworks and site platform construction; building construction, including percussive piling and any requirements for blasting; construction of the jetty and refurbishment works to Combwich Wharf; and UK EPR commissioning. 3.11.14 The preliminary assessments have indicated that, in most cases, there is likely to be a significant separation distance between the construction areas and potentially affected receptors and, therefore, a negligible noise impact. Potentially greater impacts may be anticipated where activities occur much closer to residential properties, such as the stockpiling operations in the Southern Construction Area. However, it is intended that the construction of a landscape buffer in this location will serve to reduce construction noise to an acceptable level, although the creation of the buffer will, itself, be a source of potential noise in the short-term. 3.11.15 Throughout the construction period, the volume of construction traffic on local roads will vary, but is generally expected to increase significantly, with the potential for noise and vibration impacts on receptors along affected routes. The local roads most likely to be affected during this period are:
the A39 Bridgwater to Minehead Road;
HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1 | 163
Cannington High Street; Rodway; and Withycombe Hill. 3.11.16 In due course, the Local Planning Authorities may require conditions to control aspects of night-time and weekend working including traffic movements. The assessment of off-site impacts (beyond the construction site) will be based upon the detailed Transport Assessment, which will address mitigation of the local effects of traffic movements.
3.12 Air Quality
a) Baseline Environment 3.12.1 The proposed development at Hinkley Point C is located in a predominantly rural setting on the coastline of Bridgwater Bay. The study area constitutes the residential and ecological receptor locations in closest proximity to the Built Development Area and Southern Construction Area and to the off-site construction phase roads. 3.12.2 Information relating to existing ambient air quality is available from a series of reports prepared by West Somerset Council and Sedgemoor District Council under the Local Air Quality Management regime. In addition, following consultation with these two Local
Planning Authorities, a 6-month background monitoring survey of nitrogen dioxide (NO2), sulphur dioxide (SO2) and fine particulate matter (PM10) was undertaken between February and September 2009. Measurements were taken at representative properties of the nearest residential locations to the proposed development, in the villages of Burton, Shurton and Wick to the south and Stolford to the east and on-site at the Hinkley Point B Nuclear Power Station Training Centre, as shown in Figure 3.10.
Figure 3.10: Air Quality measurement locations, February – September 2009
164 | HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1
3.12.3 Further background air pollutant concentration data is available on the DEFRA UK Air Quality Archive (UKAQA) over a 1km2 grid. Whilst the monitoring survey data indicate differences from the modelled UKAQA background maps, the measurements better reflect local air quality, which can generally be regarded as good. The 2008 background concentrations derived from 3 3 3 the survey were 7.2μg/m for NO2, 18.6μg/m for PM10 and 1.8μg/m for SO2. These values are well within the respective health-based Air Quality Objectives laid down in the Government’s Air Quality Strategy (AQS) and prescribed in the Air Quality Regulations (DEFRA, 2002) and no statutory Air Quality Management Areas (AQMAs) have been designated by either West Somerset Council or Sedgemoor District Council. 3.12.4 In respect of potential air quality effects on vegetation and ecosystems, the AQS also defines
objectives for concentrations of nitrogen oxides (NOx), sulphur dioxide (SO2) and ozone (O3). Critical Loads for pollutant deposition and Critical Levels of gaseous pollutant concentrations are available from the UK Air Pollution Information System. b) Assessment Studies 3.12.5 A qualitative assessment of potential air quality impacts from the construction phase of the development has been undertaken, comprising consideration of fugitive construction dust releases from assumed activities. The assessment is based on analysis of local meteorological data and the consideration of 31 receptor locations (18 of which are located more than 1km from the development and all of which are more than 200m from the site activities, with one exception, Doggetts Farm, which is approximately 50m from the construction site boundary). The approach is conservative and the assessment concludes that, even at the Doggetts Farm receptor location, appropriate dust control and management as described in a Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) would ensure that any impact would be minor. 3.12.6 Once a detailed construction programme has been defined, the effects of exhaust emissions from on-site plant and equipment will be considered. Methods of off-site haul route transportation, potentially including shipping as well as road carriage have yet to be defined and the potential local air quality impacts determined. 3.12.7 Emissions to air from (non-transportation) operational processes have been assessed using a two-stage approach. A screening assessment was undertaken using Environment Agency guidance for the purposes of regulated industry permitting, where either the short-term or long-term predicted environmental concentration was identified as being ‘significant’ (with respect to either the relevant health and/or ecological based environmental benchmarks) and detailed dispersion modelling of emissions was undertaken. Releases from the following activities were included in the study:
periodic testing of diesel backup generators (NO2 and SO2); thermal decomposition of insulation material (during commissioning or return to operation following maintenance) (formaldehyde, HCHO and carbon monoxide, CO); releases from temperature increases in the steam generators after wet lay-up (ammonia,
NH3); and exhaust releases from auxiliary boilers, domestic heating and fire fighting and hydrant
diesel pumps (NO2 and SO2), albeit limited. 3.12.8 Based on the screening approach described above, a detailed modelling study was carried out for emissions from the diesel backup generator testing activity. The estimated process emissions from the other activities were all determined to be insignificant, with regard to both human health and ecological receptors. Thus, detailed modelling was only undertaken for
short-term emissions of NO2 and SO2 arising from this periodic testing procedure. ADMS 4 dispersion modelling software was used with 5 years of local meteorological data in order to
predict short-term NO2 and SO2 concentrations at sensitive human health receptor locations in closest proximity to the Hinkley Point C Development Site based on scenarios in 2017 (C1 operational) and 2020 (both C1 and C2 operational). The approach was very conservative in that the worst-case dispersion conditions (2005 meteorological data) were used in the modelling study and releases were assumed for each hour of the year, whereas in reality this generator testing is scheduled to occur for only 88 hours per year. A further assumption made
HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1 | 165
was that all nitrogen oxides (NOx) emissions would be converted to NO2 in the atmosphere, whilst in reality, particularly close to the point of emission, this conversion is likely to be significantly less and this represents a conservative approach in this respect. Expressed as percentile values (to allow direct assessment against the relevant short-term health-based Air
Quality Objectives), the predicted short-term NO2 and SO2 concentrations did not exceed the relevant Air Quality Objectives at any of the receptor locations. 3.12.9 To date, no assessment of the local air quality impacts of exhaust emissions from operational traffic has been undertaken. Once the traffic data becomes available, detailed modelling of road traffic emissions will be carried out using ADMS Roads software, considering a worst- case construction period and operational scenario, likely to be 2015 and 2020 respectively. 3.12.10 The table below provides a summary of the surveys and studies undertaken to date, in progress or planned with respect to air quality.
Built Development and Southern Construction Area
Completed Studies: • Air quality baseline monitoring to determine background pollutant concentrations • Air quality modelling of operational emissions to air Studies in progress or planned: • Dispersion modelling and impact assessment of vehicular emissions to air (construction and operational phases)
c) Key Issues 3.12.11 The separation distance between the construction areas and potentially affected off-site receptors should ensure that there is no significant impact from construction dust. Although one receptor is within relatively close proximity to activities on the southern boundary, the creation of a landscape buffer and control and management of fugitive dust emissions during the construction activities will ensure that impacts at this location are not significant. 3.12.12 The construction programme will identify the extent of proposed rail and marine transportation routes and at that stage the scope of any assessment of the air quality impact of emissions associated with these routes will be determined. However, it is likely that such methods of transport will be so infrequent that a detailed assessment of these emissions to air will not be required. 3.12.13 Operational impacts (non-vehicular) have already been assessed and process emissions from all activities will not contribute significantly to existing pollutant background concentrations. Releases from periodic testing of the diesel backup generators were modelled and this indicated that the relevant short-term Air Quality Objectives will not be exceeded. Emissions from construction and operational traffic will be considered in the forthcoming vehicular dispersion modelling study.
3.13 Radiological Effects
a) Baseline Environment 3.13.1 All individuals in the UK are exposed to ionising radiation to a varying degree from natural and man-made sources. Natural contributions (from radon gas, cosmic rays etc.) vary according to location, whilst exposure to man-made sources varies according to occupation, lifestyle and location. The 2005 review of ionising radiation in the UK by the Health Protection Agency (HPA 2005) evaluated the magnitude of exposure in the UK to ionising radiation to be an average annual dose to the individual of 2,700 μSv. Natural sources contribute on average 84% of the total annual dose to members of the public. The highest man-made contributor to dose is due to medical exposures (medical X-rays etc.) that make up, on average, 15% of the total annual dose, whilst discharges of radioactivity into the environment from industry contribute less than 0.04% a year of the total dose received.
166 | HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1
3.13.2 The historical, current and future discharges from the Hinkley Point A and Hinkley Point B Nuclear Power Stations provide a contribution to the historic and potential future baseline for the discharges of artificial radionuclides around Hinkley Point. The Environment Agency and the Foods Standards Agency produce an annual ‘Radioactivity In Food and the Environment’ (RIFE) report on the results of radiological monitoring of food and environmental sampling programmes in the UK, especially near nuclear licensed sites. The most recent RIFE reports have been reviewed and the following relevant data have been extracted:
drinking water, freshwater and seawater for locations close to Hinkley Point; and mud sampled 1.6km from the discharge pipeline from the existing Hinkley Point Power Station Complex, mud from Watchet and sediment from Stolford. 3.13.3 In addition to this published data, the following specific sampling campaigns are being carried out by EDF Energy in order to obtain a comprehensive understanding of background levels of radioactivity around Hinkley Point (see also Sections 3.2, 3.5 and 3.6):
Radionuclide concentrations in marine waters in the Bristol Channel in the vicinity of Hinkley Point C are being determined from four separate sampling surveys. Three surveys have been undertaken during 2009 and cover different seasonal and tidal conditions and one remains to be completed. Radionuclide concentrations in groundwater have been assessed. The groundwater samples have been collected and analysed on five separate occasions over the period December 2008 to June 2009 from boreholes drilled within the Built Development Area West. Radionuclide concentrations in the surface freshwater features (ditches and streams) within the study area have been determined from six separate surveys during 2009 to allow potential seasonal variations to be assessed. A walkover survey using instruments that can measure levels of radioactivity at and near the ground surface has been undertaken across the Built Development Area West Radionuclide concentrations in shallow and deeper soils within the Built Development Area West have been determined from soil sampling surveys undertaken in July and October 2008. 3.13.4 The results of these sampling campaigns have been assessed against a range of relevant regulatory guidelines and the results of these assessments are provided in the relevant sections dealing with land quality (Section 3.2), fresh water quality (Section 3.5) and marine water quality (Section 3.6). 3.13.5 Further walkover surveys will be undertaken within the Built Development Area East and Southern Construction Area during 2009 and these surveys will be followed by soil and groundwater sampling and analysis to complete the characterisation of baseline conditions. b) Assessment Studies 3.13.6 For the construction phase of Hinkley Point C, if the results of the soil and groundwater investigations described above (see Sections 3.2 and 3.5) show any significant contamination to be present, then radiological impacts on workers involved in the construction of the proposed power station will be assessed. 3.13.7 For the operational phase, the assessments include the evaluation of radiological impacts on both human and non-human species. These assessments have taken into account the particular characteristics of the human population and the natural environment in the locality of Hinkley Point. The assessments follow up the work which has already been done during the Generic Design Assessment (GDA) process. The GDA has determined the potential doses to members of the public and a range of non-human species from the operation of an UK EPR reactor unit for a ‘generic’ new build nuclear power station site in the UK. The purpose of all of this work is to demonstrate to the regulatory authorities that doses to members of the public due to discharges of radioactivity from the UK EPR reactor design will be within relevant regulatory limits.
HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1 | 167
3.13.8 The table below provides a summary of the studies undertaken to date, in progress or planned with respect to human and non-human radiological effects.
Built Development Area and Southern Construction Area
Completed Studies:
Assessment of the radiological impact of the transport of radioactive materials Assessment of human radiological impacts from discharges Assessment of non-human radiological impacts from discharges
Studies in progress or planned:
Assessment of radiological impacts on workers during the construction phase, should contamination be identified following intrusive investigations on the Built Development Area East (see Section 3.2).
3.13.9 For the Hinkley Point C proposed development, site-specific assessments have been carried out with respect to the human population in order to determine the following radiological impacts:
Doses to the selected critical groups from routine, continuous releases of liquid and atmospheric discharges. The critical groups represent those individual members of the public in the area around Hinkley Point who, because of their location and day-to-day activities are expected to receive the highest doses. Within each critical group, doses to adults, children and infants have been calculated. Annual doses to the most exposed members of the public from direct radiation exposure to the proposed radioactive waste stores. Collective doses to the UK, European and World populations from routine releases of liquid and atmospheric discharges and representative ‘per caput’ doses (the latter refers essentially to the average dose to individuals within each of these large populations). Potential doses to hypothetical members of a critical group as a result of short-term operational atmospheric discharges. Doses due to potential build-up of radionuclides in the environment as a result of discharges during the whole of the proposed 60 year operational phase of Hinkley Point C. The radiological impact of the transport of radioactive materials to and from Hinkley Point C and required in support of its normal operational activities. 3.13.10 Radiological impacts on non-human species as a result of liquid and atmospheric discharges from Hinkley Point C have been assessed with respect to four habitats that are representative of the range of habitats in the locality of Hinkley Point (i.e. marine, freshwater, terrestrial and coastal). The locations of the habitats were selected to include ecologically designated sites or those where radionuclide concentrations would be highest. The habitat locations are listed below:
Habitat 1 – is situated adjacent to the Built Development Area eastern boundary; Habitat 2 - comprises the coastal mudflats and marine habitat of the adjacent estuary; Habitat 3 – is situated within the Bridgwater Bay National Nature Reserve and includes both shoreline and a fringing terrestrial area; and Habitat 4 - comprises a small freshwater pond which lies within Habitat 1. 3.13.11 Generic species which are appropriate for each of the selected habitats together with certain additional terrestrial species (badgers and bats) that are known to be present in the locality of Hinkley Point, were modelled to determine representative doses.
168 | HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1
c) Key Issues 3.13.12 For the assessment of radiological impact on humans, the calculated doses have been compared using significance criteria derived from guidance values as set by the regulatory authorities. 3.13.13 The assessments to date have shown that the doses to members of the public in the locality of Hinkley Point which will occur from the liquid and gaseous discharges from Hinkley Point C are considered to be negligible (less than 20 μSv/y). 3.13.14 Discharges from Hinkley Point C when taken together with the existing authorised discharges from the Hinkley Point A and Hinkley Point B sites would give negligible total doses to the critical group members of the public (less than 20 μSv/y). These cumulative doses are all dominated by the assumed discharges from the existing Hinkley Point A and Hinkley Point B stations. A worst-case assumption has been made that both the existing Hinkley Point A and B sites continue to discharge liquid and gaseous wastes at the current authorised limits for the entire planned operational period of the proposed Hinkley Point C UK EPR reactor units. In reality this will not be the case and, in the medium and long-term, only discharges (and the associated negligible impacts) from Hinkley Point C need to be considered. 3.13.15 The doses estimated for the non-human species assessment were also considered in light of relevant regulatory guidance. The most stringent limit is a dose rate of 10 μGy/hr, below which evidence shows that there would be no measureable harm to any non-human species. This was therefore also taken as constituting a ‘negligible’ radiological impact with respect to non-human species around the site. The assessments indicate that the doses in the selected habitats (badgers, bats and generic species) from Hinkley Point C and the cumulative Hinkley Point Nuclear Power Station Complex discharges will be well below this criterion of 10 μGy/hr and can, therefore, also be considered as negligible.
3.14 Landscape and Visual Amenity
a) Baseline Environment 3.14.1 Hinkley Point is situated in a clearly defined geographical region of North Somerset, bounded by the Bridgwater Bay to the north, the Quantock Hills to the south and west and the Polden Hills to the east. Within the valley formed by these hills lies the River Parrett, on which is situated the town of Bridgwater, some 12km from the Hinkley Point C site to the south-east. The Quantock Hills, which form the western boundary to the region, extend to the coastline at Quantoxhead. They reach heights of 350m and offer commanding views of the surrounding countryside. 3.14.2 The Hinkley Point Nuclear Power Station Complex lies within national Landscape Character ‘Area 142 – Somerset Levels and Moors’ (as amended within the West Somerset District Local Plan), which is a broad area of low-lying farmland and wetland surrounded and divided up by low hills and ridges which form the Mid Somerset Hills. At a more local level Hinkley Point C falls within the Quantock Vale Landscape Character Area, which extends approximately 5km from the site, as defined in the West Somerset Landscape Assessment 1999. This area is characterised as a lowland landscape of wider valleys and gentle hills, rarely above 60m AOD. This local agricultural landscape mainly comprises small fields, hedges, hedgerow trees and small woodland copses. 3.14.3 Within the hinterland of Hinkley Point are a number of small villages and hamlets widely dispersed around a network of minor roads leading off the A39 Bridgwater-Minehead road. The character of the area is similar to that of the Somerset Levels, generally with old red sandstone and other local stone used in many of the buildings. Within this context, the Hinkley Nuclear Point Power Station Complex is a dominant landscape feature with a strong influence on the surrounding area. The Quantocks lying approximately 5km to the south-west have been designated as an Area of Outstanding Natural Beauty (AONB) and are mostly wooded, although the foothills are gently undulating and used for agriculture. In contrast, the River Parrett floodplain is flat and low-lying.
HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1 | 169
3.14.4 Several national and international designations within the wider study area have informed the landscape and visual assessment. They include the Exmoor National Park, Quantock Hills and Mendip Hills AONBs, the Severn Estuary Ramsar site, SPA and SAC and Bridgwater Bay SSSI and National Nature Reserve. There are no local landscape designations within the site, however, a Historic Landscape, Green Wedge, Historic Parks and Gardens and a Conservation Area are present within the wider study area.
Figure 3.11: Landscape Character Plan
3.14.5 An initial study of the Ordnance Survey 1:50,000 and 1:10,000 maps has been carried out to identify potential viewpoints and the potential visibility (Theoretical Zone of Visual Influence, TZVI) of the development was mapped using modelling software. Consultation with key stakeholders was undertaken from December 2008 to July 2009 to identify all relevant landscape designations and landscape character assessments to be considered, and to seek advice on areas of potential visual sensitivity. 3.14.6 Areas for investigation were based on the following criteria:
distance from the scheme to receptors; the proportion of the development visible as well as the absolute visibility of the scheme; the height of the development relative to the receptor with reference also to the scale of other features in the view; the number and character of elements which would be lost from or added to the view; high concentrations of viewers, such as settlements, local recreational facilities etc; views illustrating the visual character of the surrounding area; and areas identified as having a high potential for visual impact from the TZVI. 3.14.7 Principal and secondary viewpoints have been indentified for the visual assessment. Principal viewpoints were selected as points which provide the clearest views of the site and are also the most accessible to the public. Secondary viewpoints represent views from areas which are not commonly used by the public, or which would provide less clear views of the Hinkley Point C Development Site. Secondary viewpoints also represent areas which may be
170 | HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1
perceived to be sensitive to the visual impact of the scheme but which in reality have restricted views of the site due to the distance from receptors. 3.14.8 57 viewpoints were initially recorded during eight site visits to illustrate the general range of visibility across the study area, as well as viewpoints with the potential to suffer most impact. The principal and secondary viewpoints were then selected following consultation with key stakeholders, resulting in 23 principal viewpoints and 12 secondary viewpoints. The following stakeholders have been consulted during the process: Natural England, West Somerset Council, Somerset County Council, Sedgemoor District Council and Exmoor National Park Authority. Viewpoints take into account both the landscape and seascape visual impacts in order to cover all aspects of the coastal character. 3.14.9 The closest public views are from the South West Coastal Path, which runs along the seaward front of the Hinkley Point C site. From here, it will be possible to appreciate the detailed form, colour and texture of the buildings and their associated surrounding landscape treatment. The main areas of existing visual impact have been identified as the:
Lowland Hills around the site (up to 5km), including small villages, farms and a number of local Public Rights of Way (PRoW); Somerset coastline from Minehead to Weston-super-Mare, including coastal footpaths and popular recreational areas; Eastern hills of Exmoor National Park; Quantock Hills AONB; Brent Knoll; Puriton Hill; and South Wales coastline. 3.14.10 The sensitivity of the selected viewpoints has been assessed using standard and accepted methods. In broad terms, sensitivity depends on the distance from the site, the number of potential viewers, nature of the viewpoint (for instance residential areas or PRoWs are more sensitive than local roads or employment areas), movement of viewers and cultural significance of the viewpoint. 3.14.11 The seascape of the area has been considered alongside landscape in the visual impact assessment and takes account of the open water beyond the mainland and includes views from the land to sea, from sea to land and along the coastline. b) Assessment Studies 3.14.12 The initial impact assessment of the scheme (without mitigation) has been carried out and the mitigation measures for the scheme have been proposed. Local landscape components have influenced the development of the concept design for the site and include: the strata of the coastal landscape, the organised pattern of the surrounding agrarian landscape, lines and blocks of woodland and the scale and simplicity of the existing site. 3.14.13 Primary Design Objectives and Concept for the scheme are:
to connect the site landscape back into the surrounding countryside setting through a pattern of grassland and woodland blocks; create a natural and appropriate landscape setting for the power station with reference to the local countryside; mitigate the loss of habitats through planting and management to enhance biodiversity; mitigate the visual impacts of the proposal through the manipulation of levels and associated screen planting; create a strong network of wildlife corridors linking the restored landscape to its surrounding countryside and encourage sensitive hedgerow management; and the planting proposals will reflect the indigenous species selection. 3.14.14 The residual landscape effects have been assessed for all landscape elements identified in the baseline study and include impacts on grassland, hedgerows, woodland and trees, water features, topography, aesthetic and perceptual factors, accessibility, agricultural land, field patterns and cultural and social factors. 3.14.15 Visual impact assessments identify key potential impacts of development, both beneficial and adverse. For the full assessment, the impact upon the baseline landscape and receptor
HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1 | 171
groups’ views of the landscape has been identified and assessed for the construction phase and on completion of the Hinkley Point C Nuclear Power Station Development. 3.14.16 The assessment of the significance of residual landscape and visual effects has been determined using the ‘Guidelines for Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment’ produced by the Landscape Institute and the Institute of Environmental Management and Assessment (2002). It defines impact significance as a combination of the sensitivity of landscape and visual setting analysed in the baseline study and the magnitude of impact (change of landscape or recorded view) following the application of mitigation measures. 3.14.17 The table below provides a summary of the surveys undertaken to date, in progress or planned with respect to landscape and visual amenity.
Built Development Area
Completed Studies:
Landscape baseline Visual baseline
Studies in progress or planned:
Landscape and visual assessment, including a visual impact assessment model and photomontages Seascape Assessment (landscape and visual) of the jetty and the sea wall Off-site mitigation proposals
Southern Construction Area
Completed Studies:
Landscape baseline
Studies in progress or planned:
Landscape and visual assessment (including site preparation) Restoration/mitigation proposals Photomontages
c) Key Issues 3.14.18 The proposed development has the potential to change the character and appearance of the coastline and cliff top, i.e. cause landscape and visual effects. These are defined by the Landscape Institute and Institute of Environmental Assessment (2002) as: 3.14.19 Landscape Effects: These are changes ‘in the elements, characteristics, character and qualities of the landscape as a result of development. These effects can be positive or negative’. 3.14.20 Visual Effects: These are changes ‘in the appearance of the landscape as a result of development. This can be positive or negative’. 3.14.21 The main landscape impacts associated with the construction would be the loss of landscape features, including:
grassland areas, including calcareous grassland; hedgerows; predominantly deciduous woodland; and watercourses and ponds within the site. 3.14.22 Further landscape impacts during construction would include changes to topography due to stockpiling of excavated materials and longer-term new build elements for the purpose of screening; change in landscape character due to the presence of construction machinery; adverse landscape impacts on aesthetic and perceptual attributes of the surrounding landscape character areas; impacts on accessibility; impacts from the visibility of lighting
172 | HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1
associated with construction; and loss of agricultural land with an ancient, distinctive field pattern. 3.14.23 The visual effects during the construction phase include adverse visual impacts from:
the majority of principal viewpoints and some secondary viewpoints due to construction machinery, materials, stripped soils and partially completed buildings; increased traffic to and from the development; the visibility of lighting associated with construction at viewpoints; and loss of landscape elements providing screening to the existing development. 3.14.24 During operation, the main landscape and visual impacts associated with the development would be as identified for construction, with the exception of the vehicles/machinery and lighting associated with construction activities. There would be increased lighting associated with the elements of the scheme that would be visible, but to a much lesser degree. Changes to the existing lighting regime will need to be carefully considered. Where appropriate, shielding will be used to reduce this impact as much as possible. 3.14.25 The residual landscape impacts on completion of the scheme include the proposed mitigation measures and, in principle, are less significant than construction impacts due to the creation of new landscape elements and implementing the landscape strategy for the site. The majority of landscape elements to be lost during construction will be recreated on completion of the scheme. A net gain in some landscape elements such as woodland areas is one of the aims of the design concept. 3.14.26 The residual visual impacts will be analysed on a viewpoint-by-viewpoint basis. The need for screening the proposed development from sensitive locations will be addressed in the mitigation strategy using on and off-site planting. Although the tallest structures within the site, such as the reactor buildings, cannot effectively be screened from the majority of viewpoints, there is a high potential for effective screening of the low level development within the site.
3.15 Archaeology and Cultural Heritage
a) Baseline Environment 3.15.1 Within the Hinkley Point C site there are no Scheduled Monuments, Listed Buildings, Conservation Areas, Registered Parks and Gardens or Registered Battlefields. However, there are a number of hedgerows that meet the archaeological and historical criteria of Important Hedgerows as defined in the Hedgerow Regulations 1997. 3.15.2 There is one Scheduled Monument, Wick Barrow also known as Pixies Mound, located 50m outside the site boundary to the east of Wick Moor Drove. Wick Barrow dates from the Neolithic and Bronze Age periods and was partially excavated in 1907. There are eight Listed Buildings situated to the south of the site boundary in the nearby village of Shurton. 3.15.3 Ten sites, identified from previous studies (see Table 3.2), are recorded in the Somerset Historic Environment Record (HER) and National Monuments Record (NMR), including:
scatters of Mesolithic flints found during previous field walking surveys; St Sidwell's Well, located just within the eastern site boundary to the west of Wick Barrow, which may have its origins in the Iron Age - the well was considered to be a holy well during the medieval period; rd th a 3 - 4 century Romano-British settlement identified during previous archaeological investigations in the northern part of the site; the postulated site of a late Saxon-medieval settlement, Sedtammtone, which is recorded in the Domesday Book but has never been convincingly located; the site of Benhole Farm; the site of Corner Farm; water meadow systems and associated drainage features; the remains of a possible limekiln; and
HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1 | 173
an undated enclosure, visible as cropmarks on aerial photographs in the south of the site. 3.15.4 There are three historic buildings surviving within the site. Benhole Barn is the only surviving structure at the site of Benhole Farm, which burnt down in 1952. Benhole Barn has been substantially altered and its original roof has been replaced. Langborough Barn and linhay complex is located to the east of Benhole Barn. Part of its roof and a substantial lean-to building along the south face of the building has collapsed. Sidwell Barn, the smallest but most complete of the three buildings, is located in the east of the site, adjacent to Wick Moor Drove. None of these buildings are designated and no previous studies had been undertaken to establish their importance. 3.15.5 At Stolford, immediately to the east of Hinkley Point, the geology of the off-shore area is characterised by banded layers of alluvium and peat. Exposed timbers of Mesolithic and Neolithic date have been eroded and exposed from these deposits, observable on the foreshore. This area is known as the Stolford Submarine Forest. Medieval and Post-medieval fish weirs and Post-medieval groynes are also recorded in the foreshore area.
Table 3.2: Somerset Historic Environment and National Monument Record
HER / NMR No Description of site Grid reference
15722 / Mesolithic flint scatter ST 200 456 1317502
34064 / 191182 St Sidwell’s (Sativiola’s) well ST 2083 4556
35283 Romano-British settlement ST 199 456
34892 Possible site of ‘Sedtammtone’, Late Saxon – ST 200 456 medieval settlement
34079 / 982076 Site of Benhole Farm ST 1981 4578
22975 / Post-medieval water meadow system ST 198 449 1366300
22976 / Post-medieval water meadow system ST 197 451 1365815
22890 / Possible limekiln ST 1961 4612 1365811
35504 Cropmark enclosures and boundaries ST 202 447
35091 Site of Corner Farm ST 20410 46610
b) Assessment Studies 3.15.6 A baseline assessment has been undertaken in accordance with the published guidelines set out by the Institute for Archaeologists’ (IfA) ‘Standards and Guidance for Archaeological Desk- Based Assessment 2008’. 3.15.7 In accordance with standard practice, a study area, extending 500m beyond the boundary of Hinkley Point C, was defined in order to establish the archaeological and historical context of the site. 3.15.8 This assessment has identified 42 known or suspected cultural heritage assets within the study area through a combination of desk study, site walkover surveys, watching briefs during geotechnical site investigation and a geophysical survey. These include 39 archaeological sites and three standing buildings.
174 | HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1
3.15.9 Cultural Heritage assets were identified through:
a search of the records held at the National Monuments Record and the Somerset Historic Environment Record; analysis of the Historic Landscape Characterisation (HLC) data; a search of historical maps and documentation at the Somerset Record Office; data from previous field surveys carried out for the Hinkley Point C proposal, granted planning consent in 1990; an examination of other data sources, including the National Mapping Programme, Portable Antiquities Scheme and the South West Archaeological Research Framework (Webster 2008); and consultation with appropriate statutory bodies. 3.15.10 Consultation has been undertaken with Somerset County Council Historic Environment Services (HES), who provide archaeological advice to West Somerset Council and Sedgemoor District Council, regarding the assessment methodology and mitigation of potential impacts. 3.15.11 The Regional Inspector of Monuments, Regional Inspector of Buildings and the Regional Scientific Advisor at English Heritage have been kept informed of the progress of the assessment. Further consultation is planned with HES and English Heritage. 3.15.12 Following a site walkover with the County Archaeologist, the Development Control Archaeologist and the Senior Conservation Officer it was agreed that specialist assessments would be required to determine the importance of the surviving historic buildings and inform a suitable strategy for mitigating potential impacts on extant historic buildings and historic landscape features on the Built Development Area. 3.15.13 Following discussions with Somerset County Council HES, non-intrusive field surveys have also been carried out in order to identify previously unknown features as part of the ongoing assessment, including:
field reconnaissance surveys; a watching brief during construction adjacent to Wick Moor Drove; a watching brief during excavation of geotechnical test pits; and geophysical surveys. 3.15.14 Geophysical surveys, comprising a detailed magnetometer survey and limited resistivity survey, have been undertaken across the whole site as part of this assessment. As well as enhancing the known data for the Romano-British settlement in the northern part of the site, the surveys also confirmed the presence and location of the undated cropmark enclosure in the south of the site. 3.15.15 The magnetometer survey also identified a number of potential archaeological sites that were previously unknown, including:
a possible doubled-ditched, sub-circular enclosure, approximately 75m in diameter, located to the north of the Romano-British settlement; possible enclosures and field systems to the south-west of the Romano-British settlement; linear and curvilinear features and a possible enclosure to the east of Langborough Barn; possible enclosures or field systems with a drive way leading to Wick Moor Drove, recorded to the north of Sidwell Barn; and a series of enclosures and linear features, extending east-west across the site and straddling the boundary between the Built Development Area and the Southern Construction Area. 3.15.16 An archaeological watching brief during construction of the site compound adjacent to Wick Moor Drove recorded an undated pit and ditch, which may relate to Romano-British settlement features recorded beyond the site boundary to the east. 3.15.17 Desk studies identified the site of a building ‘the Old Barn‘, to the south of Langborough Barn, recorded on an estate map dating from 1614. 3.15.18 In addition, 21 possible sites were identified as a result of the site walkover surveys. The majority of these sites comprise earthwork remains of former landscape features such as field boundaries, watercourses or ponds. Other landscape features include the remains of a small
HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1 | 175
stone bridge over a former watercourse separating two fields in the north of the site. The site of a possible building, indicated by the presence of tessarae or stone tile fragments, was recorded in the south of the site. 3.15.19 Surviving field boundaries within the site boundary are usually formed of a hedge on a bank commonly with a drainage ditch. Many of these boundaries are recorded on the 1614 and 1794 maps and would be considered Important under the archaeological and historical criteria included in the Hedgerow Regulations. 3.15.20 The most prominent historic landscape feature is an east-west track way, following the well defined ridge which runs through the central section of the Hinkley Point C site. This track way is depicted on all historic maps of the site dating back to 1614. A substantial hedge survives along most of the southern side of the track and there is a shorter stretch of hedge along its northern edge that continues for approximately 200m. 3.15.21 An assessment of the surviving historic buildings on the site was undertaken by a local built heritage specialist, Michael Heaton, in 2009. The historic buildings assessment concluded that Benhole Barn, Langborough Barn and Sidwell Barn: “… are vernacular structures of late 18th or early 19th century date, displaying varying degrees of modification and historic survival. Visual inspection of the architectural details indicates that they were originally designed as cattle sheds.” 3.15.22 An archaeological assessment of work off-shore at Hinkley Point was undertaken by Dr Justin Dix of Southampton University in 2009. The assessment reviewed previous desk-based studies and the geophysical survey of the off-shore area undertaken by EMU, also in 2009. The document was commissioned to assess the proposed locations of 19 boreholes in the off-shore area, in advance of drilling. The report concluded that: “There are no direct conflicts at any of the nineteen proposed borehole locations with known archaeological targets, or features/zones of high archaeological potential as determined from an assessment of the extant interpretations of the geophysical data.” 3.15.23 The table below provides a summary of the studies and surveys undertaken to date, in progress or planned with respect to archaeology and cultural heritage.
Built Development Area
West East
Completed Studies: Completed Studies:
Cultural Heritage desk-based Cultural Heritage DBA assessment (DBA) Detailed walkover survey Detailed walkover survey Geophysical survey Historic Buildings Assessment Watching brief during geotechnical site investigation Geophysical survey to identify features of potential archaeological interest
Studies in progress or planned: Studies in progress or planned:
Trial trenching to confirm findings None of geophysical survey
Southern Construction Area
Completed Studies:
Cultural Heritage DBA Detailed walkover survey Geophysical survey
176 | HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1
Studies in progress or planned:
Additional geophysical survey at Shurton Trial trenching to confirm findings of geophysical survey
c) Key Issues 3.15.24 Geophysical anomalies of possible archaeological origin were recorded across large areas of the site. At least five potential sites were identified, but at present the date and function of these possible sites remains unknown. Therefore the importance of these sites cannot be assessed. 3.15.25 A total of 130 trial trenches will be excavated across the development site during Autumn 2009. Trenches will be targeted on potential features identified by desk-based studies, walkover surveys and the geophysical surveys. The number and locations of the trenches has been agreed with Somerset County Council HES. Trial trenching will adhere to the Institute for Archaeologists’ Standards and Guidance for Archaeological Field Evaluation, 2008. 3.15.26 The aim of the trial trenching is to confirm the nature, date and extent of surviving archaeological remains within the site to ensure that appropriate mitigation of impacts can be defined as part of the EIA. 3.15.27 Prior to the main construction works, topsoil stripping and land-levelling will take place across all areas where site works are planned, including temporary work areas and sites used for the storage of spoil. Groundworks will result in the destruction of all archaeological remains below ground. The existing buildings on the site will be demolished. 3.15.28 A section of the historic track way and hedge banks will be retained within the proposed development but the majority of the historic landscape features above ground will be lost. 3.15.29 Somerset County Council HES has agreed that preservation by record, in accordance with the guidance contained in Planning Policy Guidance Note 16: Archaeology and Planning (1990) (PPG16), would be appropriate mitigation. 3.15.30 Preservation by record would comprise investigation and recording of archaeological remains in advance of construction and would adhere to the Institute for Archaeologists’ standards and guidance. 3.15.31 Archaeological excavation and recording would be followed by an appropriate programme of post-excavation works, comprising assessment, analysis, publication and archiving. 3.15.32 Historic building recording, equivalent to Royal Commission for Historic Monuments of England (RCHME) Level II standard, will be completed prior to demolition of the historic barns. 3.15.33 The setting of the Scheduled Monument, Wick Barrow, would be slightly altered by the development, both during construction and operation. However, since part of the setting is already occupied by the existing Hinkley Point Nuclear Power Station Complex and that it is intended that much of the land to the south would be reinstated, this slight alteration to the setting of the Scheduled Monument is likely to be of minor significance. Adequate mitigation, including the preparation of an updated Monument Management Plan, will be discussed with English Heritage and Somerset County Council HES. 3.15.34 The development would have no impact on the Listed Buildings in Shurton Village, or their settings. 3.15.35 The archaeological assessment of the work off-shore at Hinkley Point established that there are no direct conflicts at any of the borehole locations with known features or zones of high archaeological potential. However, there is the potential that the boreholes may encounter deposits of palaeo-environmental and archaeological significance. 3.15.36 Further consultation will be undertaken with the English Heritage Regional Scientific Advisor to determine suitable mitigation of potential impacts on marine archaeology. In the first instance, it is envisaged that the sedimentary logs and geotechnical data derived from the boreholes will be investigated by a qualified archaeological/palaeo-environmental specialist.
HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1 | 177
3.16 Amenity and Recreation
a) Baseline Environment 3.16.1 The Hinkley Point C site is well served by a network of public footpaths and bridleways (Public Rights of Way - PRoW), including a portion of the South West Coastal Path, a nationally recognised resource. Figure 3.12 shows the PRoW network around Hinkley Point.
Figure 3.12: The PRoW network around Hinkley Point
3.16.2 Within 3km of Hinkley Point, there are 50km of PRoW that are connected to the Hinkley Point area by road or by other footpaths. The coastal path runs along the low cliff edge to the west and along the coastal frontage of the proposed Hinkley Point C site, where it then runs along the promenade of the coastal defences that front the Hinkley Point A and Hinkley Point B Nuclear Power Stations, continuing on along the seafront to Stolford. To the west of the C182 (Wick Moor Drove) access to Hinkley Point, a network of north-south PRoW link the settlements of Shurton, Burton and Knighton with the coastal path, whilst numerous interconnecting (east-west) PRoW link these all together. The average length of the PRoW sectors (i.e. between its start and any connecting link with another footpath) is around 390m. A number of the north-south coastal access paths, as well as east-west connecting PRoW, fall within the Hinkley Point C Development Site. 3.16.3 The PRoW network which runs across and in the vicinity of the site provides access to a blend of coastal and inland environments, with long distance views to the west and along the coastal path, whereas, to the east views are enclosed with occasional distant glimpses of Exmoor, the Quantocks, or the Brean Down/Bleadon Hills and Mendips. Particularly fine views are found along the east-west track which runs along the ridge beginning immediately south-west of the existing Hinkley Point Power Station Complex site entrance. 3.16.4 Fishing and horse-riding are the only formal recreational activities undertaken on or near to the Hinkley Point C Development Site, in relatively restricted areas, as well as in low numbers. 3.16.5 Within the Severn Estuary and Bristol Channel there are a large number of sailing, cruising, boating and yacht clubs that sail or cruise within the Severn. However, no specific or formal boating/sailing activities or events are known to occur off Hinkley Point. b) Assessment Studies 3.16.6 Following consultation with Somerset County Council’s Rights of Way Team, a Recreational Access Survey was undertaken for the PRoW across and in the vicinity of the site. The survey entailed counts of users of the PRoW and a questionnaire for PRoW users, as well as a survey of footpath condition and access. The survey was undertaken on weekends and weekdays, within and outside the school summer holidays.
178 | HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1
3.16.7 The aim of the survey was to quantify use of the PRoW network, in particular to identify which paths were used most and to understand the type and frequency of user. The questionnaire also recorded aspects such as reason for footpath selection and users’ views on desirable characteristics for footpaths. 3.16.8 Counts of footpath users did not indicate a high density use of the PRoW network, including along the coastal path. During 1 hour counts at various locations across the footpath network, over a 12 hour period on each of 4 days, 26 individuals were recorded. Based on the Somerset County Council Rights of Way Improvement Plan (RoWIP) Appendix F criteria, the use was low for all PRoW counted. 3.16.9 The majority of users appear to be local residents (70% of those surveyed lived within less than 1km), though on occasion visitors who reside significant distances from the area (e.g. in excess of 10km) use the PRoW. The PRoW network is predominantly favoured for dog walking (85% of users counted); though for some lengths use is specific to the interest along it (such as fishing along the coastal path). 65% of users indicated that they intended to follow a circular route whilst the remainder intended to return the way they had come. 3.16.10 The counts did not reveal significant differences in visitor/user numbers between weekdays and weekends, which reflects the fact that it is mostly local residents using the PRoW network and mainly for the regular walking of their dogs. Use of the PRoW network is therefore seen to be low intensity but high frequency (repetitive use of the network by local users). 3.16.11 The users identified the most desirable characteristics of a footpath as good views (80%), peace and quiet (65%), a mix of countryside and coast (50%), good condition of the footpaths (40%), connections to other footpaths (30%), well marked footpaths (25%) and a location far from the road (20%). 3.16.12 The table below summarises the surveys undertaken to date, in progress or planned with respect to amenity and recreation.
Built Development Area
Completed studies:
Recreational Access Survey
Studies in progress or planned:
Consultation with coastal angling groups over use of the foreshore Consultation with amenity groups including coastal angling groups, Bridgwater Wildfowling Society and yachting and boating clubs (if appropriate) Consultation with Natural England, Ramblers Association and Open Space Society Consultation with local residents Consultation with Somerset County Council Public Right of Way Officer over closures/diversions/enhancements
Southern Construction Area
Completed studies:
Recreational Access Survey Studies in progress or planned:
Consultation with Somerset County Council Public Right of Way Officer over closures/diversions/enhancements.
HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1 | 179
c) Key Issues 3.16.13 The PRoW network will be impacted during the construction and operational phases of the Hinkley Point C development with some permanent rationalisation and diversion of PRoW. The survey described in paragraph 3.16.2 above will help to inform the evaluation of significance of potential impact from closure and likely redirection of routes, as well as providing supporting information for the focus of mitigation measures and possible enhancements. These will be undertaken based on the priorities identified in the Somerset County Council RoWIP, in particular the scorecard approach identified in Appendix F of the Plan:
prioritisation through the most heavily used routes first; an inclusive approach (encompassing wider user groups such as cyclists and equestrians) should be taken; upgrading of footpaths or creation of bridleways/restricted byways will take into account the level of use it is likely to receive from all categories of users and any surfacing requirements will reflect this; where appropriate, network development will be sought as part of a diversion proposal, i.e. where diversion is proposed it could be upgraded to a multi-use/bridleway; rationalisation of surrounding rights of way to remove unused footpaths, when diversions or improvement proposals result in additional length/improvement to the network; and enhanced signage and waymarking, e.g. destination, distance etc., will be considered on promoted routes (national/regional routes). An example could include possible distance and destination boards on the coastal path each side of Hinkley Point C. 3.16.14 Plans for the PRoW are yet to be finalised. Consultation will take place with Somerset County Council ahead of any application to rationalise or divert PRoW and, in due course, there will be engagement with the Ramblers Association and the Open Spaces Society. In addition, Natural England will be a key consultee for any works impacting the Coastal Path due to their remit under the Marine and Coastal Access Bill. Further feedback will also be sought from users of the PRoW network.
180 | HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1
3.16.15 The following is currently being considered:
During the construction phase, it is proposed that all PRoW are temporarily diverted around the outside of the site. This is for safety reasons as there will be construction traffic crossing the whole of the area. Figure 3.13 shows the planned construction works area and PRoW that may be affected. A temporary diversion to the Coastal Path for a maximum of 18 months will be necessary for the construction of the jetty and sea wall. However, the aim will be to complete the work in a shorter period of time if possible and to reopen the Coastal Path as soon as possible along the top of the new sea wall. The Coastal Path will remain open to the public thereafter and create a permanent link between the path running in front of the Hinkley Point A and Hinkley Point B Nuclear Power Stations and the agricultural land to the west. Following construction, PRoW under the development site will not be re-opened, but alternative routes outside the permanent development area boundary will be provided.
Figure 3.13: Construction Works Area and affected PRoW (Provisional)
HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1 | 181
Figure 3.14 shows the PRoW affected within the permanent development area boundary. It should however be possible to reinstate the PRoW across the majority of the former construction site. Consultation will be undertaken (with the parties as above) to understand how the network should look following the construction phase. Opportunities will be explored with consultees for proposals to up-grade and enhance the quality of the permanent PRoW. 3.16.16 Any potential effects of the proposals on horse riding, wildfowling, fishing, sailing and boating will also need to be considered.
Figure 3.14: Permanent Development Area and Affected PRoW (Provisional)
3.17 Socio-economics
a) Baseline Environment 3.17.1 Socio-economic effects involve the ‘people’ effects and the socio-economic impact assessment involves a systematic appraisal of the impacts on the day-to-day quality of life of people and communities when the environment is affected by a development. As such, sensitivities can be defined in terms of the various groups and agencies likely to be affected by the proposed development. These are likely to include: local workforce and employees (job opportunities); local employers (business opportunities and also competition for resources); local services (increased demand); local population (changes in level of local activity/traffic/housing demand etc); and local authorities/agencies at various levels of governance. 3.17.2 Construction stage employment is estimated to peak at 4,000, plus a 20% contingency, based on current estimates from EDF Energy construction stage information from EPR developments elsewhere, particularly at Flamanville 3 in Normandy and actual monitoring information on the workforce profile for Sizewell B Nuclear Power Station. The latter was of a similar design (Pressurised Water Reactor), although built at a different time (1990s) and does provide some valuable comparative information. 3.17.3 Operational workforce numbers are expected to build up from about the middle of the construction programme and well before the reactors are commissioned. The fully operational station (from 2019 onwards) will provide approximately 700 permanent jobs, comprising various categories. In addition, approximately 1,000 other workers will be employed at the
182 | HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1
site over a period of approximately one month every one to two years for refuelling and maintenance outages for each reactor. 3.17.4 Factors such as the mix of local and non-local workers, the local expenditure by the workforce, the nature of worker accommodation, and the placing of orders/business by EDF Energy, can have important local impacts depending on the location and distribution of such expenditure and activities. These impacts must be seen in the context of the local area socio- economic baseline, including local demographics, economy and employment, accommodation, education, health and other services, plus community perceptions of impacts. They must also be seen in various spatial contexts. For the construction stage it is estimated that workers may commute daily up to 90 minutes to work on the project. For the operational stage, drawing on evidence from Hinkley Point B, it is estimated that the great majority of the workforce will live in the three immediate districts of Sedgemoor, West Somerset and Taunton Deane (i.e. within a 25m radius). 3.17.5 The combined population in the three immediate districts of Sedgemoor, Taunton Deane and West Somerset is almost 256,000 (ONS, mid-2007 population estimates). Table 3.3 indicates the distribution and growth of the resident population in these immediate districts from 2001 to 2007. The Office of National Statistics forecast population growth between 2006 and 2026 in these districts, divided by broad age group, shows small growth percentages forecast in numbers of children (15%) and those of working age (9%) compared with major growth in those over retirement age (59%). West Somerset has an increasingly very high percentage of population over retirement age. Also of significance for the retention of a young and future working age population is the net outward migration of people in the 16-24 age group from all three districts.
Table 3.3: Distribution and growth of resident population in immediate districts, 2001-2007
1.1 Area 1.2 Mid-2001 1.3 Mid-2007 1.4 % Growth
Sedgemoor 106,000 112,200 5.8
Taunton Deane 102,600 108,200 5.5
West Somerset 35,100 35,400 0.9
Sub-Total 243,700 255,900 5.0
Somerset 498,700 522,800 4.8
South West 4,943,400 5,178,000 4.7
England 49,449,700 51,092,000 3.3
Source: Office for National Statistics, mid-year population estimates 3.17.6 The employment rate in Sedgemoor, Taunton Deane and West Somerset is similar to the national average, but slightly below the south-west regional average. Tables 3.4 and 3.5 outline the district employment and occupational structures. Table 3.4 shows, for example, the importance of: manufacturing employment in Sedgemoor; public services in the Taunton Deane employment base; and tourism-related employment in all districts, particularly in West Somerset. Financial and other business services (which include many of the knowledge intensive sectors) are well below national average in all districts. The occupational data in Table 3.5 shows less marked differences between the districts than for employment structure by industry sector. There is a higher proportion of residents in managerial and professional occupations in Taunton Deane; a higher proportion in skilled manual occupations in West Somerset; and Sedgemoor and West Somerset have higher proportions of residents in elementary/unskilled occupations. Overall the number of residents in skilled manual trades (c14% for the three districts), including construction and building trades, is above average.
HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1 | 183
Table 3.4: Employee jobs by broad industry sector, immediate districts (Sedgemoor, Taunton Deane and West Somerset) 2007
Sedgemoor Taunton Deane West Somerset Great Britain Industry Sector % % % %
Agriculture, *** *** *** 1.6 mining, electricity/gas/ water
Manufacturing 15.5 6.4 6.0 10.6
Construction 5.1 4.5 4.3 4.9
Distribution, 29.0 25.2 39.4 23.3 hotels and restaurants
Transport, 6.1 2.6 2.5 5.9 storage and communication
Financial and 14.9 15.9 7.5 21.6 other business services
Public admin, 23.0 38.1 23.9 26.9 education and health
Other services 3.9 4.8 5.9 5.2
Total: All Sectors 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0
Tourism-Related 10.0 7.6 26.1 8.2
Source: Office for National Statistics, Annual Business Inquiry (NOMIS). *** indicates that employment data for this sector is confidential. Tourism-related sectors are defined as 2003 SIC categories 55.1-55.4, 63.3 and 92.5- 92.7.
3.17.7 Claimant unemployment rates have been low and below the English average, but rose substantially in 2008/2009 in the face of the global recession, with a more than doubling of rates over the year. An occupational breakdown for May 2009 shows over 800 unemployed claimants in the three districts with relevant engineering and construction skills and over 7,000 in the 90 minutes daily commuting zone. Average earning levels are below the national average in Sedgemoor and Taunton Deane, but nearer the average in West Somerset. However the latter may be partly due to the relatively high level of earnings at the existing Hinkley Point Power Station Complex, which partly masks much lower earning levels elsewhere in the district.
184 | HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1
Table 3.5: Occupational breakdown of residents in employment (based on 2001 Census data)
Sedgemoor Taunton Deane West Somerset Occupational Group % % %
Managers/senior officials and 23.1 23.9 22.8 professional
Associate professional and 11.4 14.0 10.3 technical
Administrative/ 11.4 13.2 9.5 secretarial
Skilled trades 14.5 13.1 17.2
Of which: metal and electrical skilled 5.1 3.9 3.6 trades
Of which: construction and 5.0 4.0 4.7 building skilled trades
Personal service; sales and customer 15.6 17.1 17.5 service
Process, plant and 10.2 7.2 6.7 machine operatives
Elementary (unskilled) 13.9 11.6 16.0 occupations
Total: All Occupations 100.0 100.0 100.0
Source: Office for National Statistics, 2001 Census. 3.17.8 The districts do display some important socio-economic issues. Sedgemoor for example has overall low levels of skills in the workforce, below average educational attainment, some severe pockets of multiple deprivation and worklessness. Recent studies have highlighted weaknesses in the district’s economic resilience, linked to workforce skills issues, plus, for example, a sectoral mix limited in knowledge intensive industries. Taunton Deane is heavily dependent on public sector employment. West Somerset has a number of significant deprivation issues, for example in relation to affordable housing and access to services. The national Index of Multiple Deprivation (IMD) provides a useful tool for highlighting the pockets of deprivation on a spatial basis. Average levels of deprivation across each of the immediate districts are indicated by their rank position relative to all other English local authority districts. On the overall index (IMD 2007), West Somerset is ranked 106th out of the 354 local authority districts in England (where a rank of 1 indicates the most deprived district nationally). Average levels of deprivation are lower in Sedgemoor (ranked 169th) and Taunton Deane (ranked 204th).
HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1 | 185
b) Assessment Studies 3.17.9 Socio-economic effects are partly determined by the nature of the development (e.g. a nuclear power station); the nature of the locality (e.g. relevant employment/skills structure); and policy decisions taken by key stakeholders (e.g. the developer’s policy on accommodation/local recruitment/training etc; and the policy positions and socio-economic objectives of local and regional authorities and agencies). These determinants need to be investigated thoroughly to clarify the likely set of key impacts. An important distinction is made in the impact assessment process between the construction and the operational stages of the development, as previous experience has shown that there are marked differences in socio-economic impacts between these two stages. 3.17.10 The study methodology included:
Initial assembly of baseline data for the local area, using published/semi-published sources and development of an initial framework of key elements in the socio-economic baseline. Socio-economic Topic Group Workshops with local stakeholders (e.g. from District and County Councils, Learning and Skills Council, Regional Development Agency, local service providers, EDF Energy etc) to further develop understanding of the scope of the baseline and likely key issues. Development of framework and key elements, with data searches, survey work and consultations, to provide a comprehensive local area socio-economic baseline on likely key local impact topic areas and on likely key local issues. Work on the power station baseline, including detailing existing power station socio- economic characteristics (i.e. Hinkley Point A decommissioning projects and Hinkley Point B current operational station), plus work on detailing the proposed development including data on labour force characteristics of the two UK EPR reactors). Clarification of potential socio-economic impacts for the construction and operational stages of the projects and exploration of and consultation with local stakeholders on possible impact mitigation and enhancement measures. 3.17.11 The spatial/geographic scope of the socio-economic baseline studies varies by impact category, for example a Construction Daily Commuting Zone is defined as the local authority districts that lie within an approximately 90 minute commute time of the Hinkley Point C site. The local labour market for the operational phase is defined as the immediate districts of West Somerset, Sedgemoor and Taunton Deane. 3.17.12 The studies draw on extensive work by the Impacts Assessment Unit (IAU) at Oxford Brookes University on the socio-economic impacts of many of the UK nuclear power stations, including an eight year longitudinal study monitoring the socio-economic impacts of building Sizewell B. The IAU also undertook socio-economic studies for the proposed Hinkley Point C Nuclear Power Station in the late 1980s and more recently undertook the socio-economic studies for the Environmental Statement for the decommissioning of Hinkley Point A. But the studies also need to be sensitive to the different socio-economic conditions now pertaining to the evolving nature of nuclear power station development and of associated policies. Studies of the local socio-economic impacts of the early years of the construction stage of the EDF EPR project at Flamanville 3 in Normandy provide some current comparative experience for the UK EPR reactor design proposed for Hinkley Point. 3.17.13 The methodology has drawn on published/semi-published documents and databases — from local, regional and national sources. There has been consultation with local area stakeholders and power station staff as appropriate. For example, as noted above, several Socio-Economic Workshops have been held with stakeholders to discuss outputs at key stages of the work and the socio-economic work has also been discussed with the Somerset Nuclear Energy Group of local authorities and key agencies. In addition, a Community Forum, a new mechanism for regular discussion between EDF Energy and representatives of the local community and other key stakeholders, held its first meeting in September 2009. 3.17.14 The table below provides a summary of the socio-economic studies that have been undertaken or are planned.
186 | HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1
Main Development
Completed Studies:
Initial socio-economic scoping Stage 2 baseline studies (the local area, generic power station development, likely impacts and mitigation) Comparative studies (Sizewell B, Flamanville 3, plus current Hinkley Point station) Hinkley Point C Construction Workforce - journey origins and routes study Socio-economic Stakeholder Workshops (2008-2009) Work on mitigation (e.g. worker accommodation), enhancement (e.g. community benefits) and legacy possibilities
Studies in progress or planned:
Work on local/regional area assessment indicators, wider economic effects and more detailed mitigation and enhancement measures Latent accommodation study
c) Key Issues 3.17.15 The construction of the proposed Hinkley Point C Nuclear Power Station is expected to take in the region of ten years with a peak workforce estimate of 4,000 plus a 20% contingency. This estimate provides a precautionary approach which is particularly relevant for the first in a new type of reactor built in the UK. There is a further assumption of an 18 month gap between construction of the two units, which has the advantage of facilitating the continuity of some skills/workers needed. 3.17.16 An important distinction is made between the impacts arising during the construction and operational phases, including varying spatial scales. The impact zone will be larger during the construction phase than the operational phase. More specifically, development changes in the locality have the potential to generate a range of socio-economic impacts with, as appropriate, associated mitigation and enhancement measures, including for example: i) Construction
Employment: the employment profile is based on a peak workforce estimate of 4,000 plus a 20% contingency, giving a planning peak of 4,800. The construction workforce can be divided predominantly into civil operative and mechanical and electrical operatives, with the remaining workforce comprising supervisory/managerial and clerical staff, plus site services and security employees. The potential for local recruitment is considerable, but varies across these categories. It will benefit greatly from having in place a range of approaches for increasing local participation through recruitment and training practices; for example, dedicated physical and web-based ‘jobcentre’ facilities, commitments to engage a proportion of local labour from underprivileged groups, a dedicated training programme for recruits via local providers, provision of apprenticeships etc. With a set of strong support policies and practices it is anticipated that over 2,000 peak construction jobs could be taken up by people from the local commute zone and especially the immediate districts. The development could provide a major opportunity for local employment over a period of several years, which could help to keep (primarily young) employees in the districts and also contribute to an important enhancement of employee skills in the engineering and construction industries which could be used on other local projects over time. Accommodation: at peak construction there might be approximately 2,400 non-local workers seeking a range of largely temporary accommodation provision in the locality. This would be less for the two shoulder periods (i.e. either side of the peak) of the construction phase, especially the start, when there is likely to be a far higher percentage of local employees with established accommodation in the area. From previous experience, there are different patterns of accommodation behaviour for the various workforce groups. For example, professional staff are more likely than workforce operatives to use owner- occupied and privately rented accommodation. From an examination of supply and occupancy rates in the local tourism accommodation market, it is estimated that about one quarter of the non-local workforce could make use of local B&Bs/guest
HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1 | 187
houses/caravans etc, without putting an undue strain on the important local tourism accommodation market. Other accommodation would be provided by the owner- occupied and rental sectors, but it is estimated that there will be a need for the supply of purpose built accommodation for at least one third of the non-local workforce. As such, the accommodation strategy includes provision for a distributed set of high quality campuses, with considerable legacy potential for the local area. Other Key Services: these include for example, impacts on education and schools, health and local medical services and crime and policing. Impacts on schools are influenced particularly by the number of non-local workers accompanied by families. From comparative experience this is estimated to be quite low, with around 300 school children associated with 350-400 non-local families. Children are likely to be spread across several schools and in some cases may help to maintain local school rolls. There may occasionally be cases where additional pupil numbers may require additional educational resources. If, when and where the numbers necessitate a threshold increase in a major resource provision (e.g. an additional teacher for a particular school). The project will draw on good practice from Sizewell B and elsewhere for mitigating impacts. Measures would include the provision of an on-site medical centre, worker behaviour policies and the provision of high quality campuses and worker transport. Wider Economic Impacts: In addition to the direct local employment effects discussed above, power station developments have a range of secondary or indirect effects. The construction work on site is likely to create demands for goods and services from local firms and these demands will create additional employment. The construction workforce will demand services locally, which will generate some increases in services-related employment. The scale of these wider economic impacts is substantial and provisionally estimated at around £100 million per annum over the construction period and with the creation of substantial additional local employment. On the other hand there can be concern that some existing local firms may suffer, by losing labour to the power station project. This did happen during Sizewell B construction, but follow-up surveys of local employers indicated that it was a problem for only a very small number of firms. EDF Energy is developing a procurement policy to help to realise the wider economic benefits. Less Tangible Impacts/Disturbance: the aim of mitigation is to avoid/minimise any negative impacts associated with the development of the project, as discussed above. Opportunities for the enhancement of positive impacts would also be taken. However such a large project is likely to cause some indirect disturbance effects, changes in lifestyle and influence local perceptions, which are less easy to address directly. In such cases there can be benefit in supporting a package of facilities which the local community can enjoy, with a focus perhaps on locally identified key priority areas, e.g. support for the young unemployed, for the elderly, for environmental projects and for particular pockets of deprivation. ii) Operation
Employment: the operational workforce is expected to build up from about the middle of the construction programme and well before the reactors are commissioned. The fully operational station will provide around 700 permanent jobs, again comprising various categories: managerial, clerical and administrative, plus the major industrial workforce category. In addition, approximately 1,000 other workers will be employed at the site over a period of one month every one to two years, for refuelling and maintenance outage for each reactor. Drawing on experiences from other nuclear stations (including Hinkley Point A and B), plus local conditions and policies of strong support for local recruitment, it is estimated that at least 50% of the operational workforce could be recruited from the immediate districts. The operational project should provide a continuation for a substantial quota of skilled and secure jobs for local people, with a major high-technology employer, partly off-setting the closure and decommissioning of Hinkley Point A and the eventual closure of Hinkley Point B. It is assumed that many of the recruitment and training initiatives outlined for the construction stage would also be relevant for supporting local employment take-up for the operational stage. Accommodation: it is estimated that the non-local permanent operational workforce will primarily be owner occupiers (almost 80%), with the remainder renting property. Hinkley Point B provides a useful guide to the future pattern of residential location, with 95% of
188 | HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1
the operational workforce living within the three immediate districts, including 70% living in Sedgemoor. Other Key Services: data from previous studies suggest a school age child yield of about one per non-local employee. The age profile is likely to be more balanced between primary and secondary school age children for the operational phase compared to the primary school focus for the construction stage. The distribution of children is likely to be across many schools within the three immediate districts but, reflecting the distribution of non- local families, is likely to be concentrated in Sedgemoor. Registration with local GP surgeries is also likely to be primarily in Sedgemoor, with smaller numbers in West Somerset. Wider Economic Impacts: at full operation the indirect employment effects and the increase in the level of income in the local economy will be of a more permanent nature. Estimates of the annual addition can draw on the experience of Hinkley Point B and provisionally suggest this may be in the range of £30-40m per annum (at 2010 prices). Previous studies also suggest the additional local indirect employment will be about 60% of direct employment. Perceptions of impacts/disturbance: there is likely to be little in terms of significance in terms of community disturbance. Most impacts are likely to be positive. Indeed the project may help to maintain services in the local area and in more rural areas. There is also likely to be an injection of ‘new blood’ in the community; more employment opportunities for young people; and various infrastructure legacy benefits.
3.17.17 Detailed impact studies have been undertaken for all the issues summarised above and these have been discussed with local stakeholders. The socio-economic work will continue to be refined to take account of the latest socio-economic data, local and regional objectives and policies and continuing discussions on mitigation and enhancement measures.
HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1 | 189
4 OFF-SITE ASSOCIATED DEVELOPMENT
4.1 Introduction
4.1.1 Table 4.1 below sets out proposals for the Off-site Associated Development considered necessary to construct and operate the Hinkley Point C Development:
Table 4.1: Broad Locations and Extent of Development
Cannington Bypass – eastern or western route options (See Section 4.3) Accommodation with up to 320 beds (including Cannington College) (See Section 4.4) Park and ride facilities with up to 900 spaces (See Section 4.4) Freight consolidation/storage facility for road and water-borne freight (See Section 4.4) Spoil disposal (See Section 4.4)
Bridgwater Park and ride facility with up to 750 spaces at Junction 23 (See Section 4.5) Park and ride facility with up to 350 spaces at Junction 24 (See Section 4.6) Freight consolidation facility for road-borne freight at Junction 23 or 24 (See Sections 4.5 and 4.6) Accommodation with up to 500 beds (See Section 4.7) Williton Accommodation with up to 200 beds (See Section 4.9) Park and ride facility with up to 350 spaces (See Section 4.9)
Combwich Wharf Refurbishment of Wharf and the provision of a freight consolidation/storage facility for water-borne freight (See Section 4.9)
4.1.2 Section 4.1 and 4.2 of the Consultation on Initial Proposals and Options document explains there are a number of options proposed for the Off-site Associated Development in terms of location and scale, which have been informed by EDF Energy’s transport and accommodation strategies. The environmental assessment work undertaken for the Off-site Associated Development is in its early stages and coverage is not as complete compared to the Hinkley Point C Development. The Stage 2 consultation will provide a more detailed account of environmental assessment for the Off-site Associated Development taken forward from Stage 1. 4.1.3 For each broad search area the environmental characteristics are described and a description provided of the assessment studies either undertaken or proposed, along with an initial indication of the potential impact issues. The only exception to this relates to socio- economics, where in Section 4.2 the baseline characteristics and likely issues are outlined in general terms for all of the Off-site Associated Development.
190 | HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1
4.2 Socio-economics
a) Baseline Environment 4.2.1 EDF Energy’s strategy for Off-site Associated Development, in terms of location and scale, has been assisted by the baseline assessment of the local population, local employment, accommodation provision and the likely origins of workers expected to be employed to construct the Hinkley Point C Development. 4.2.2 While the wider socio economic impact studies will help inform the requirement for Off-site Associated Development, there will also be impacts, which need to be considered, arising from the construction of these facilities. The assessment of the socio-economic impacts of the proposed Off-site Associated Development is still in its initial stages. Further information is being collected, for example on the likely numbers of workers involved in the construction of the facilities and the amount of construction materials required. b) Key Issues 4.2.3 The construction of the proposed Off-site Associated Development is expected to take in the region of one to two years. There is expected to be a distinction between the socio-economic impacts arising during the construction, operation and (where appropriate) decommissioning or legacy phases. For example, once Hinkley Point C is constructed, the Cannington bypass would be used less, but other projects may have ongoing legacy uses that give rise to employment opportunities including the campuses and park and ride facilities. 4.2.4 It is estimated that the construction employment impacts will be far less for the Off-site Associated Development compared with the Hinkley Point C Development. However, it is possible that there could be a proportionally higher percentage of local employment, especially given the recruitment and training practices proposed to be adopted by EDF Energy. Construction of the Off-site Associated Development will be in advance of the peak periods for Hinkley Point C and there may be opportunities for some continuity of employment on power station construction. 4.2.5 Other socio-economic impacts will flow from the employment impacts. For example, if the workforce is largely locally based, there will be less requirement for additional accommodation, or additional impact on local services.
HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1 | 191
4.3 Cannington By-Pass
4.3.1 Two potential route options have been identified for the proposed bypass – to the east and west of the village (see Figure 10.13). Both route options link into the A39 which runs to the south of Cannington between Bridgwater in the south-east, Minehead in the west and the C182 to the north. Further details are provided in Section 4.4 of the Consultation on Initial Options and Proposals document.
Geology, Land Use and Soils
Baseline Environment Western Route The solid geology along the western route option consists predominantly of the Mercia Mudstone Group, which outcrops over the main northern and southern sections of the route. Along the central belt, small outcrops of the Otter Sandstone Formation, which underlies the Mercia Mudstone Group and the Rodway Siltstone, are present. These form the slightly higher ground present within this central section. The pattern of soils across the western route option is similar to that of the eastern route option. The northern and central sections of the route option cross the same well-drained, loamy soils with lower lying land to the south by Cannington Brook having less free draining soils. The land use within the western corridor is agricultural. The predominant agricultural use is arable with smaller areas of grazing land. The central and northern sections of the route are indicated as good land, Agricultural Land Classification (ALC) Grades 1 and 2, with the less free draining soils in the southern part shown as Grade 3. Both Countryside Stewardship and Environmental Stewardship Schemes are present along the western route, covering over 50% of the proposed route alignment. Eastern Route The majority of the eastern route option is underlain by Drift Deposits comprising Estuarine Alluvium. These deposits cover the central sections of the route. River Terrace Deposits are present over the northern end and the primary solid geology, the Mercia Mudstone Group, outcrops over the southern section. However, this group also has minor outcrops at various locations along the proposed route corridor. In terms of soils, the northern sections on the terrace deposits cross well-drained, loamy soils described as ‘versatile’ and capable of supporting a wide range of crops. The lower lying land (on the alluvium) within the floodplain of the River Parrett is associated with seasonally wet, gley soils which are affected by high groundwater levels and occasional winter flooding. The entire eastern route option is in agricultural use. This is predominantly grassland, mixed rough grazing and improved pastures, with some small areas of arable cropping. Most of the route would be developed on good quality Grade 2 land, with areas of high quality Grade 1 land and moderate quality Grade 3 land also present. These gradings will be confirmed. To encourage an increase in biodiversity within the agricultural landscape the Government has initiated agri-environmental schemes – the Countryside Stewardship Scheme, which is now being replaced by the current Environmental Stewardship Scheme. Both schemes are still operating but the Countryside Stewardship Scheme will be phased out as the relevant agreements reach their termination dates. On the eastern route both schemes are at present covering a little under 50% of the proposed route alignment.
Assessment/Studies Undertaken to Date A desk-based assessment and site visit has been undertaken for both route options. No ALC was verified during the site walk over.
192 | HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1
Key Potential Issues There are unlikely to be issues relating to geology, as a result of carrying out the developments on either routes. This will be confirmed at Stage 2 of the pre-application consultation. Key issues relating to soils and land use are: Construction Phase: The impacts would relate to a loss of agricultural land and impacts on biodiversity. The construction of the bypass will result in temporary and permanent loss of land uses, including agricultural land, for both routes. Any temporary loss can be mitigated by good soils management practices and high quality restorations of the site post construction. Operation: There are unlikely to be any significant issues for soils and land use during the operational phase.
In terms of soils and land use, the western route option is likely to cause fewer impacts. This route is shorter and, therefore, results in least amount of agricultural land lost and would affect smaller areas of agri-environment schemes.
Further Studies to be undertaken
No further assessment is considered to be required with respect to geology. EDF Energy will be undertaking further ALC field surveys and assessment of the stewardship schemes in operation. These will be supported by further site visits and consultation with landowners.
Land Contamination and Waste
Baseline Environment Western Route In 1886 the land on which the western route option would be located and surrounding area was predominantly occupied by agricultural fields and included one large pond located adjacent to the route. The route and immediate vicinity remained unchanged until sometime between 1930 and 1963 when the pond was no longer marked, presumably having been infilled. The route and surrounding area remained relatively unchanged until at least 1976. The pond indicated on the historical maps was observed during the walk over survey. The pond had evidently been infilled and was in use as part of an agricultural field. There are no records of operational landfill sites, IPPC registered waste sites, licensed waste management facilities, waste transfer sites or waste treatment sites within a radius of 500m of the western route. A historical landfill site may be located approximately 90m to the north-west of the western route at Cannington Quarry, a former stone quarry. Records indicate that household waste may have been permitted to infill the quarry. There are no records of Control of Major Accident Hazards Sites (COMAH), Notification of Installations Handling Hazardous Substances sites (NIHHS), hazardous substances or Local Authority IPPC consents within close proximity of the route option. There are also no records of fuel stations, fuel storage sites or other potentially contaminative uses in the trade directories that may have resulted in a significant pollution incident within influencing distance of the route option. Eastern Route In 1886 the land on which the eastern route option would be located and its immediate surrounding area was occupied by agricultural fields. The route would cross part of an orchard and a small pond approximately 1.20km and 2.42km respectively from the start of the eastern route (the existing A39 roundabout). The land on which the route option would be situated and the immediate vicinity, remained unchanged until sometime between 1974 and 1976 when the pond was no longer indicated, presumably having been in filled. The orchard was observed during the walk over survey and remains in use. Old orchards can be a potential source of contamination due to pesticides containing lead arsenate which were widely applied to orchards until the 1950s. However, these pesticides were usually applied in liquid form, resulting in superficial contamination. It is considered unlikely that significant ground contamination of the orchard has occurred. The in filled pond was not observed during the walkover survey due to its location along a private road. However, the likelihood of significantly contaminated material having been used is considered
HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1 | 193
to be low. There are no records of operational landfill sites, IPPC registered waste sites, licensed waste management facilities, waste transfer sites or waste treatment sites within a radius of 500m of the proposed eastern route. One historic landfill site is located approximately 120m to the south–west of the route. The licence was held by Shepard Civil Engineering Limited and waste accepted comprised soil, subsoil and inert material. There are also no records of Control of Major Accident Hazards Sites (COMAH), Notification of Installations Handling Hazardous Substances sites (NIHHS), hazardous substances, Local Authority IPPC consents, or IPPC permits within close proximity of the route option. There are currently seven entries in the Trade Directory within a 500m radius of the route option for potentially contaminative uses (including the sewage works to the south east). However, none of these are sufficiently close, or of such a nature as, to result in the risk of contamination within the corridor.
Assessment/Studies Undertaken to Date Consultation has been undertaken with the Environmental Health Officer from Sedgemoor District Council and the potential for contamination to be present discussed. It was agreed that as the desk study had shown no significant potential for contamination and no further assessment would be required. However, as part of the construction management plan the Contractor will put in place a contingency plan to deal with any contamination should an unexpected site be encountered.
Key Potential Issues There are no significant issues in relation to contamination and waste for either of the route options. There is, therefore, no preference between the routes in terms of contaminated land and waste.
Further Studies to be undertaken It has been agreed by Sedgemoor District Council that no further assessments are required.
Hydrogeology
Baseline Environment Western Route The majority of the western route option (circa 60%) crosses areas designated as Non-Aquifer. The remainder are areas over a Minor Aquifer, related primarily to the terrace gravels, and a Major Aquifer associated with the sandstone. These are classified as being of high and intermediate permeability so are vulnerable to any surface pollution. There are no Source Protection Zones located within a 5km radius of the study area. There are four current records of abstraction licences within a 500m radius of the route option. The nearest two abstraction licences (number 16/52/007/G/046) are from boreholes located approximately 160m and 175m to the north-east at Somerset Farm Institute College of Agriculture and Bridgwater College Cannington respectively. The abstractions are for general farming and domestic use. The remaining two groundwater abstraction licences (number 16/52/007/G/081) are held by Yeo Valley Organic Company Limited at locations approximately 300m and 380m to the south and south- west of the route option. The abstractions are for general dairy use and/or spray irrigation. Eastern Route As with the western route option, the majority of the eastern route option (circa 70%) crosses areas designated as Non-Aquifers. Of the remaining sections, the route crosses a Minor Aquifer associated with the terrace gravels and a small section of a Major Aquifer within the sandstones. The soils overlying these aquifers are classified as highly permeable and intermediate and, therefore, groundwater will be vulnerable to transmission of any contamination spilt on the surface. There are no Source Protection Zones located within a 5km radius of the study area. There are two current records of abstraction licences within a 500m radius of the route option. These are the same licences as referred to for the western route option, namely Bridgwater College Cannington (approximately 225m to the south-west) and Somerset Farm Institute College of Agriculture (290m to
194 | HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1
the south-west). As referred to above, both licences are for general farming and domestic use. In the lower lying ground of the eastern route option the groundwater levels are likely to be nearer the surface than on the higher ground to the west. However, no groundwater level data is currently available..
Assessment/Studies Undertaken to Date Initial desk-based assessment and site survey.
Key Potential Issues Key issues relating to hydrogeology are: Construction: Construction works could result in accidental emissions of liquids to ground that may infiltrate into the aquifers but this is a standard risk in any large-scale construction project and standard mitigation measures will be adopted to control this. Both routes do involve cuttings (the western route has the deeper potential cutting) and if the base of the cutting is below groundwater level, then long term drawdown and drainage out of the cutting can occur. Whilst groundwater levels are not known, based on water strike levels observed during the drilling (c. 1964) of the Cannington College borehole at Rodway Farm and on the ground water levels observed within the quarry, it is unlikely that this will be the case. Beyond the control of potential pollution of plant, no significant issues are likely to arise from the bypass works during construction. Operation: During operations, accidents causing spillage of contaminative materials which may subsequently infiltrate into the groundwater is a risk. However this is common to all road schemes and standard control measures have been developed and will be incorporated into the design. On the basis of adoption of best practice design standards, no significant issues are likely to arise during the operation of the bypass in relation to groundwater. With regard to hydrogeology, both routes cross Minor and Major Aquifers and have soils that would transmit any surface pollution into the groundwater. However, based on the shorter length and the potentially greater depth to the groundwater, the western route option would have a lesser impact and is therefore the preferred route. However, from this initial assessment it is concluded that the construction of either route option does not present significant risk to the groundwater environment.
Further Studies to be undertaken
The following assessments will be undertaken: groundwater level survey information, obtained either via consultation with the Environment Agency or by site investigation; groundwater quality assessments; and assessment of the appropriateness of the mitigation package.
Hydrology, Drainage and Flood Defence
Baseline Environment Cannington is covered by the Parrett Catchment Flood Management Plan (CFMP). The watercourses in the study area are all relatively short and fall steeply through their upper reaches before flowing gently to the sea over flat coastal plain to the east of Cannington and north of Bridgwater. This steepness, combined with the impermeability of the local geology, generates high run-off from the land causing rivers to respond rapidly to rainfall. Modelling has been carried out for the area to estimate the potential flood zones, which are presented in the Sedgemoor Strategic FRA Level 1 report. There is a significant strip of land in Flood Zone 3b (Functional Floodplain) following the line of the Cannington Brook close to the centre of the village. The residential area around Rydon Crescent in the south east of the village is in Flood Zone 3a. The majority of the village and surrounding area is, however, in Flood Zone 1 and therefore not at major risk of flooding. The Cannington Brook also carries a potential flood risk, with the Flood Zone 3b covering the south east of Cannington (east of the C182), with flooding elsewhere alongside the Cannington Brook up to Spaxton. Cannington lies within the North West Parrett policy unit. The main sources of recorded flood incidences are associated with surface water.
HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1 | 195
Downstream of Cannington Brook, drainage is maintained and administered by the Somerset Consortium of Drainage Boards. All the drains in the low lying land to the east of Cannington are artificial drainage bodies that were constructed to provide drainage for agricultural use of the land. These drains flow into the Cannington Brook, or other rhynes within this area of the Somerset Levels before flowing into the River Parrett. Cannington Brook drains into the River Parrett via Stallington’s Clyce sluice gate. There is also an old siphon system at this sluice that allows water from the Cannington Brook to be fed under the Parrett and into the Pawlett Hams on the eastern bank.
Assessment/Studies Undertaken to Date In order to determine the impact on hydrology and related aspects, the issues of flooding and drainage are key themes and factors that will influence the design of any bypass.
Key Potential Issues Western Route The key issues for the western route are the potential for the bypass to result in the exacerbation of peak fluvial flows in Cannington Brook. As the bypass may be constructed from impermeable surfacing, and drains would be required to prevent its closure, the surface water from the road would reach Cannington Brook much quicker. This could affect flood flows within the Brook, with the potential result of more frequent or more extensive flooding beside the Cannington Brook, with implications and impacts on land use and properties. The measures to reduce the exacerbation of flood risk are straightforward and can be incorporated in the design of the bypass, including for example Sustainable Drainage Systems (SuDS).
Eastern Route
The key issues for the eastern route arise from its presence within the floodplain. Because of the proposed use for the road and its value as an infrastructure asset, the design of the road has been specified as being through necessity, higher than, or protected from, flooding up to the extreme flood event. This would require the construction of an embanked road (necessitating large volumes of material to construct) and the embankment would effectively pass over eight drains and Cannington Brook. Various mitigation and design measures would need to be incorporated into the road design to ensure that these drains and the Brook are not impeded as a result. The impedance to the drains could affect the agricultural activities within the area enclosed by the bypass, or where drainage is severed and could also prevent Cannington Brook achieving favourable condition under the Water Framework Directive. In addition, embanking over Cannington Brook and the use of any control structure could both exacerbate fluvial flooding and fluvial flood risk along the Cannington Brook. If flood flows in the Brook are constrained by the Eastern Bypass, it could result in more frequent or more extensive flooding beside the Cannington Brook, with implications and impacts on land use and properties. Overall, the potential impacts of the eastern route could be mitigated through the design of the bypass, that is, by incorporating appropriate culverts, control structures, drainage and other works. However, the scale of the works may extend some distance from the bypass itself. Comparison of Options: Although mitigation measures can be incorporated for both bypass options to minimise impacts on drainage and flood risk, the scale and influence on the eastern route results in much greater disturbance than the western route. Furthermore, in terms of the sequential testing under PPS25, it is likely that the eastern bypass will not be the favourable route. Overall, it is felt that in hydrological, drainage and flood defence terms, the western route is preferable to the eastern route.
196 | HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1
Further Studies to be Undertaken The elements of work that will be undertaken for the assessment of a bypass option on hydrology, drainage and flood defence are:
Assessment of any direct effects on watercourses and drains (including assessment against the Water Framework Directive criteria which will be relevant for the Cannington Brook where crossings occur for the eastern route option). Somerset Consortium of Drainage Boards will also be consulted on in respect of an eastern route option to ensure that drainage management and control across the area is unimpeded. Flood Risk Assessment, applying the sequential test approach set out in PPS25. The approach will be agreed with the Environment Agency in advance of undertaking the assessment.
Freshwater Quality
Baseline Environment Western Route The proposed western route is on higher, more freely draining ground and does not contain any significant surface water channels. One small tributary stream of the Cannington Brook is present and this is crossed by the western route option. This stream flows to the east towards Cannington and contains clear water. It is culverted approximately 500m to the east of the route as it crosses Mill Close on the western side of Cannington. The stream re-emerges from the culvert and joins Cannington Brook itself. Cannington Brook, although small, is the major surface water feature in Cannington but is 140m from the western route option at its nearest point. The River Parrett, a significantly larger and tidal watercourse, is located approximately 1.6 km to the north-east. There are ten records of consent to discharge to controlled waters within a 500m radius of the proposed western route option. The permits generally relate to discharge to groundwater via soakaway or direct discharge to a stream/drain from residential domestic properties. Cannington Brook water quality was previously measured in 2000 at Bradley Green at approximate distances of 100m and 210m to the south of the western route option. The General Quality Assessment Grades (GQA) at both locations were determined as ‘B’ i.e. ‘Good’ water quality with ecosystems at, or close to, a natural state. Down river of the western route, at Cannington Weir, the Brook’s water quality was given Chemical Grade A (very good) during 2007. Eastern Route The main water course in the area is the Cannington Brook. This is a single channel as it flows eastwards through Cannington, however it is separated by a weir into two separate channels on the eastern side of the village. The Environment Agency samples water quality at this weir location. The eastern bypass route crosses both of the separate channels. Each section of the Brook was observed during the walkover survey, both upstream and downstream of the intersections with the route. At all locations the Brook was observed to contain freely-flowing clear water and appeared to be healthy and diverse, with well vegetated banks and, occasionally, healthy vegetation on the bed. The remainder of the eastern route crosses a further eight channels as it passes through the central and north eastern sectors. These drains are all located within the flood plain of the River Parrett and therefore it is considered likely that the drains are man-made features constructed to lower the groundwater sufficiently to allow farming to take place. The field drains in the southern and central sections of the route drain into the Cannington Brook, which itself drains into the River Parrett via a sluice gate. There is also an old siphon system at this sluice that allows water from the Cannington Brook to be fed under the Parrett and into the Pawlett Hams on the eastern bank. This area is a SSSI and is therefore sensitive to water quality. The River Parrett at its closest point to the eastern route is located approximately 750m to the north- east. There are three records of consent to discharge to controlled waters within a 500m radius of the proposed eastern route option. Two of these are held by Wessex Water Services Limited and relate to the discharge of treated sewage effluent to Cannington Brook from the sewage works located approximately 175m to the east of the route. The third is a private domestic soakaway.
HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1 | 197
Water quality was previously measured at the confluence of Cannington Brook with the River Parrett Reach in 2000. The chemical quality was determined as ‘B’, i.e. ‘Good’ water quality with ecosystems at or close to a natural state. Published Environment Agency data indicates a moderate ecological status for the Cannington Brook. However, ongoing monitoring of Cannington Brook at the Cannington Weir indicates water quality at Chemical Grade A (very good), i.e. containing a natural ecosystem, suitable for salmonid and cyprinid fisheries and may be used for potable water supply at the Environment Agency sampling location.
Assessment/Studies Undertaken to Date An initial desk-based assessment has been undertaken.
Key Potential Issues In terms of water quality the key potential impacts relate to the potential for contaminated run-off to enter any stream. This may be high suspended solids from run off from bare ground during construction or spillage of oils, site grey water system discharge or other contaminates. However, whilst the Cannington Brook is of good quality and the flow can discharge to the Pawlett Hams SSSI, there are no unusual features about the bypass construction or operations that pose a significant risk to water quality. The control of pollution from such sites is standard practice and as such no specific further assessment work is proposed. Operation of the bypass could result in accidental or other long term emissions of liquids and solids to the watercourses within the study area and predominantly into the Cannington Brook. Such events would result in the deterioration of chemical and biological water quality within the Brook and would have adverse consequences for the achievement of the Water Framework Directive (WFD) targets for Cannington Brook. However, these are typical potential impacts for a scheme of this nature and effective mitigation measures will be adopted. Surface water is, therefore, not expected to be a key issue in relation to either route for the bypass. From a water quality perspective, from the initial assessments undertaken the western route option is preferred. This is on the basis that there are significantly fewer watercourses crossed and the western route option itself does not cross the Cannington Brook.
Further Studies to be Undertaken
In order to determine the impact on water quality the following assessments will be undertaken: Assessment of effects on watercourses and drains, including geotechnical investigation. This will be assessed against the Water Framework Directive criteria, which will be relevant for the Cannington Brook where crossings occur for the eastern route option. Somerset Consortium of Drainage Boards would continue to be consulted.
198 | HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1
Terrestrial Flora and Fauna
Baseline Environment Western Route The western route crosses predominantly agricultural land used for both arable crop production and stock grazing. The topography is gently undulating, with the field boundaries marked by a mix of defunct and intact hedgerows, fences and occasionally walls. Large blocks of semi-natural woodland are absent, but there are several areas of recent broad-leaved planting and numerous mature trees. There are a small number of minor watercourses and drains located near the southern junction of the route and four waterbodies within 500m of the route. This route also passes close to residential houses (and gardens), farms and a school. The habitats along the western route are largely of limited biodiversity value. However, of the 29 hedgerows present within 250m of the route, 14 are considered to be ecologically ‘important’ under the Hedgerow Regulations 1997, primarily for the number of woody species they support. The hedgerows in the vicinity of the route also form a network of habitat corridors and hedgerows listed as a priority habitat under the UK Biodiversity Action Plan and the Somerset Biodiversity strategy. The western route does not cross any designated sites. Two County Wildlife Sites, the Cannington Brook and Cannington Park are located within 250m of the route. Eastern Route The eastern route crosses predominantly agricultural land, most of which is used for stock grazing, although a number of the fields are used for arable crop production and a small number of fields support marshy grassland. The field boundaries are marked by intact hedgerows and ditches and often both form the boundary. There are a few small planted broad-leaved woodlands in the vicinity of the route and some scattered mature trees. Eight water bodies occur within 500m of the route, but none are located directly on the route. A linear piece of species-rich woodland is present along Shark’s Lane to the north-east of Cannington. This option also passes close to a large area of amenity grassland (Cannington Golf Course) and a number of farms. Most of the habitats along the route are of limited biodiversity value. The exceptions to this are the areas of marshy grassland, hedgerows, watercourses and mature trees. A number of fields support moderately species-rich marshy grassland dominated by grasses and rushes with frequent herb species such as ragged robin and corky fruited water-dropwort. Of the 62 hedgerows present within
250m of the eastern route, 15 are considered to be ecologically ‘important’ under the Hedgerow Regulations 1997, primarily for the number of woody species they support. Many of the watercourses that cross the route also support a diverse range of aquatic and marginal flora. Both the hedgerows and watercourses form a network of habitat corridors across the route option and connect to the River Parrett to the east. There are also a number of mature broad-leaved trees on this route. Hedgerows, watercourses and ponds are all listed as priority habitats under the UK Biodiversity Action Plan. Watercourses and hedgerows are also listed under the Somerset Biodiversity Strategy. The eastern route crosses the Cannington Brook County Wildlife Site. The Severn Ramsar, Severn Estuary SPA and SAC and Bridgwater Bay SSSI all lie approximately 1km to the north-west of the route. Desk Study Information: Desk study information has been obtained (primarily from the Somerset Environmental Records Centre (SERC)) regarding protected species records within 3km of both route options and is summarised below.
Bats: most of the desk study information related to records of individual bats (mostly Pipistrellus spp.), although a small number of roost sites were highlighted, none are located on the route. In the wider area (i.e. within 10km) there are known lesser horseshoe, greater horseshoe, brown long-eared, noctule, pipistrellus spp, serotine and whiskered bat roosts. In addition, Nathusius pipistrelle, Natterer’s, Brandt’s and Daubenton’s bats have been recorded in the surrounding landscape. Water vole: this species has previously been recorded on the Cannington Brook, which is crossed by the eastern route. Otter: numerous records of otter were provided, relating primarily to the Cannington Brook and its tributaries (which are crossed by the eastern route), indicating usage over a number of years. Dormouse: there are no records of dormouse within 3km of either route option. The nearest records are from the Quantock Hills to the west of Cannington. Badger: records of badger were provided from various locations around the route options
HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1 | 199
(locations confidential). Great crested newt: a single record of great crested newt was provided from 1992 when this species was recorded in Castle Hill Quarry (to the west of the western route). Reptiles: records of both slow-worm and grass snake were provided. These species are both relatively widespread in the area.
Assessment/Studies Undertaken to Date Faunal surveys commenced in May 2009 and will continue until summer 2010. Surveys completed to date are as follows: Birds: During the breeding bird characterisation survey (which used footpaths and roads only, completed between May and July 2009) 53 species were recorded holding territory within the survey area (encompassing both route options), with an additional 15 species seen, but for which no evidence of breeding was recorded. 7 species that feature on both the Red List of birds of Conservation Concern and the UK BAP (Biodiversity Action Plan) Priority list, three species which are Amber-listed and also UK BAP Priority species and nine additional Amber-listed species were recorded breeding within the survey area. The species with the highest numbers of territories recorded were wren, blackbird, chaffinch, robin, dunnock, woodpigeon, greenfinch and goldfinch. These are relatively ubiquitous species with wide- ranging habitat preferences, many of which show an association with suburban habitats. Farmland bird numbers were generally low, e.g. very low densities of Skylark, and no yellowhammer were recorded. (It is recognised that the methodology employed does not allow densities of breeding birds to be derived. Nevertheless, it is clear from the low number of skylark registrations that the population density of this species is low. Skylark song is loud, instantly recognisable and far-carrying and as such if large numbers of birds had been present, this would have been apparent). Three Schedule 1 species (afforded special protection under the Wildlife and Countryside Act 1981, including making it an offence to disturb them while nesting) were recorded within the survey area: kingfisher (2 territories), peregrine and hobby. Kingfisher and peregrine are likely to be breeding within the survey area as they were seen on several occasions in suitable breeding habitat. A hobby was also recorded flying through the survey area during the June 2009 survey. Winter surveys of the fields within 1km of each route option started in September 2009 and will continue to March 2010. The aim of these surveys is to record the usage of fields around the route options, particularly of those birds that are the designated features of the nearby Natura 2000 sites (see Section 5.1 of this Appendix). Bats: Due to the size of the survey area, three bat activity transect routes, with the aim of sampling bat activity and species present, were completed per month between June and September 2009. This was augmented by a monthly driven transect, which sampled bat activity in the wider area and the use of three Anabats during August and September 2009. All surveys were completed in accordance with guidance from Bat Surveys – A Good Practice Guide, 2007. A minimum of ten bat species have been recorded to date, including the Annex II (of the Habitats Directive) listed species barbastelle, lesser horseshoe and greater horseshoe bat. A preliminary appraisal of the buildings and trees near to the route options has identified a number of locations with high potential to support bat roosts. Any buildings or trees that could be affected by construction of the highway will be subject to more detailed external and internal assessment (likely to include emergence and re-entry surveys) to determine the status of any roosts present. Further activity surveys will also be completed, targeted at those features potentially affected by the development, e.g. hedgerows, tree lines and watercourses. Water Vole: A water vole survey of all watercourses within 250m of each route option was completed in August 2009. This found evidence of water vole on nine sections of watercourse, all associated with the eastern route. Further watercourses provide suitable habitat for water vole and there is potential for them to be more wide spread throughout the site. Although the survey was completed during the optimum season, many of the watercourses were overgrown at the time of survey. Therefore, should the eastern route (which crosses more suitable watercourses for water vole) be taken forward, all the watercourses will be surveyed in again spring 2010. Otter: An otter survey of all watercourses within 250m of each route option was completed in August 2009. This found evidence of otter on two sections of watercourse, both associated with the eastern route. Further evidence of otter was found along the River Parrett and the Perrymoor Brook. All the watercourses within the survey area provide suitable habitat for otter and are likely to be used, at least, infrequently.
200 | HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1
Dormouse: A dormouse survey of the hedgerows crossed by, or near to, the route options began in August 2009, following guidance within the Dormouse Conservation Handbook (English Nature, 2006). Monthly checks will be completed between September and November 2009 and between April and May 2010. Over 50 dormouse nest tubes have been installed along the western route and over 100 tubes along the eastern route. A dormouse nest was found within a tube located near to the eastern route in August 2009. Badger: A badger survey was completed in August 2009 of both route options. This survey recorded four setts within 250m of the route options and a moderate amount of activity within the fields crossed by the routes. Some effects on badgers would be expected whichever option is taken forward. Great Crested Newt: All the ponds within 500m of both route options were screened for their potential to support great crested newts in August 2009. This used the Habitat Suitability Index (developed by Oldham et al, 2000) and considered connectivity and barriers between the ponds and the route options. Of the 15 ponds identified, 12 were considered to provide potentially suitable habitat for great crested newts. Neither option is clearly favourable for this species at this stage, as the project timetable did not allow presence/absence surveys for great crested newt to be completed in 2009. Therefore, these will be completed in spring 2010, following guidance provided by the Great Crested Newt Mitigation Guidelines (English Nature, 2001). Reptiles: A reptile survey of both routes was begun in August 2009. Approximately 200 reptile mats have been used over the survey area covering both route options and these have been checked on 11 occasions between August and September 2009. A further nine survey visits are planned for April and May 2010 to determine an approximate population size class estimate. The surveys to date have recorded slow-worm along the western route and grass snake along the eastern route, although the habitats in both locations have the potential to support both these species and common lizard.
Key Potential Issues Designated Sites: The western route does not cross any designated sites and indirect effects on the nearest Country Wildlife Sites are also unlikely due to their location (i.e. Cannington Brook is separated from the site by the A39) or because of the designated features they support. The eastern route crosses the Cannington Brook County Wildlife Site and direct effects would occur through land take and potential disturbance to the designated features (noted as ‘protected species’). In the wider area, the potential exists for birds associated with the nearby Severn Estuary SPA and Ramsar site and the Bridgwater Bay SSSI to be displaced and disturbed from agricultural land where works are proposed to the east of Cannington. Habitats: Development of either route would result in the permanent loss of hedgerow habitat, parts of which are considered to be ecologically ‘important’ under the Hedgerow Regulations. This could be mitigated through translocation and/or planting of hedgerows along the new bypass, which may also increase the local hedgerow habitat resource. Both route options would also directly affect watercourses and mature trees, which provide habitat for protected species. The eastern route would also result in the loss of moderately species-rich marshy grassland, which is considered to be of biodiversity value. Protected Species: Birds: site clearance and construction activities for both routes would result in the temporary loss of breeding and foraging habitat, although post-construction landscape planting may cpmpensate for this. Potential contravention of the Wildlife and Countryside Act 1981 (as amended) would be avoided by ensuring site clearance is completed outside the bird breeding season. Bats: the habitat networks crossing both routes have the potential to be important foraging and commuting routes for bats and may be of particular importance if used by barbastelle, lesser horseshoe and/or greater horseshoe. Therefore, ensuring connectivity is maintained during construction and operation of the bypass will be important to reducing effects on the local bat populations. Avoidance of effects on any roost sites recorded as a result of the further survey work will also be key. Water Vole: all works relating to watercourse crossings will take account of water vole to ensure compliance with the relevant legislation. This may involve re-surveying water features affected prior to construction and the use of phased habitat manipulation to encourage water vole to move away from
HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1 | 201
the development area (although large populations may require more intensive relocation techniques). Watercourse crossings will also be designed to allow the passage of water vole through. Otter: most of the watercourse crossing locations provide limited resting/holt habitat for otters, but a re-survey prior to site clearance will be completed. Construction works will be largely limited to daylight hours to minimise disturbance to otters using the watercourses for foraging and commuting. Further, all watercourse crossings will draw on guidance provided within the Design Manual for Roads and Bridges and will ensure that otter passage along the watercourse is maintained in order to reduce the potential for road mortality. Dormouse: site clearance has the potential to harm any dormice present in the hedgerows. Therefore, it will be phased to ensure compliance with the relevant legislation and a licence will be obtained from Natural England to facilitate this. Construction of the bypass would result in habitat loss, but landscape screening (through hedgerow and woodland planting) along the road is likely to mitigate this. Badgers: there is potential for badger welfare to be affected as a result of either bypass option through the loss of setts and regularly used badger pathways and foraging areas, particularly during the construction. To avoid contravention of The Badger Protection Act 1992 a licence will be obtained from Natural England where required. Operation of the road may also increase the risk of badger road mortality and the road design will consider features to minimise the risk of this. Great Crested Newt: should the surveys indicate great crested newt may occur within 500m of either route option there is potential for individual newts to be harmed during the site clearance and construction phases, and for effects on local populations. Potentially adverse affects on great crested newts would be minimised by relocating individuals present within the works area to nearby habitat (under licence from Natural England). Proposed landscape planting will provide alternative suitable habitat during operation of the road. Reptiles: site clearance has the potential to harm reptiles that occur in areas of suitable habitat affected by each route. In order to ensure compliance with the relevant legislation, reptiles will be relocated from the construction area to nearby suitable habitat. Proposed landscape planting will provide alternative suitable habitat during operation of the road. At this initial stage, on the basis of results from the desk study and field surveys undertaken to date, the western route is the preferred route option from an ecological perspective. The western route option does not cross any non-statutory designated sites and is considerably further away from Natura 2000 sites than the eastern route. Protected species surveys are at a relatively early stage, but from an otter and water vole perspective, and from the emerging bat survey results, the western route is also the preferred route option. The eastern route would require a considerable number of ditch crossings, resulting in the disruption of a larger number of wildlife corridors and involve the likely loss of more mature trees. While the western route will result in more loss of species rich hedgerow, and potentially greater effects on reptiles, these issues will be straightforward to address through mitigation. However, both route options are capable of being developed from an ecological perspetive.
Further Studies to be Undertaken As described a number of surveys are on-going.
Transportation
Baseline Environment The main access road serving Hinkley Point is the C182 which runs from the power station to the village of Cannington. The C182 routes through the centre of Cannington and then joins the A39 to the south of the village at the junction of Main Road and Brook Street. The C182 is an unlit, single-carriageway rural road generally subject to the national speed limit for such roads, i.e. 60mph. It is subject to a speed limit of 30 mph where it routes through the village of Cannington, the limit changes to 40mph as north-bound traffic exits the village towards Hinkley Point. The A39 runs westwards towards Williton and Minehead and south-east towards Bridgwater and then east to Glastonbury. The A38 routes through Bridgwater on a predominantly north - south alignment. The A38 provides access to Bristol to the north and Taunton to the south. The M5 motorway bypasses Bridgwater to the east of the town, with two interchanges at Junctions 23 and 24. Junction 24 of the motorway is
202 | HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1
located south-east of Bridgwater and Junction 23 is located north of Bridgwater. A large proportion of Bridgwater is located between the A38 and M5.
Assessment/Studies Undertaken to Date Much of the work being carried out in relation to the Strategic Transport Assessment will inform the assessment of the Off-site Associated Development, including the Cannington bypass. As has been detailed earlier in the transportation section (Section 3.10) of this Appendix through consultation with the Highway Authorities (Somerset County Council and the Highways Agency), the extent of the highway network to be included in the assessment has been identified. Traffic data has been collected using automatic traffic counters (ATC) and this data identifies the existing mix of light vehicles and heavy vehicles, vehicle turning movement counts for the various junctions, along with the length of traffic queues that were observed at those junctions during the surveys. The survey data was collected in neutral periods in 2008. This has informed the traffic modelling of future highway network operation during the peak construction and operational stages of the development. The modelling also includes appropriate traffic growth assumptions, identifying assumed future traffic levels on the Cannington road network with and without the proposed Hinkley Point C development and the Associated Development in place.
Key Potential Issues The potential for significant traffic impacts in Cannington arising from the power station development is explained in Section 3.10 of the ESR. The need for the transport related Associated Development (the bypass, park and ride facilities and freight consolidation facilities) represents mitigation for the main development. In addition, EDF Energy believes a new bypass around Cannington will be of benefit to the majority of the local community. Local traffic impacts at Cannington arising from the construction of the road itself could include congestion at junctions and impacts on vehicle travel times. Workforce movements, together with movements of construction materials, will occur as a result of the construction works around Cannington. The construction of a bypass could potentially result in traffic delays, especially between Cannington and Bridgwater and the A39 west of Cannington at peak hours, but as the road would be constructed early in the project, (estimated late 2012), this is unlikely to cause significant impact to the network. The peaks of power station workforce movements will occur in 2015/2016. Comparison of Options: The Cannington eastern bypass, offers a viable alternative to traveling through the village for traffic between Bridgwater and the north of Cannington. The SATURN traffic model for the western bypass alignment also predicts a large shift of traffic from the centre of the village onto the bypass, which indicates that this route would be well used as an alternative to the route through the village. Overall, in traffic assignment terms, the western and eastern bypass alternatives are largely equivalent in terms of their benefits.
Further Studies to be Undertaken Using the baseline traffic flow data, an audit of the local highway network will be completed to assess the operational capacity of the roads and critically the junctions. This will determine whether highway improvements and the extent of those works, will be required during the construction and operational phases of the development. This analysis will have regard to any planned highway improvement schemes by the highway authorities. In addition, analysis of the accident statistics will be undertaken to identify whether there would be any safety issues on the local roads that might be exacerbated as a result of the increase in traffic flows associated with the proposed development. An assessment of existing public transport provision will be assessed, to include any planned changes to provision. Traffic modelling will be undertaken to ascertain the effects of the proposed development on the highway network during the construction and operational phases. The results of the traffic modelling will be used to inform the air quality and noise assessment work. As detailed in Section 3.10, both the SATURN and PARAMICS traffic models will be further utilised to assess the effects of a Cannington bypass on traffic flows through the village. This traffic modelling will quantify the level of traffic that will use the bypass and what implications this has for through- traffic volumes in the village itself. In addition to testing the proposed bypass routes, ‘do minimum’ traffic modelling scenarios will also be tested to quantify the implications of traffic movements
HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1 | 203
through the village should no bypass be constructed. In addition to technical assessment of highway capacity, the assessment of traffic environmental criteria, such as severance, driver stress, visual intrusion and implications for pedestrian amenity, for receptors within Cannington and its immediate environs will be examined in the ES.
Noise and Vibration
Baseline Environment Noise: Western Route The monitoring location for the western route was at Chad’s Hill. The monitoring location was 3m east of the carriageway edge and 40m north of its junction with Park Lane and Sandy Lane. This location was representative of residential dwellings on Park Lane, Sandy Lane and Chad’s Hill. At this location Chad’s Hill has a speed limit of 30mph and is a single lane track used primarily for access to and from Castle Hill Quarry to the north, and by farm vehicles. A vehicle count during the measurement period shows a significant number of HGVs (34%) which were primarily quarry trucks and farm vehicles (10%), with cars and light vans making up the remainder. Throughout the noise survey, significant noise from Castle Hill Quarry was observed. Notable sources included an aggregate crusher plant (repetitive clunks) and quarry vehicle reversing bleepers. Other noise sources identified during the survey included: birdsong; foliage moving in the wind; sheep bleating; and distant road traffic in Cannington. The assessment of noise sensitive properties within the 600m corridor around the western route shows a total of 202 properties, with 6 of these within 100m. In addition, non-residential noise sensitive properties within the 600m range include Brymore School, the cemetery, a church and Cannington College. The precise distance between the nearest properties and the road will be established during the detailed assessment of the route. Eastern Route Two monitoring locations allowed assessment of the baseline noise levels at residential properties closest to the eastern route. These were at Rodway on the north edge of the village and at Northbrook Road on the southern eastern section of the village. At the Rodway location, the daytime acoustic climate was dominated by road traffic on Rodway (C182). Other, less significant noise sources included birdsong and intermittent tractor-mower movements on the community football pitch. Data showed that this is a relatively quiet location but would be typical of a semi rural situation. It is likely that night time noise levels in this location would be lower. The Northbrook Road monitoring location was approximately 10m south-west of the nearest residential property and 240m north-east of the carriageway edge of the A39 roundabout, which is the dominant noise source in the area. At this location the A39 has a speed limit of 40mph, with a good surface (dry during the measurement period) however this was the main noise source. Other noise sources identified included birdsong and intermittent roofing work at a property 180m to the south. Noise levels were similar to that at the Rodway monitoring location. Transportation noise from the M5 motorway, the mainline railway from Bristol to Exeter and industrial noise from sites in Bridgwater are more than 4.5km to the east of Cannington and will not contribute significantly to the noise environment around the eastern side of Cannington, although major roads can give rise to perceptible but low level background noise at great distances under suitable (gentle downwind) conditions. As part of this initial review an assessment has also been made of the number of noise sensitive properties (NSPs) that are within 600m of the proposed route. For the eastern route a total of 388 properties fall within the band and of these 22 are within 100m. The only other potentially noise sensitive property within the 600m range is the Cannington Primary School (at between 500m to 600m). Vibration: The lack of heavy industry or railways in the area leads to the conclusion that existing ground-borne vibration is unlikely to be an issue in the area for either route. Existing blasting activities from Castle Hill Quarry may cause localised and short-lived vibration in properties in the area immediately surrounding the quarry. Ground-borne vibration from passing traffic may be apparent for some properties located very close to roads, depending upon the condition of the adjacent road surface. Existing ground-borne vibration levels are, therefore, likely to be extremely low or negligible.
204 | HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1
Assessment/Studies Undertaken to Date Background noise monitoring has been undertaken within the vicinity of Cannington, as part of the main site works. Existing road traffic noise levels were determined in accordance with the Calculation of Road Traffic Noise Shortened Measurement Procedure. Attended measurement was carried out over three consecutive daytime hours.
Key Potential Issues Noise Construction: Key construction activities that may have impacts on the noise environment are as follows:
site preparation including clearance of vegetation, demolition, fencing (for the road alignment itself, site compounds, soils storage areas, etc.); topsoil stripping and transport and placement in the stockpile area; cut and fill to form vertical alignment (importation of fill – eastern route only); installation of ancillary facilities ; road pavement construction; and site restoration. The location of the construction compound is not yet determined and therefore its impact on residential property cannot yet be defined. However, the aim will be to locate this away from built up areas. The main construction activities involve heavy civil engineering plant and will generate noise during the construction process. Mitigation can be provided for part of this phase with use of screening buffer, limitation on working hours (not early morning / late night), use of well maintained plant. However as the eastern route is largely on raised embankment, noise mitigation during construction is more difficult for this option. Operation: Once complete the bypass will divert existing traffic travelling from the A39 to the north of Cannington away from the village centre, thus reducing existing noise levels for inhabitants in the village. This will include traffic associated with the decommissioning of Hinkley Point A and operational traffic from Hinkley Point B. However, traffic on the new bypass will generate noise that may impact upon properties within close proximity and careful attention will be given to this important issue. The level of impact is dependent, in part, on the distance between the nearest properties and the new road, on the number of movements along the road, the types of vehicle and the speed of the traffic. Consideration of these aspects will take place as part of the detailed noise assessment and will include, where necessary, specific arrangements to mitigate noise on the nearest receptors. Mitigation may include noise barriers either at identified properties, or along the road side. Vibration It is unlikely that construction or utilisation of either route of the Cannington bypass will have a wide impact on the surrounding areas due to the likely separation distances to the nearest receptors. However, there may be a need to consider ground-borne vibration impacts if piling, demolition or other major works are required close to any vibration sensitive or historically valuable buildings or if significant movements of heavy goods vehicles are likely to occur within 40m of any properties. On the basis that the western route has significantly fewer properties within the 600m assessment zone and the fact that a large section of the eastern route will be on raised embankments, the western route is the preferred option in relation to noise.
HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1 | 205
Further Studies to be Undertaken The detailed assessment of potential noise and vibration impacts will be conducted with reference to relevant national and local legislation and guidance. The Highways Agency Design Manual for Roads and Bridges (DMRB) defines the method to be used for carrying out environmental assessment of road traffic impacts associated with development, setting out a staged process of assessing the potential noise impacts from road traffic. This method will therefore be adopted. Consultation has been held with the local Environmental Health Officer to agree the assessment scope and methodology proposed. The following assessment will therefore be undertaken: Baseline Noise Survey: Once final details of the selected route and detailed design are established the current noise survey will be reviewed to ensure it is adequate for the assessment. If additional monitoring is required, either to extend the spatial cover or to provide a wider time window, then this will be undertaken in accordance with national guidance. Infrastructure Construction Noise: Assessment of potential noise impacts during the bypass construction will be conducted using the methodology contained in BS 5228-1:2009. This will require predictive calculations based on detailed information for the construction methods and equipment to be used. The following details will be considered in the assessment:
Detailed construction programme to identify activities that may potentially give rise to significant noise and vibration impacts. The phasing and duration of the construction activities as well as the proposed hours of working. The location, number and type of any plant or machinery associated with the construction activities, with the sound power level and on-time for each item of plant. Locations of site compounds. Road Traffic Noise: The Department for Transport 'Calculation of Road Traffic Noise’ (1988) methodology will be used for the prediction of road traffic noise levels. This will require output from traffic modelling to define traffic movements. This will include, for the extent of the highway network to be studied, the identification of:
future year traffic flow data without the infrastructure elements and without the proposed new nuclear development at Hinkley (the ‘do nothing scenario’); and future year(s) traffic flow data associated with the operational phases of the development and the construction of the proposed new nuclear development at Hinkley Point C (the ‘do-something’ scenario). Mitigation: Where necessary, depending upon the outcome of the detailed assessment, mitigation measures will be employed to address any significant impacts. Vibration It is not considered that vibration will be a specific issue for either the construction or operation of either bypass route. As such no detailed vibration assessment is proposed. This will however be reviewed once scheme details are finalised.
Air Quality
Baseline Environment In terms of air quality there are no specific elements that affect the baseline between the western and eastern routes. The baseline is therefore defined in general terms. The Cannington area is not located within or near to an Air Quality Management Area (AQMA), as defined by Part IV of the Environment Act 1995. There are no AQMAs designated within the Sedgemoor District Council boundary. The main sources of air pollution within Cannington and the surrounding area are considered to be road traffic emissions and, to a lesser extent, agricultural processes. The air pollutants considered to be of primary concern within the UK, in terms of vehicle exhaust emissions, comprise fine particulate
matter (PM10) and nitrogen dioxide (NO2). Agricultural processes also have the potential to generate airborne dust particles and to release substances such as ammonia which may be give rise to local odour issues and contribute to atmospheric aerosol formation. The UK Air Quality Archive will be accessed to obtain further background air pollutant concentrations,
particularly annual mean NO2 and PM10 concentrations, for the 1km x 1km grid squares encompassing
206 | HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1
the respective by-pass routes. Furthermore, existing traffic flow data on the local road network within the study area would be used in the dispersion modelling study to estimate existing air pollutant concentrations at sensitive receptors located adjacent to the assessed road network (the baseline scenario). As part of the initial assessment of the bypass options a review of the number of residential properties within 200m of the traffic routes has been undertaken. For the eastern bypass 120 properties were identified whilst for the western route the number is 36. An initial assessment was also made of the properties within 200m of the existing road network (i.e. the C182 through Cannington) that would be replaced (in terms of through traffic) by the bypass. This showed a total of approximately 570 properties.
Assessment/Studies Undertaken to Date Consultation with West Somerset Council and Sedgemoor District Council has been undertaken and data currently held by them collected.
Both authorities currently only carry out NO2 monitoring, with the majority of monitoring performed within the key urban areas (Bridgwater and Williton).
Key Potential Issues The air quality issues associated with either route of the proposed Cannington bypass will include:
dust emissions generated from earth excavation works and removal of material during construction, which would have the potential to cause nuisance to, and soiling of, sensitive receptors and buildings;
emissions of air pollutants NO2 and PM10 from Hinkley Point C construction and operational traffic, which would have the potential to adversely impact local air quality at sensitive receptors. On the whole, dust can be minimised by following best practice guidance, without any significant difficulty or cost. However, the real issue will be the perceived (or actual) impact of increased emissions within close proximity to residential or other sensitive receptors. Consequently, the assessment will ensure that the changes in air quality at the sensitive receptors such as schools and colleges as well as houses are transparent and easy to compare National Air Quality Objectives are unlikely to be exceeded in the Cannington area. On the basis of the lower number of potentially affected sensitive receptors along the western route, this is the preferred option with respect to air quality.
Further Studies to be Undertaken Construction: In order to facilitate the assessment of air quality impacts relating to the construction phase of the proposed bypass, the following data will be collated:
a construction programme for the proposed bypass; the location of construction compounds and detailed route alignment for the selcted option. The principal air quality issue during the construction of the bypass is likely to be the generation and dispersion of dust. The selected option will be assessed with respect to the potential dust impacts relating to the construction. Appropriate meteorological data will be used to determine the local prevailing wind direction, which will allow identification of the sensitivity of receptors in proximity to proposed sites, with respect to fugitive dust emissions. Operation: In order to facilitate the assessment of air quality impacts relating to the operational phase of the proposed bypass (road traffic emissions), the following data will be collated:
the ‘with’ and ‘without’ Hinkley Point C construction traffic data for the peak construction year; the ‘with’ and ‘without’ Hinkley Point C traffic data for the proposed first (or other appropriate) operational year; and the road network coverage to be assessed which, along with the scope of the assessment, would be agreed with the local Environmental Health Officer.
HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1 | 207
Air quality assessment will be undertaken on any roads where the construction and/or operations would result in:
an increase in traffic flows of 10% and above on roads with Average Annual Daily Traffic (AADT) of 10,000 vehicles per day; a significant alteration to the composition of the traffic using that road link, such as an increase in the proportion of HGV traffic; or a significant change in the annual average speed on the road network, such as that caused by increased congestion.
Air quality impacts will be assessed in terms of vehicle emissions of NO2 and PM10 above the baseline traffic scenario for the year of peak construction and first year of operation. A detailed assessment will be undertaken using an appropriate atmospheric dispersion model suitable for road traffic (e.g. ADMS Roads), incorporating local meteorological conditions and facilitating model validation and verification with local monitoring data. This will allow for a more accurate assessment of vehicular emissions to air than using the Design Manual for Roads and Bridges (DMRB) methodology.
Landscape and Visual Amenity
Baseline Environment Cannington village lies on a ridge that rises from the lowlands to the east of the village and runs in a westerly direction. Both bypass routes lie over the flat and low-lying Parrett floodplain, with the Stockland foothills to the west and the Quantocks foothills character area to the south-west. The main settlements within this character area comprise a number of small villages and hamlets widely dispersed around a network of minor roads that lead off the A39 Bridgwater-Minehead road. The Quantock Hills are the nearest designated Area of Outstanding Natural Beauty (AONB) and are located 6km to the south-west. Within Cannington itself, the centre of the village is identified as a Conservation Area, listed buildings are located, predominantly along the High Street, Fore Street and East Street, and in the vicinity of the Cannington Priory. Furthermore, a number of Scheduled Monuments are located within the Cannington area. The western route is located predominantly within national landscape character ‘Area 146 Vale of Taunton and Quantock Fringes’, which is broadly characterised by lowland, mixed farming landscape with dense hedges, sparse woodland and frequent settlement. The local landscape character is defined in ‘Sedgemoor District Landscape Assessment and Countryside Design’ (2003) as the ‘Stockland Hills’, which is characterised by hills rising gently above the levels of Streart Peninsula to the south and west of Cannington Park. Copses, coverts and other woodland blocks are a feature of this area which, together with remaining hedgerows, provide some opportunity for the development to be absorbed into the landscape. Conversely, tree and hedgerow removal in some localities has significantly reduced this potential. The hill at Cannington Park was a hill fort site. The woodland cover on its crest and north side makes this a locally prominent landscape feature, particularly in views from the Combwich road to the north-east. Traditional building materials include lias limestone, brick, render and clay tiles. The eastern route is predominantly within national landscape character ‘Area 142 Somerset Levels and Moors’, which is broadly characterised by low-lying farmland and wetland. The local landscape character is defined by Sedgemoor District as the ‘Levels and Moors’. This area is covered by several sub areas, which are characterised by flat topography, numerous rhynes and ditches which are often sinuous rather than straight and reed fringed ponds. Traditional farm buildings are present, as well as a landmark church tower.
208 | HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1
Assessment/Studies Undertaken to Date A number of viewpoints have been initially recorded to show the potential visibility of both bypass options in the surrounding landscape. Those viewpoints will be refined during the consultation process and a final list of principal and secondary viewpoints will be established to assess the visual impact of the bypass options from a variety of locations. From these, it will be possible to appreciate the scale and impact on the surrounding landscape character and visual fields. The initial visual survey study revealed limited visibility of the proposed bypass options in the surrounding landscape due to the rolling topography and vegetation (western route) and flat topography (eastern route) with a number of hedgerows providing good screening of low development views. The visual envelope of the proposed options and the final list of principal and secondary viewpoints will be mapped using contour plans and aerial photographs, following consultation and further site visits.
Key Potential Issues The proposed development has the potential to change the character and appearance of the local landscape. The main landscape impacts associated with the construction of the western bypass would be the loss of landscape features, including hedgerows, trees, areas of grassland and farmland. Potential exists for an effective landscape mitigation strategy, which would reduce the landscape impact of the completed scheme and help integrate it with the surrounding landscape. Mixed deciduous woodland and hedgerow trees are a characteristic, but declining, component of this lowland landscape; therefore opportunity exists to create new landscape elements as part of the mitigation strategy. Potential also exists for effective screening of the proposed option by tree and hedgerow planting from sensitive viewpoints. The landscape impacts associated with the construction of the eastern bypass would include the loss of vegetation, including hedgerows, trees, scrub, and areas of grassland and farmland. The impact on the landscape character would be of higher significance due to high tranquillity of this area and the limited amount of built development in the vicinity of the proposed route. The area offers potential for visual screening of the completed scheme due to level topography bu this in itself would impact on the existing views from Cannington across the levels. The construction of either bypass option would result in increased lighting (potentially from both the permanent development and temporary construction), which may impact on surrounding residential areas and natural environment. Changes to the existing lighting regime will need to be carefully considered. Where appropriate, shielding should be used to reduce this impact as much as possible, especially in the context of nationally and internationally important designations which might be potentially affected by the construction and operation of the eastern bypass. Landscaping and cutting/embanking of any bypass option will be critical in reducing the landscape impact of a bypass. On the basis of the following the western bypass is defined as the preferred option with respect to the landscape and visual impact:
the lower number of potentially affected sensitive landscape elements along the western route; the potential visual impact on the national and international designations in the proximity of the eastern route; lower tranquility of the landscape along the western route; and the western route corridor, which contains more built elements including local roads.
HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1 | 209
Further Studies to be Undertaken Along with desk-based research, further surveys will include detailed information on designated areas, a detailed description of landscape character and the identification of areas of particular sensitivity, including settlements and dwellings which may be adversely affected. Consideration will also be given to any mitigation requirements. These elements will also be supported by mapping of the landscape character and sensitivities. Information including existing levels of light pollution, and quality of the study area will be collated and described.
Archaeology and Cultural Heritage
Baseline Environment There are two Scheduled Monuments located to the north-west of Cannington: an Iron Age/Romano- British settlement and an Iron Age hillfort, Cynwit Castle, which is also known as Cannington Camp. The centre of Cannington is a Conservation Area. There are 33 Listed Buildings within the study area (see below), of which four are Grade I, one is Grade II* and 28 are Grade II. 13 of these buildings are also located within the Conservation Area. An early Christian cemetery of Roman and Early Medieval period, located to the north-west of Cannington, was originally a Scheduled Monument. Archaeological excavation in advance of quarrying recorded over 400 graves ranging in date from AD350 – 800. Cannington is first identified in the Saxon Charters. The place name derives from the Saxon for ‘ridge’ and ‘settlement’ (Cantuc-ton). Numerous archaeological sites and find spots, ranging from the prehistoric to the post-medieval period, are recorded in the vicinity of Cannington.
Assessment/Studies Undertaken to Date A Cultural Heritage Desk Based Assessment (DBA), encompassing a study area of approximately 1400ha around Cannington, has been undertaken. Searches of the National Monuments Record (NMR) and Somerset Historic Environment Record (HER) identified 103 known or suspected cultural heritage sites or find spots within the study area. The Somerset Record Office, the Portable Antiquities Scheme and Aerial Photographs were not consulted during this preliminary assessment and a walkover of the study area was not conducted. A detailed DBA will be carried out for the preferred route option and the chosen locations of the additional infrastructure, if appropriate. Preliminary discussions have been undertaken with Somerset County Council Historic Environment Service (HES), archaeological advisors to Sedgemoor District Council. A staged approach, comprising walkover surveys and geophysical surveys in the first instance, has been agreed. The results of non- intrusive surveys would inform the design of trial trenching or set-piece excavation, as appropriate, once the final route option has been determined. The results of the staged assessment (desk-studies, geophysical survey and trial trenching, as appropriate) will inform the design of appropriate mitigation to address potential impacts from construction.
Key Potential Issues Surviving archaeological remains located within the footprint of either bypass route would be wholly, or partially, removed by any groundworks associated with the construction phase. The settings of Scheduled Monuments and Listed Buildings could be adversely affected by the bypass. Planning Policy Guidance 16: Archaeology and Planning (PPG16) states that, where preservation in situ would not be feasible, preservation by record would be acceptable mitigation for the impacts of construction on archaeological remains. Preservation by record would comprise investigation and recording of archaeological remains in advance of construction and would adhere to the Institute of Field Archaeologists’ ‘Standards and Guidance for Excavation’, (2008). Should archaeological excavation and recording be required, this would be followed by an appropriate programme of post-excavation works, comprising assessment, analysis, publication and archiving in accordance with English Heritage guidance Managing Archaeological Projects (MAP2). The conclusion from this initial assessment of the two bypass options is that there are fewer known
210 | HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1
cultural heritage sites, and they are of relatively less importance, along the eastern route. Those that are present mainly consist of medieval and post-medieval field systems and flood banks. There is a higher concentration of cultural heritage sites to the west of Cannington, although many of these are recorded as destroyed or impacted upon by either quarrying or agricultural works. Both these sites and the Scheduled Monuments to the west of Cannington will add constraints to the construction of a bypass to the west. The potential for previously unknown, or unsuspected, achaeological remains on either route option will be determined by non-intrusive and intrusive evaluation.
Further Studies to be Undertaken These studies will be undertaken in consultation with Somerset County Council Historic Environment Service and English Heritage.
Amenity and Recreation
Baseline Environment The Cannington area is well served by a network of public footpaths and bridleways (Public Rights of Way, (PRoW)), as well as permissive paths. Recreation is generally informal and predominantly consists of cycling, walking, horse riding, bird watching, and fishing. There is a recreational playing field on the northern outskirts of Cannington. In addition, Bridgwater College Cannington Campus has a golf course and horse riding facilities on the eastern side of Cannington, which are open to the public.
Assessment/Studies Undertaken to Date Details of the construction and operational activities and footprints of the bypass options have been examined against the recreational assets and activities in the surrounding area.
Key Potential Issues A number of public rights of way and permissive paths cross the study area would be severed by each of the bypass options. These footpaths may need to be temporarily closed/diverted or have specific access provision created, such as appropriate passing places designed into the scheme. The eastern bypass option cuts through Public Rights of Way and permissive paths in seven locations, whilst the western bypass cuts through one Public Right of Way. The eastern route has the potential to cause noise disturbance and visual disruption to the areas where golf and angling are known to take place, whilst the western route has the potential to cause noise disturbance to the recreational activities carried out at Brymore School. On balance, in the context of amenity and recreation, the western route would cause less disruption.
Further Studies to be Undertaken When further details of bypass construction and operation are available, the following will be assessed:
The identification of any construction or operational phase closure or diversion to Public Rights of Way on permissive paths, including the assessment of any changes in journey time, and identifying whether risks to safety arise (and would therefore need mitigating); The assessment of construction or operational disturbance (noise and visual intrusion) to Public Rights of Way and to recreational activities such as angling and golfing; The assessment of loss of golf course lands. In order to support the quantification of potential impacts in the above assessment, additional data will be collected on the number of users of the golf course, equestrian centre and footpaths. Data will be collected through consultation with the golf course and equestrian centre owner/operator, and through short counts of relevant footpaths (permissive and public rights of way). Sedgemoor District Council and Somerset County Council will need to be fully consulted on any proposals to close or divert PRoW. Closures and diversions should take account of the County Council Rights of Way Improvement Plan (RoWIP) scorecard.
HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1 | 211
4.3.2 A preliminary environmental assessment of the Cannington bypass route options has been undertaken. This has established that two options are feasible, to the east and west of the village. Initial findings of the assessment indicate a western route is preferred. The final choice of route will be confirmed following Stage 1 consultation, when the views of key stakeholders will have been taken into account and more detailed assessment work carried out.
4.4 Cannington
Cannington South 4.4.1 Land to the south of Cannington has also been identified as a potentially suitable area to accommodate some or all of the following land uses:
a campus to accommodate up to 200 construction workers; a park and ride facility; and a freight consolidation facility for road-borne freight. Section 4.5 of the Consultation on Initial Proposals and Options document provides further details. The search area is identified on Figure 10.14.
Cannington North-West 4.4.2 Land to the north-west of Cannington (which includes Cannington Quarry) has been identified as a potentially suitable area to accommodate some or all of the following land uses:
a park and ride facility; a freight consolidation facility for road-borne and/or water borne freight; and a spoil disposal site. Further details are provided in Section 4.6 of the Consultation on Initial Proposals and Options document and the search area is identified on Figure 10.14.
Cannington Central 4.4.3 Land in the centre of Cannington has been identified as a potentially suitable location to accommodate a campus for up to 120 beds with a legacy use for Cannington College. Assessment work has recently commenced and when available the conclusions will inform the selection of a preferred site. Further details are provided in Section 4.7 of the Consultation on Initial Proposals and Options document.
Geology, Land Use and Soils
Baseline Environment Cannington North-West A number of different geological units outcrop over the search area, which is underlain by a combination of 1st River Terrace Deposits (comprising approximately 50% of the search area), Carboniferous Limestone (approximately 25%), Mercia Mudstone Group (approximately 20%) and Otter Sandstone Formation (5%). The key outcrop is the Carboniferous Limestone which typically outcrops as a grey limestone. This is exploited commercially and there is a dormant, water filled quarry (the disused Cannington Quarry) within the search area. ‘The Somerset Minerals Local Plan’ (2004) indicates that the area lies within the Mineral Consultation Area for Cannington Park/Castle Hill Quarries. The Mineral Consultation Area has been designated as an area in which development is likely to affect or be affected by the winning and working of a mineral deposit. The soils in the search area are formed on the more freely draining geologies and are generally well drained, loamy, well structured soils, defined as versatile in their use. Provisional ALC plans show this area as good quality Grade 2 land. With the exception of Cannington Quarry itself, the search area is
212 | HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1
predominantly in agricultural use (mainly arable production but with small areas of grassland). Cannington South This search area is formed on the Mercia Mudstone Group. The only variation to this is a small band of Alluvium covering the mudstone along the banks of the Cannington Brook. The soils in the search area are formed primarily on the solid geology (Mercia Mudstone group) and are therefore clayey/loamy groundwater gley soils with relatively poor drainage characteristics. The area is also subject to flooding from Cannington Brook. The provisional ALC maps indicate the area to be Grade 3 (undifferentiated). The search area is in agricultural use and is currently grazing land.
Assessment/Studies Undertaken to Date An intial desk-based assessment has been completed in respect of the Cannington South search area. A similar assessment is being undertaken in respect of the Cannington North-West search area.
Key Potential Issues Cannington North-West The loss of land forming part of the agricultural unit with good quality (Grade 2) land is a key issue. Mitigation for this could include minmising land-take, adoption of good soils management practices and a high standard of restoration for the reinstatement of temporary use areas. The key issue in relation to geology is the potential for the sterilisation of the limestone reserves in this area, as identified within the ‘Minerals Local Plan’. Where the development is temporary, i.e. park and ride and freight consolidation facilities, then this can be removed post-construction of the Hinkley Point C development and no sterilisation will occur. Should back-filling of the quarry occur the potential reserves will be lost. Cannington South As above, the key issue for the search area relates to the loss of agricultural land.
Further Studies to be Undertaken Cannington North-West Further assessment will be undertaken to define the potential mineral reserves that may be affected by this development. This will include assessment of reserves within Cannington Quarry (potential for deeper working) and the extent of potential un-worked reserves in the wider area. Both In terms of soils and land use, agricultural soil surveys will be undertaken to confirm the ALC grading of the land and allow specification of soils management practices.
Land Contamination and Waste
Baseline Environment Cannington North-West Details of the historical land uses for the search area are currently unknown. Information on the Environment Agency’s website indicates that the disused Cannington Quarry may have been used as a landfill and records indicate that household waste may have been permitted to in-fill the quarry. The’ Minerals Local Plan’ identifies that the disused Cannington Quarry may be reopened subject to improved access arrangements. According to Ordnance Survey maps and aerial photographs, a pond remains at the bottom of the quarry. Therefore, although it is possible that the bottom of the quarry was in-filled and landfill operations were ceased prior to restoration, it is considered unlikely that any landfilling has taken place. Cannington South From historic maps it appears that the search area has remained in agricultural use and was relatively unchanged from 1887 until at least 1974. Orchards have occupied small parts of the eastern and
HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1 | 213
western sectors since 1887 but these are not present on more recent maps. A small quarry was located adjacent to the northern boundary of the search area until at least 1930. There are no records of Control of Major Accident Hazards Sites (COMAH), Notification of Installations Handling Hazardous Substances sites (NIHHS), Registered Radioactive Substances Sites (RRS) or hazardous substances consents within a 500m radius of the search area. An effective IPPC permit is held by Yeo Valley Farms (Production) Limited approximately 225m to the south–west of the search area. However this has no implications regarding potential contamination. There are 13 current and former entries listed in the Trade Directory within a 500m radius of the search area. None of these have been identified as a potential source of contamination. There are no records of operational landfill sites, IPPC registered waste sites, licensed waste management facilities, waste transfer sites or waste treatment sites within a radius of 500m of the search area. A historical landfill site is located approximately 40m to the south of the search area. Shepard Hill Civil Engineering Limited was the waste operator and disposed of soil, subsoil and naturally occurring excavated material. The landfill operations ceased in 1993.
Assessment/Studies Undertaken to Date A desk-based review of available information has been completed.
Key Potential Issues No key issues have been identified with respect to contamination or waste at this stage. However, land raising and the presence of a former oil depot to the north of the search area indicate a potential but low risk.
Further Studies to be Undertaken A full Phase 1 contaminated land desk study of the search areas will be undertaken to identify any potential sources of contamination. Subject to the findings of this study, further investigation may be required. To confirm that no contamination has occurred from the former oil depot or from the land raising, further consultation and possible on-site assessment will be undertaken.
Hydrogeology
Baseline Environment Cannington North-West The groundwater vulnerability map indicates that the majority of the search area overlies a Minor Aquifer (the 1st terrace deposits). These are shown as having soils of intermediate permeability so are vulnerable to surface contamination. The remainder of the search area, primarily the south- western sector, overlies either a Non Aquifer (the Mercia Mudstone Group) or a Major Aquifer (Carboniferous Limestone and Otter Sandstone). Currently no information has been collated in relation to groundwater levels, flow or chemistry for the search area. However, groundwater is present within the currently dormant quarry. In terms of groundwater use, the search area does not lie within a currently defined Source Protection Zone. The closest Source Protection Zone (Inner Zone) is located approximately 7km west of the study area. Cannington South The search area is formed on the Mercia Mudstones which are classified by the Environment Agency as non-aquifer. The search area does not therefore hold any significant groundwater resources. A shallow perched groundwater table is likely to be present within these clayey soils over the winter months but this only has implications for site use and construction and does not present any potential environmental impacts. There are four existing groundwater abstractions within 600m of the search area, two for the Yeo Valley plant to the south-west and two for Bridgwater College to the north-east. During consultation with the Environment Agency the Yeo Valley boreholes were identified as being of particular sensitivity. However, these are some 300m to 400m from the search area and up a hydraulic gradient.
214 | HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1
Assessment/Studies Undertaken to Date A desk-based review of available information has been undertaken.
Key Potential Issues Cannington North-West One option is to backfill the Cannington Quarry with excess spoil arising from the construction of the Hinkley Point C development. As the quarry is within a major aquifer and any filling would be below the groundwater table (the quarry already has a groundwater fed pond in its base), the key issues will be the potential for any imported fill to contaminate this groundwater resource. The proposed development of park and ride and freight consolidation facilities does not raise any issues for this area beyond the application of normal pollution control measures to ensure no spillages infiltrate into the aquifer. Cannington South No issues have been identified at this stage relating to hydrogeology or groundwater.
Further Studies to be Undertaken Cannington North-West Should the option for backfilling of Cannington Quarry be pursued then a detailed assessment of the groundwater regime at the site will be undertaken. This will involve establishing the groundwater levels, hydraulic gradient and groundwater chemistry as well as understanding the other operations in the area that may impact on groundwater levels. Cannington South No further assessments have been identified.
Hydrology, Drainage and Flood Defence
Baseline Environment Cannington North-West Surface water drainage within the search area is dominated by the presence of the Cannington Quarry and topography (as well as soil and geology). Surface water run-off will either flow into the quarry, northward into Putnall Rhyne and from there into the River Parrett via Tuckett’s Clyce outfall, or eastward into the lands to the north-east of Cannington, which are drains maintained and managed by the Somerset Consortium of Drainage Boards, or into the Cannington Brook. The search area is in Flood Zone 1 and, therefore, is not at major risk of flooding. Cannington South The Cannington area is covered by the Parrett CFMP. Flood Zone 3b (Functional Floodplain), following the line of the Cannington Brook close to the centre of the village, runs through the search area. The majority of the village and surrounding area is, however, in Flood Zone 1 and therefore not at major risk of flooding. The main sources of recorded flood incidences in the surrounding area are associated with surface water. Cannington Brook is the watercourse that provides drainage for the site area.
Assessment/Studies Undertaken to Date An initial desk-based assessment has been undertaken.
HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1 | 215
Key Potential Issues Cannington North-West Flood risk issues are limited, as the area is geographically distant from potential flood risk areas and there are no direct drains that would be affected. The development of hardstanding for freight consolidation could result in an increase in peak fluvial flows entering Putnall Rhyne, which could result in an increase in the depth or extent of flooding in the South Moor area, with implications and impacts on land use, without mitgation. Cannington South Development within this area could result in the loss of functional floodplain, depending on final development locations. Development over any of the drains within the search area that outfall into
Cannington Brook could result in localised drainage impacts; although this will be avoided through sensible design and mitigation. The development of hardstanding could result in an increase in peak fluvial flows entering Cannington Brook, altering flood flows within the Brook. This could cause more frequent or more extensive flooding beside the Cannington Brook, with implications and impacts on land use and property. Again, mitigation measures would be adopted to minimise any impacts, including the use of Sustainable Drainage Systems.
Further Studies to be Undertaken A Flood Risk Assessment will be completed, in accordance with accepted methodology.
Freshwater Quality
Baseline Environment Cannington North-West The area is on raised ground within generally permeable geologies and as such no surface water channels have been identified. The site contains a partially flooded quarry which now forms a surface water feature due to the inflow of groundwater. Cannington South The main watercourse in the search area is the Cannington Brook, which flows through the centre of the area and at this point is formed of a single channel. As a relatively low lying site on predominantly poorly drained soils the area is also crossed by a number of minor ditches and watercourses that drain the adjacent fields. These all discharge into the Cannington Brook. Published Environment Agency data indicates a moderate ecological status for the Cannington Brook. However, Cannington Brook is designated as Chemical Grade A (very good), i.e. containing a natural ecosystem, suitable for salmonid and cyprinid fisheries and may be used for potable water supply at the Environment Agency’s sampling location (sampling undertaken down stream of the proposed search area). At Cannington Brook’s confluence with the River Parrett (approximately 2km to the east) there is also an old siphon system that allows water from the Cannington Brook to be fed under the Parrett and into the Pawlett Hams on the eastern bank. This area is a SSSI. This combination of high water quality and discharge into a protected habitat make the Cannington Brook a sensitive receptor.
Assessment/Studies Undertaken to Date No assessments have been undertaken to date.
216 | HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1
Key Potential Issues Cannington North-West No issues have been identified to date. Cannington South Construction work could result in bare ground run-off, accidental spillage or other long-term emissions of liquids in run-off from the site discharging direct into the Cannington Brook. Such events would result in the deterioration of chemical and biological water quality within the Brook and may, if not identified early and controlled, impact on the Pawlett Hams. These are typical potential impacts for a scheme of this nature (both construction and operational phases). Effective mitigation measures will be adopted and therefore surface water is not expected to be a key issue.
Further Studies to be Undertaken A desk study review of the potential surface water bodies, quality standards and objectives will be undertaken.
Terrestrial Flora and Fauna
Baseline Environment Cannington North-West Cannington Quarry itself is approximately 180m by 160m in size. It is surrounded on the north, east and west sides by a tall (~80m) exposed rock face. The bowl of the quarry is filled with water of an unknown depth. Relatively dense broad-leaved scrub/woodland occurs around the edge of the quarry. Cannington South The search area is characterised by agricultural fields, most of which are used for stock grazing (cattle, sheep and horses). The field boundaries are formed by hedgerows, fences and watercourses. Although the hedgerows vary in composition and structure, there is potential for a proportion to be ecologically important under the Hedgerow Regulations 1997. There are two main watercourses present, the Cannington Brook and a tributary of the Brook, both of which pass through the western part of the search area. The Cannington Brook is lined by mature broad-leaved trees and is also designated as a County Wildlife Site (CWS) for the protected species it supports.
Assessment/Studies Undertaken to Date A preliminary assessment has been completed of the Cannington South search area.
Key Potential Issues Cannington North-West Using the quarry for soil disposal would result in the permanent loss of the aquatic habitat within Cannington Quarry which is highly likely to be used by birds and may be used for foraging by bats and otter. Cliff habitat is limited in the area (notwithstanding the active Cannington Quarry, which may be too disturbed to be used by protected species) and there is therefore the potential for the local bat roosting resource and the resource to ledge nesting bird species to be considerably diminished (if notable species are found to be present). It is likely that surrounding scrub/woodland vegetation will be retained, thereby minimising affects from land take on species using these habitat types. Local disturbance effects are possible. Cannington South Whilst most of the habitats present are likely to be of limited biodiversity value, this could involve the removal of hedgerows (a Biodiversity Action Plan – priority habitat). This would reduce local connectivity and could sever habitat corridors used by species such as bats and dormice. The search area is already subject to reduced connectivity to the wider area due to the network of roads and the urban areas of Cannington, so the effect of this may be limited.
HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1 | 217
Land take will also reduce the habitat available to protected species for foraging, commuting and resting and could affect the favourable conservation status of European Protected Species such as bats, otter or great crested newt. Construction also has the potential to result in harm to and disturbance of protected species. Appropriate environmental measures will be implemented during the construction and operation of the site to ensure potentially negative effects on habitats and species are minimised. This may include obtaining licences from Natural England, specific site clearance and working methods and sensitive site design.
Further Studies to be Undertaken A Phase 1 Habitat Survey and species specific surveys (as necessary) will be completed in accordance with accepted methodology.
Transportation
Baseline Environment The main access road serving Hinkley Point is the C182, which runs from Hinkley Point to the village of Cannington. The C182 routes through the centre of Cannington and then joins the A39 to the south of the village at the junction of Main Road and Brook Street. The C182 is an unlit, single-carriageway rural road generally subject to the national speed limit for such roads, i.e. 60mph. The C182 is subject to a speed limit of 30mph where it routes through the village of Cannington, the limit changes to 40mph as north-bound traffic exits the village towards Hinkley Point. The A39 runs westwards towards Williton and Minehead and south-east towards Bridgwater and then east to Glastonbury. The A38 routes through Bridgwater on a predominantly north - south alignment. The A38 provides access to Bristol to the north and Taunton to the south. The M5 motorway bypasses Bridgwater to the east of the town, with two interchanges at Junctions 23 and 24. Junction 24 of the motorway is located south-east of Bridgwater and Junction 23 is located north of Bridgwater. A large proportion of Bridgwater is located between the A38 and M5.
Assessment/Studies Undertaken to Date Preliminary analysis of accident data secured for the Cannington network was carried out in 2009 and the findings of this assessment will be reported in the ES.
Key Potential Issues Cannington North-West The environmental effects of the use of the Cannington Quarry are envisaged to be low in terms of significance to the receptors in the village, because traffic would be predominantly routing to and from the quarry to Hinkley Point. The impact on the village would not be significant during the day. However, HGV traffic associated with the use of the quarry may route to and from the site via the strategic road network and, consequently, may have to travel through the village at the beginning and end of the working day. The timing of the construction and opening of the Cannington bypass will impact on the environmental effects associated with the quarry’s use, should this use pre-date the opening of the bypass. Cannington South The environmental effects of the provision of the park and ride and freight consolidation facilities at Cannington are intrinsically linked with the proposed provision of the Cannington bypass. It is for this reason that both ‘with’ and ‘without’ Cannington bypass assessments will be undertaken so that the environmental effects of both scenarios may be established. Assessment work already completed for Cannington has established that there are capacity constraints on the highway network through the village. Preliminary assessment of the performance of the Cannington highway network whilst testing the demand of the development-related traffic coupled with existing background traffic flow has informed the decision to propose a Cannington bypass as Associated Development.
218 | HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1
Further Studies to be Undertaken A Transport Assessment will be completed, in accordance with accepted methodology.
Noise and Vibration
Baseline Environment Cannington North-West Noise: The dominant noise sources will include:
quarry activities at Castle Hill Quarry (rock crusher, breakers, loaders, dump trucks); local road traffic on the proposed west Cannington bypass immediately to the south (if this option is chosen); and local road traffic on the C182 immediately to the east, and other local roads. Other intermittent noise sources include agricultural activities at Coy Farm, Rodway Farm, Putnell Farm and the Grain Depot on the C182 to the north-east of the search area. In terms of potential receptors the search area is generally in a rural location with few domestic properties. Key potential receptors will be the local farms and isolated properties to the north of Cannington. Vibration: Due to the search area’s location close to the Castle Hill Quarry there is potential for an existing vibration impact to be present. This may arise for the occasional blasting within the quarry and the trafficing of heavy machinery. However, as there are few receptors close to the quarry that may be affected by this vibration it is unlikely to have any significant bearing on potential receptors for the proposed development. Cannington South Noise: The dominant noise sources at the search area will include:
local road traffic on the A39 single-carriageway southern Cannington bypass immediately to the south; and local road traffic on Cannington High Street immediately to the north. Other intermittent noise sources will include general residential activities from Cannington which forms the northern and eastern boundaries of the search area and agricultural activities at Denman’s Farm to the east. The proposed search area comprises the land enveloped by the A39, High Street and private residential and farming premises within Cannington village. There are therefore noise sensitive receptors, primarily residential dwellings, at the boundaries that may potentially be exposed to significant noise impacts, dependent upon the final use and site layout design. In addition, once the accommodation is built, potential receptors would be within the development. Vibration: The lack of heavy industry or railways in the area leads to the conclusion that existing ground-borne vibration is unlikely to be an issue in the area. Ground-borne vibration from passing traffic may be apparent for some properties located very close to the roads, but significant vibration from this source is unlikely. Existing ground-borne vibration levels are, therefore, likely to be extremely low or negligible.
Assessment/Studies Undertaken to Date A desk-based assessment has been undertaken.
Key Potential Issues The search areas do not have a large number of potentially sensitive noise receptors. However the operations within Cannington north-west would involve HGV traffic, use of heavy civil plant to level and compact spoils, and lorry and van movements in and out of any freight consolidation facility. The potential for noise impacts to occur, if these activities are close to any receptors, is therefore the key issue.
HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1 | 219
Further Studies to be Undertaken Once the nature of the proposed development is defined baseline noise surveys will be conducted at representative sensitive locations. These locations will be agreed with the relevant authorities and monitoring undertaken in accordance with national guidelines. Assessment of potential noise impacts during the construction and operation of the development proposals will then be conducted using the methodology contained in BS 5228-1:2009. This requires predictive calculations based on detailed information for the construction methods, equipment to be used, etc. The potential activities proposed would not give rise to significant sources of vibrations. No further assessment of this issue is therefore proposed.
Air Quality
Baseline Environment Cannington North-West The search area is generally in a rural location with few domestic properties. Key potential receptors will be the local farms, Coy Farm, Rodway Farm, Putnell Farm and isolated properties to the north of Cannington. There are therefore air quality sensitive receptors at the boundaries that may potentially be exposed to impacts. Whether impacts arise is dependent upon the final use and site layout design. Cannington South Receptors for air quality impacts within this area are the private residential and farming premises on the southern perimeter of Cannington village – impacts will be minimised on these receptors through the masterplanning of the development.
Assessment/Studies Undertaken to Date A desk-based assessment has been undertaken.
Key Potential Issues Construction: The key issues associated with the construction, irrespective of the search area, would be dust emissions generated from earth excavation works and removal of material, which would have the potential to cause nuisance to, and soiling of, sensitive receptors and buildings. This is a common potential issue on construction sites and mitigation measures are well established. Cannington North-West Operation: Two key issues arise for the operational phase:
Traffic generated by the park and ride and freight consolidation facilities and lorries travelling to
and from the infill quarry. The key issue here are emissions of air pollutants NO2 and PM10 from this traffic. The impact of this would be minimised through the materplanning of the development. Dust generation during the tipping and placement of excess spoil within the quarry. Impacts would be dependent on the moisture state of the fills, weather conditions, etc., but if impacts are predicted then dust control measures, such as damping down working areas would be deployed. Cannington South
Operation: Emissions of air pollutants NO2 and PM10 from Hinkley Point C construction and operational traffic, which would have the potential to adversely impact local air quality at sensitive receptors without mitigation.
Further Studies to be Undertaken The final site design options, particularly the location of the works within the current search area, will be assessed with respect to the potential dust impacts, to minimise any impacts. This will allow identification of sensitive receptors in proximity to the proposed development site. Operation: Air quality impacts from plant and traffic will be assessed in terms of vehicle emissions of
NO2 and PM10 above the baseline traffic scenario for the year of peak construction and first year of
220 | HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1
operation. Traffic data from the transport study will be used to provide ‘with and without’ development traffic flows and lorry numbers for any quarry filling will be derived from main site design, e.g. definition of the volume and phasing of spoil at raisings. The assessment will be undertaken using accepted methodology.
Landscape and Visual Amenity
Baseline Environment Cannington North-West The search area lies over the flat and low-lying Parrett floodplain, with the Stockland foothills to the west, whilst to the south-west the character area is that of the Quantocks foothills; with the Area of Outstanding Natural Beauty (AONB) located 10km away. The area is located within national landscape character ‘Area 146 Vale of Taunton and Quantock Fringes’ and the local landscape characteristics defined as ‘Quantock Foothills.’ It is important to note that the majority of the search area is a quarry, which has experienced intensive alterations to topography and many of the original landscape elements within the site have been lost. The initial visual survey study revealed medium visibility of the site in the wider landscape due to the topography and the surrounding vegetation. The area is predominantly visible in short distance from the nearby public rights of way and local roads. Limited views are available from the local dwellings, however the low-lying parts of the quarry are screened by the surrounding landform and vegetation. Cannington South Cannington village lies on a ridge that rises from the lowlands to the east of the village, and runs in a westerly direction. The search area lies over the flat and low-lying Parrett floodplain, with the Stockland foothills to the west, whilst to the south-west the character area is that of the Quantock foothills. The Quantocks are the nearest designated AONB and are located 10km away. The search area is located within national landscape character ‘Area 146 Vale of Taunton and Quantock Fringes’. The local landscape character is defined by Sedgemoor District Council as the ‘Quantock Foothills’, which is characterised by low rolling hills with a number of settlements dispersed among the local roads, lanes and farm buildings. Old red sandstone and other local stone are used in many of the buildings. Mixed deciduous woodland and hedgerow trees are a characteristic, but declining, component of this lowland landscape. Where present, tree cover will generally offer an opportunity to minimise the impact of new development in the countryside. The higher areas adjacent to the Quantock AONB boundary are important in terms of developing the setting of the higher quality landscape beyond, and in particular the old parkland landscapes are a valuable landscape resource. The initial visual survey study revealed limited visibility of the search area in the surrounding landscape due to the dense belt of boundary vegetation, topography and the surrounding built environment. The walkers and drivers on the High Street and residents of adjacent dwellings will experience the majority of views. Medium and long distance views into the area are very limited due to the topography and vegetation. The visual envelope of the proposed options and the final list of principal and secondary viewpoints will be mapped using contour plans and aerial photographs, following consultation and further site visits.
Assessment/Studies Undertaken to Date An initial desk-based assessment and visual survey (from public rights of way) has been undertaken.
Key Potential Issues The proposed developments have the potential to change the character and appearance of the local landscape. The main landscape impacts associated with any development would be the potential loss of landscape features within the peripheries of the site, such as hedgerows, trees, areas of grassland and farmland. These impacts can be partially mitigated by the appropriate design, layout and an effective planting strategy.
HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1 | 221
Further Studies to be Undertaken Along with desk-based research, further surveys will provide detailed information on designated areas, a detailed description of landscape character, identify areas of particular sensitivity, identify opportunities for mitigation and identify settlements and dwellings which may be adversely affected. These elements will also be supported by mapping of the landscape character and sensitivities. Information including existing levels of light pollution and quality of the study area will be collated and described.
Archaeology and Cultural Heritage
Baseline Environment Cannington North-West There is only one recorded site, a post-medieval rabbit warren, within the Cannington North-West search area. However, there are two Scheduled Monuments located to the west: an Iron Age/Roman- British settlement and an Iron Age hillfort, Cynwit Castle, which is also known as Cannington Camp. An early Christian cemetery of Roman and Early Medieval date, located immediately to the west of the quarry, was originally a Scheduled Monument. Archaeological excavation in advance of quarrying recorded over 400 graves ranging in date from AD350 – 800. The Roman-British Iron Age settlements and the extensive Roman-British early-medieval cemetery located to the west, suggest that the location is an area of high archaeological potential. However, it is likely that the majority of the cemetery has been destroyed by quarrying. There are 33 Listed Buildings within the search area, including three Grade II listed buildings which are located immediately to the south. The centre of Cannington, about 1km to the south, is a Conservation Area. Cannington South There are no recorded sites or find spots within the search area, however, numerous archaeological sites and find spots, ranging in date from the prehistoric to the post-medieval period, are recorded in the vicinity of Cannington. Cannington Conservation Area, located to the north-west, abuts the north- east boundary of the search area. Undated boundary ditches, identified from crop marks on aerial photographs, are recorded immediately to the south and west of the search area. Archaeological recording in advance of pipeline construction to the south, just beyond the limits of the study area, identified prehistoric remains. Brymore School to the west is set within a post-medieval landscaped park. Within the study area there are 33 Listed Buildings of which four are Grade I, one is Grade II* and 28 are Grade II. 13 of these buildings are located within the Cannington Conservation Area.
Assessment/Studies Undertaken to Date An initial desk-based assessment has been undertaken.
Key Potential Issues Surviving archaeological remains located within the footprint of the development would be wholly, or partially, destroyed by any groundworks associated with the construction phase and the settings of the Scheduled Monuments and the Listed Buildings could be adversely affected. Cannington North-West There is a relatively high potential for unrecorded archaeological remains to survive within the area. The settings of the Scheduled Monuments would potentially be affected by the development proposed in this location. Cannington South The settings of Cannington Conservation Area and the Listed Buildings in Cannington would potentially be affected by the development proposed in this location.
222 | HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1
Further Studies to be Undertaken The scope of further detailed studies would be developed in consultation with Somerset County Council Historic Environmental Services and English Heritage. It is envisaged that desk-based assessment and walk over surveys and/or trial trenching will be carried out as appropriate.
Amenity and Recreation
Baseline Environment The Cannington area is well served by a network of public footpaths and bridleways, as well as permissive paths. Recreation is generally informal and predominantly consists of cycling, walking, horse riding, and bird watching. However, there are no footpaths directly within the area proposed for freight consolidation and spoil disposal. Cannington North-West There is a recreational playing field to the south-east of the search area. In addition, golf course and horse riding facilities are within 300m of the south-eastern extent of the search area. Cannington South There are no formal recreational facilities within 250m of the search area boundary.
Assessment/Studies Undertaken to Date An initial desk-based assessment has been undertaken.
Key Potential Issues Cannington North-West It is unlikely that any footpath severance or alterations would be expected, however this option could result in potential noise and visual disturbance to adjacent footpaths. Measures to mitigate these impacts would be implemented, including the use of landscaped bunds, where appropriate. Cannington South A number of PRoW are present within the search area and would be severed during construction and possibly during operation. These footpaths may need to be temporarily closed/diverted.
Further Studies to be Undertaken Details of the construction and operational activities will be assessed against the recreational assets and activities in the surrounding area. The assessment will consider construction and operational disturbance (noise and visual intrusion) to PRoW and to recreational assets. In order to support the quantification of potential impacts in the above assessment, additional data will be collected on the number of recreational and footpath users in the area.
HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1 | 223
4.5 M5 Junction 23
4.5.1 Junction 23 of the M5 has been identified as a potentially suitable area for the following land uses:
a park and ride facility to accommodate up to 750 cars; and a freight consolidation facility for road-borne freight. The two search areas for land around Junction 23 have been identified in Figure 10.15.
Geology, Land Use and Soils
Baseline Environment Both search areas are underlain by drift deposits consisting of Estuarine Alluvium, which are themselves underlain by the Blue Lias Formation. Estuarine Alluvium typically comprises fine grained deposits of silt and clay but may comprise poorly sorted sand and gravels within a fine grained matrix. The Blue Lias Formation generally comprises inter-bedded mudstone, clay and limestone. The land uses of the search area are not known in detail at this stage. The western areas are, however, currently thought to be either permanent grassland, conservation grassland (hay or silage) or arable uses. The eastern section of the search area adjacent to the A38 is split between the car park for the vehicle auction site (north section) and an area of partial land raising (approximately 1.5m of imported fill) and is currently unused. The soil in the J23-A search area is deep, stoneless, calcareous, clayey soil, developed over marine alluvium. These heavy soils are impermeable and artificial drainage is required for cultivation. Groundwater levels in the fields close to the River Parrett are controlled by ditches and pumps. The indicative ALC for the search area is Grade 3 (undifferentiated). The main limitation to agricultural cultivation and cropping is seasonal wetness and high groundwater table levels. None of the search area is part of any agri-environment scheme. The nature of the soil of the J23-A search area is unknown at this stage.
Assessment/Studies Undertaken to Date Desk-based assessment.
Key Potential Issues The key issues relate to loss of agricultural land and damage to soils. Construction: The construction of the proposed Associated Development within the search area will result in permanent loss of agricultural land uses. These impacts could be minimised by locating the development, either in whole or part, on the already disturbed land of each search area, where possible. The heavy impermeable soils of this area are difficult to work. To prevent soil damage during stripping, handling and stockpiling or removal off-site, a soil management plan will be required to enable appropriate restoration of the site, post construction and during operation. Operation: There is unlikely to be any further loss or damage to soils or land use during the operational stages.
Further Studies to be Undertaken Soil and Agricultural Land Classification field surveys will be undertaken.
Land Contamination and Waste
Baseline Environment On historic maps dating back to 1930, Dunball Wharf and the Dunball Manure works are idenitifed to the south of the J23-A search area. On the 1969 map the area to the immediate north of this is shown as a petrol depot. This has now been removed and the area is currently a vehicle auction centre. The car parking for the auction centre forms the north-eastern boundary of the J23-A search area, whilst the south-east land appears to be part of land raising works with the use of imported fill. A large soil
224 | HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1
stockpile is formed along the A38 which is assumed to be the topsoil. The western sections of the search area are in agricultural use (and have been since at least 1886). A registered waste transfer site is located approximately 400m to the east of the J23-A search area at Dunball Depot. This site is operated by Somerset Works (Western Region) and is licenced (ref: 485/H) to transfer very small quantities of waste (less than 10,000 tonnes per year). Baseline data for the J23-B search area is currently being obtained.
Assessment/Studies Undertaken to Date EDF Energy has undertaken the following assessments in respect of the J23-A search area:
historic map search; review of information held by the Environment Agency; and envirocheck report. These assessments/studies are also being undertaken in respect of the J23-B search area.
Key Potential Issues There are unlikely to be any significant issues relating to land contamination and waste.
Further Studies to be Undertaken Phase 1 Desk-Based Contamination Assessment will be undertaken in respect of both search areas.
Hydrogeology
Baseline Environment The J23-A search area does not lie within a Source Protection Zone. The groundwater vulnerability map indicates that the northern sector of the search area predominantly overlies a Minor Aquifer whilst the southern sector overlies a Non Aquifer. The baseline data for the J23-B search area is currently being obtained.
Assessment/Studies Undertaken to Date An initial desk-based assessment has been undertaken of the J23-A search area. This assessment will also be undertaken in respect of the J23-B search area.
Key Potential Issues During construction and operation there is a risk of, accidents causing spillage of contaminative materials which may subsequently infiltrate into the groundwater, as the search area overlies a Minor Aquifer. This type of risk is, however, common to the construction and operation of such facilities and standard control measures will be developed and incorporated into the design. On the basis of adoption of best practice design standards, no key issues are likely to arise during construction or operation in relation to groundwater.
Further Studies to be Undertaken The Desk-based environmental baseline assessment will be undertaken for the J23-B search area.
Hydrology, Drainage and Flood Defence
Baseline Environment Surface water drainage is controlled by the ditches and rhynes that outfall into the River Parrett. The drains are maintained and managed by the Somerset Consortium of Drainage Boards. Due to the level topography of the J23-A search area, drainage can be tidally influenced. The J23-A search area lies within Flood Zone 3a. Baseline data for the J23-B search area is currently being obtained.
HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1 | 225
Assessment/Studies Undertaken to Date An initial desk-based assessment has been undertaken of the J23-A search area. This assessment will also be undertaken in respect of the J23-B search area.
Key Potential Issues The J23-A search area lies in Flood Zone 3a and, therefore, there may be issues regarding specific uses and activities in terms of the sequential test embodied in PPS25: Development and Flood Risk. Hardstanding associated with the park and ride and freight consolidation facilities, could result in an increase in peak fluvial flows entering the River Parrett. Although likely to be very small in comparison to flood flows within the River Parrett, this could result in an increase in the depth or extent of flooding in the Bridgwater area. Mitigation measures to reduce the exacerbation of flood risk are straightforward and would be incorporated as part of any development, including use of Sustainable Drainage Systems (SuDS).
Further Studies to be Undertaken Assessment of any direct effects on watercourses and drains would be undertaken in consultation with the Somerset Consortium of Drainage Boards, to ensure that appropriate design measures are incorporated. Flood Risk Assessments would be completed in accordance with the approach set out in PPS25.
Freshwater Quality
Baseline Environment The river floodplain immediately to the west of the J23-A search area is drained by a network of land drainage channels which discharge to the tidal sections of the River Parrett via a series of tidal gates. One of these drainage channels crosses from the south-east section of the search area to its western perimeter and beyond. The King Sedgemoor Drain discharges into the River Parrett 300m to the south- east of the search area. However, there appears to be no hydraulic connection between the area and this drain. There are no surface water gauging stations in the tidal section of the River Parrett and the local surface water drainage channels are not monitored. However, published Environment Agency data indicates a moderate ecological status for the tidal River Parrett. The King Sedgemoor Drain has not been given an ecological status classification. This Drain has been given a Water Quality Grade B (good) status for ammonia, but Grade D (poor) due to its marginal quality dissolved oxygen and biochemical oxygen demand contents. There are ten records of consent to discharge to controlled waters within a 500m radius of the J23-A search area. The majority of these discharges are for treated sewage effluents, except for two trade effluent discharges, the first for agricultural and the second process waters. There are no surface water abstractions within 500m of the J23-A search area. Baseline data for the J23-B search area is currently being obtained.
Assessment/Studies Undertaken to Date An initial desk-based assessment has been undertaken of the J23-A search area. This assessment will also be undertaken in respect of the J23-B search area.
Key Potential Issues During construction and operation there is a risk of accidents causing spillage of contaminative materials which may subsequently infiltrate into the surface water. However this is common to all schemes and standard control measures will be developed and incorporated into the design. On the basis of adoption of best practice design standards, no key issues are likely to arise during construction or operation of the proposed land uses in relation to surface water.
Further Studies to be Undertaken Full desk-based environmental studies will be undertaken in respect of both search areas.
226 | HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1
Terrestrial Flora and Fauna
Baseline Environment The J23-A search area comprises a mix of habitat types including, agricultural fields, grassland (likely to be nutrient rich) and arable crop, hedgerows and ditches. The hedgerows appear to be largely intact and, therefore, may be species-rich and ecologically ‘important’ under the Hedgerow Regulations 1997. The northern boundary appears particularly dense and may also support mature broad-leaved trees. One pond is shown on the OS 1:25,000 basemap as being present within the search area. A further pond is shown adjacent to the western boundary. Within 1km of the J23-A search area, a range of bird species have been recorded including two Schedule 1 species, kingfisher and hen harrier. In the wider area, kingfisher, barn owl and bittern have all been recorded from Chilton Trinity Pond, approximately 2km south of the J23-A search area. The intensively farmed agricultural habitats that dominate the search area are unlikely to be attractive to these species, although kingfisher may use local drainage ditches for foraging, breeding and commuting. Badgers have been recorded to the north-east of the search area and there are records from the 1980s of otters on the River Parrett and tributaries from the 1980s. Baseline data for the J23-B search area is currently being obtained.
Assessment/Studies Undertaken to Date A preliminary assessment, using aerial photographs and desk study information, has been undertaken in respect of the J23-A search area. This assessment will also be undertaken in respect of the J23-B search area.
Key Potential Issues Whilst most of the habitats within the search area appear likely to be of limited biodiversity value, the development could result in permanent land take of habitats that are listed as being a priority under the UK Biodiversity Action Plan (e.g. hedgerows) and which are used by protected species. Appropriate environmental measures will be implemented during the construction and operation phases to ensure potentially negative effects on habitats and species are minimised.
Further Studies to be Undertaken A Phase 1 Habitat Survey and species specific surveys (as necessary) will be undertaken in accordance with accepted methodology.
Transportation
Baseline Environment Consultation with the Highways Agency has identified that there are no planned improvement works to Junction 23. Full details of the wider transportation baseline (as established for the Hinkley Point C Development Site) are provided in Section 3.10.
Assessment/Studies Undertaken to Date Preliminary traffic modelling has been undertaken using the SATURN model and accident data has also been collected.
Key Potential Issues Preliminary traffic modelling has identified potential implications of development traffic on the performance of the roundabout at Junction 23 and the Dunball Roundabout on the A38 in terms of both highway capacity and safety.
Further Studies to be Undertaken A full Transport Assessment will be undertaken in line with established methodologies.
HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1 | 227
Noise and Vibration
Baseline Environment No baseline survey work has been undertaken to date. However, the dominant noise sources are likely to include:
local road traffic on the A38 single-carriageway road immediately to the east; industrial/commercial operations/land uses in the vicinity of the search areas; and road traffic on the M5 motorway. In general, the search areas are surrounded by industrial/commercial uses or open agricultural land (to the west). However, there are some residential properties in the vicinity of these search areas. Any impacts on these properties would be appropriately mitigated.
Assessment/Studies Undertaken to Date No assessments have been undertaken to date.
Key Potential Issues Construction: Construction activities are likely to result in short-term temporary noise generation. However, a Construction Management Plan will be put in place to minimise any potential noise impacts. Operation: Whilst use of part of the search area for a park and ride and freight consolidation facility may increase local noise levels, this increase is likely to be negligible and imperceptible to local residents. Furthermore, the proposed use is in keeping with the acoustic character of the area, which is dominated by road traffic. The layout of the development will be designed to minimise any potential impacts on adjacent uses. Access to the Hinkley Point C Development Site will be via the A38 into Bridgwater, along the Northern Distributor Route to the A39. The park and ride bus movements are unlikely to generate significant noise impacts along this route.
Further Studies to be Undertaken Following development of the design of the facilities, any sensitive receptors will be identified and background monitoring; and prediction of potential noise impacts will be conducted. Data on traffic movement from the chosen site(s) within the search area to Hinkley Point C will be assessed against existing baseline traffic flows on the network. Where increases indicate potential noise impacts, assessment will be conducted in line with standard guidance.
Air Quality
Baseline Environment No air quality data is held for either of the search areas. There are a significant number of operations including the highway infrastructure and commercial uses, in the area that will affect baseline air quality. The nearest sensitive receptors with respect to air quality are the residential dwellings on Downend Road, approximately 50m to the north-east of the J23-A search area.
Assessment/Studies Undertaken to Date A desk-based assessment has been undertaken in respect of the J23-A search area.
Key Potential Issues Construction: The key issues associated with construction of the development will be dust emissions generated from earth excavation works and the removal of material during construction. This would have the potential to cause nuisance to, and soiling of, sensitive receptors and buildings. This is a common potential issue on construction sites and mitigation measures are well established.
Operation: Key issues for the operational phase are emissions of air pollutants, NO2 and PM10 from Hinkley Point C construction traffic using the park and ride and freight consolidation facilities. This would have the potential to adversely impact local air quality at sensitive receptors. Key mitigation
228 | HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1
will be incorporated into the development to minimise impacts on sensitive receptors. However, given the context of these search areas adjacent to major roads, industry, wharfing, etc. and limited sensitive receptors, the proposed developments are unlikely to cause any significant impacts. This will be reviewed once preferred sites and nature of development at that location is selected.
Further Studies to be Undertaken The principal air quality issue during the construction phase is likely to be the generation and dispersion of dust. This matter will be assessed once the preferred site and nature of development in that location is selected, having regard to sensitive receptors in close proximity to the site. Air quality impacts in terms of vehicle emissions will be assessed using accepted methodology. This will be informed by traffic data from the Transport Assessment.
Landscape and Visual Amenity
Baseline Environment The J23-A search area lies to the west of Puriton, between the M5 corridor and the River Parrett. The A38 runs in the north-south direction, whilst the River Parrett floodplain covered by agricultural fields dominates the landscape to the west of the search area. The Quantock Hills are the nearest Area of Outstanding Natural Beauty (AONB), located approximately 10km from the search areas. The landscape around Junction 23 is described as ‘Area 142 Somerset Levels and Moors’, which is broadly characterised by low-lying farmland and wetland surrounded and divided by low hills and ridges which form the Mid Somerset Hills. At the local level, the landscape character is defined by Sedgemoor District Council as ‘Levels and Moors’. This area is covered by several sub-areas and both search areas lie within the ‘Levels’ sub-area, which is characterised by flat topography, numerous rhynes and ditches which are often sinuous rather than straight and reed-fringed ponds. A number of viewpoints have been recorded to show the potential visibility of the search areas in the surrounding landscape. Those viewpoints will be refined during the consultation process and a final list of principal and secondary viewpoints will be established to assess the visual impact of the development from a variety of locations. From these, it will be possible to appreciate the scale of impact on the surrounding landscape character and viewpoints. The initial visual survey study revealed limited visibility of the search areas in the surrounding landscape due to the relatively flat topography combined with vegetation including hedgerows and small woodland copses providing good screening of development at low level. The majority of views are available at short distance, predominantly from the A38 corridor, public footpaths along the River Parrett and from the higher elevation of Puriton Hill. The baseline assessment of the J23-B search area is still to be completed.
Assessment/Studies Undertaken to Date Initial desk-based assessment and survey work has been undertaken for the J23-A search area with the J23-B search area still to be assessed.
Key Potential Issues The main landscape impacts associated with development within the search areas would be the loss of valuable landscape features, including hedgerows, trees, areas of grassland and farmland. Potential exists for an effective landscape mitigation strategy, which would reduce the landscape impact of the completed scheme and help integrate the development with the surrounding landscape. Mixed deciduous woodland and hedgerow trees are a characteristic, but declining, component of this lowland landscape. Therefore, opportunity exists to create new landscape elements as part of the mitigation strategy. Potential also exists for effective screening of the proposed development from sensitive viewpoints by tree and hedgerow planting. The landscape impacts associated with the construction of the park and ride and freight consolidation facilities would include the loss of vegetation, including hedgerows, trees, scrub areas of grassland and farmland. The impact on the landscape character would be of low significance due to the existing built development and the A38 corridor in the vicinity of the search areas. The search areas have high potential for visual screening due to level topography.
HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1 | 229
Further Studies to be Undertaken Along with desk-based research, further surveys will provide detailed information on designated areas and a detailed description of landscape character. They will also identify areas of particular sensitivity opportunities for mitigation and settlements and dwellings which may be adversely affected. These elements will also be supported by mapping of the landscape character and sensitivities. Information including existing levels of light pollution and quality of the search area will be collated and described.
Archaeology and Cultural Heritage
Baseline Environment There is one Scheduled Monument, the earthwork remains of a medieval Motte & Bailey castle located to the east of the A38, in the vicinity of the J23-A search area. An archaeological evaluation, comprising trial trenching, confirmed that there is no archaeological potential over a large part of the area.
Assessment/Studies Undertaken to Date Preliminary consultation with Somerset County Council Historic Environment Services has been undertaken in respect of the J23-A search area. This will be undertaken in respect of J23-B.
Key Potential Issues No key issues with respect to the historic environment have been identified within the J23-A search area. Issues relating to the J23-B search area are being investigated.
Further Studies to be Undertaken No further assessment work is anticipated, following discussions with Somerset County Council Historic Environment Services.
Amenity and Recreation
Baseline Environment The coastal path (Public Right of Way Reference BW 28/10) runs along the embankment adjacent to the River Parrett to the south and west (and outside) of the search area. However, an alteration is recorded by Somerset County Council within the search area, which follows the line of Dunball Drove, which indicates that this may now be recorded as a Public Right of Way. No formal recreational activities occur adjacent to the J23-A search area.
Assessment/Studies Undertaken to Date An initial desk-based assessment has been undertaken in respect of the J23-A search area.
Key Potential Issues Unless physical obstruction occurs to the footpath network, it is unlikely that significant recreation or amenities issues will arise as a result of development within either of the search areas.
Further Studies to be Undertaken Details of the construction and operational activities and footprint of the park and ride and freight consolidation facilities will be assessed against the recreational assets and activities in the surrounding area. Additional data will be collected on the number of users utilising any identified paths through or adjacent to the search areas.
230 | HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1
4.6 M5 Junction 24
4.6.1 Junction 24 of the M5 has been identified as a potentially suitable location for a park and ride facility to accommodate up to 350 cars. Junction 24 is also considered potentially suitable for a freight consolidation facility for road-borne freight in the event that EDF Energy's preferred search area at Junction 23 is not pursued. See Figure 10.16 for the location of the search area (and specific sites – J24 A, B and C).
Geology, Land Use and Soils
Baseline Environment J24-A: The geological map for the area indicates that the area is underlain by the Mercia Mudstone Group; no drift deposits are indicated. The area does not lie within a Mineral Consultation Area and is not impacted by any approved Area of Permission for mineral workings. The soil in this area is well- drained, coarse and fine loamy soil over gravelly River Terrace Deposits with some gleying. In terms of land use, the soil is described as ‘versatile’, being permeable, well drained and easy to cultivate. The indicative Agricultural Land Classification (ALC) for this study area is 50% Grade 1 (to the north) and 50% Grade 2 (to the south). This area is thus classified as ‘best and most versatile land’ (BMVL). None of this search area is part of an agri-environment scheme. J24-B and J24-C: The central sector of the area is underlain by Terrace Deposits (approximately 60% of the site area) whilst the northern and southern sectors are underlain by the Mercia Mudstone Group. The area does not lie within a Mineral Consultation Area and is not impacted by any approved Area of Permission for mineral workings. The soil is well-drained, coarse and fine loamy soil over gravelly River Terrace Deposits with some gleying. In terms of land use, the soil is described as ‘versatile’, being permeable, well-drained and easy to cultivate. The indicative ALC for this study area is Grade 2.
Assessment/Studies Undertaken to Date A desk-based assessment has been undertaken.
Key Potential Issues The key issues relate to development within the search area (J24 A, B and C) are: the loss of agricultural land and damage to soils. Construction: The construction of a park and ride and freight consolidation facilities will result in permanent or temporary (dependent on legacy use) loss of agricultural land uses. Where temporary loss occurs this can be mitigated by good soils management and high quality restoration of the land. Operation: There is unlikely to be any further loss or damage to soils or land use during the operation of the facility. There are no issues for the type of development proposed in relation to geology.
Further Studies to be Undertaken ALC field surveys will be completed.
Land Contamination and Waste
Baseline Environment J24-B: There are no records of operational landfill sites, IPPC registered waste sites, licensed waste management facilities or waste treatment sites within a radius of 500m of the search area. There are no records of current waste transfer sites within 500m of the search area, although one was formerly located approximately 750m to the north of the search area. Somerset County Council (ref: 489/H) were licensed to transfer waste in very small (less than 10,000 tonnes per year) quantities of waste at the Huntsworth M5 Depot (Somerset Works) in 1994. The licence has since been surrendered. J24-A and J24-C: No documented sources of information have yet been obtained for these search areas to investigate potential issues relating to ground contamination.
HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1 | 231
Assessment/Studies Undertaken to Date
historic map search; review of information held by the Environment Agency; Envirocheck report; and site walk over.
Key Potential Issues There are unlikely to be any significant issues relating to land contamination and waste.
Further Studies to be Undertaken A Phase 1 desk-based contamination assessment will be completed.
Hydrogeology
Baseline Environment J24-A and J24-B: The geology of the area is the Mercia Mudstone Group and the Environment Agency has classified this as a Non Aquifer. The groundwater vulnerability map confirms that the area overlays a Non Aquifer. J24-C: The groundwater vulnerability map indicates that approximately 60% of the area overlies a Minor Aquifer with the remainder shown as a Non Aquifer.
Assessment/Studies Undertaken to Date An initial desk-based assessment has been undertaken.
Key Potential Issues During construction and operation, accidents causing spillage of contaminative materials which may subsequently infiltrate into the groundwater is a risk. Parts of the search area do overlay a Minor Aquifer. However, this type of risk is common to the construction and operations of such facilities and standard control measures will be developed and incorporated into the design.
Further Studies to be Undertaken A desk-based environmental baseline assessment has been undertaken.
Hydrology, Drainage and Flood Defence
Baseline Environment Surface water drainage within this area is limited to minor drains on field boundaries that eventually lead into the River Parrett by draining to the north-west on the west side of the M5, or to the east and north into the River Parrett on search areas to the east of the M5. The entirety of the search area falls within Flood Zone 1. Therefore, there is no risk of flooding.
Assessment/Studies Undertaken to Date An initial desk-based assessment has been undertaken.
Key Potential Issues The search areas are not within, or near to, a Flood Zone. Hardstanding associated with the park and ride and freight consolidation facilities could result in an increase in peak fluvial flows entering the River Parrett which, although likely to be very small in comparison to flood flows within the River Parrett, could result in an increase in the depth or extent of flooding in the Bridgwater area. Mitigation measures will be incorporated, as necessary and could include, the use of Sustainable Drainage Systems (SuDS).
232 | HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1
Further Studies to be Undertaken
Assessment of any direct effects on watercourses and drains, will be undertaken in consultation with the Somerset Consortium of Drainage Boards, to ensure that appropriate design measures are incorporated. A Flood Risk Assessment will be completed, in accordance with PPS25
Freshwater Quality
Baseline Environment The search areas have not yet been assessed in terms of their status with respect to surface water quality.
Assessment/Studies Undertaken to Date No assessments have been undertaken to date.
Key Potential Issues No issues are currently identified.
Further Studies to be Undertaken A desk-based assessment and walk over of the search areas will be conducted to establish their status in relation to surface water quality and site sensitivities.
Terrestrial Flora and Fauna
Baseline Environment The J24-B search area comprises two arable fields bordered by a mixture of hedgerows (largely intact and possibly species-rich and ecologically ‘important’ under the Hedgerow Regulations 1997) and fencing. To the north-west of the search area is the M5 embankment which incorporates a narrow band of scrub/woodland. The M5 embankment (which features a narrow band of scrub and young trees) also borders the J24-C search area to the south-west. This area comprises two large arable fields bordered by hedgerows (again largely intact and possibly species-rich and ecologically ‘important’ under the Hedgerow Regulations 1997) and fencing. Three semi-mature/mature trees are present in the middle of the more northern of the two fields. A field drain runs along the southern boundary adjacent to the road. There are a considerable number of waterbodies within 500m of the area and the surrounding area supports a network of drains, some of which connect the ponds. Records relating to Stockmoor County Wildlife Site (within 500m of the J24-A search area) includes records of great crested newt (2000), water vole and otter (2000 and 2003), badger and several bat species including Natterer’s and Daubenton’s bats and Nathusius pipistelle. There is also a separate record of barn owl overlapping the south-east corner of the search area (2005). In the wider area, further records of great crested newt are present from Willstock Farm County Wildlife Site, approximately 1km to the north-west of the J24-A search area. Grass snake have been recorded at North Petherton (~1km south-west of the J24-B search area) and Screech Owl LNR (~1km north-east of the J24-C search area) and slow-worm have been recorded relatively recently at Willstock Farm (~800m north-west of the J24-A search area). There are a considerable number of records of otter within 2km of the search areas, many of which relate to the River Parrett and the Bridgwater and Taunton Canal. Although there are fewer records of water vole, the desk study data identifies the species has occurred at a number of different locations to the north, including the County Wildlife Site’s The Meads (~1.8km to the north-west of the J24-A search area), Brownes Pond (~2km to the north of the J24-A search area) and Willstock Farm. A lesser horseshoe hibernation roost is present approximately 1km to the south-east of the J24-B search area. A range of bird species, such as kingfisher and bittern, have been recorded within 2km of the area. Many of these records relate to the County Wildlife Sites to the north of the area such as Dunwear Brick Pits, Screech Owl LNR and the Bridgwater and Taunton Canal.
HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1 | 233
Assessment/Studies Undertaken to Date Preliminary assessments, using aerial photographs and desk study information, have been undertaken.
Key Potential Issues Whilst most of the habitats within the search area appear likely to be of limited biodiversity value, development could result in permanent land take of habitats that are listed as being a priority under the UK Biodiversity Action Plan (e.g. hedgerows) and which are used by protected species. Loss of boundary features, such as hedgerows and ditches would reduce connectivity and could sever habitat corridors used by species such as bats and dormice. Construction on the sites also has the potential to harm and disturb species. Appropriate environmental measures will be implemented during the construction and operation of the development to ensure potentially negative effects on habitats and species are minimised. This may include obtaining licences from Natural England, specific site clearance and working methods.
Further Studies to be Undertaken A Phase 1 Habitat Survey and species specific surveys (as necessary) will be completed in accordance with accepted methodology.
Transportation
Baseline Environment Full details of the wider transportation baseline (as established for the Hinkley Point C Development Site) are provided in Section 3.10.
Assessment/Studies Undertaken to Date Traffic modelling using the SATURN model and analysis of accident data recorded both on Somerset County Council’s road network and the M5 motorway in the vicinity of Junction 24 is being undertaken. The traffic impact analysis has been informed by the socio-economic work undertaken by Oxford Brookes University in respect of traffic distribution assumptions.
Key Potential Issues The key issue is the impact the proposed development on the performance of the roundabout junction at J24 and the roundabout on the Taunton Road (A38) to the west of the M5. These are key ‘gateway’ junctions to Bridgwater for traffic approaching the town from the south. There is also a significant amount of committed development in the area, some of which is under construction. The forecast traffic growth from these committed schemes has been included in the future year 2015 and 2020 SATURN models. The Highways Agency has indicated that sites J24-C and J24-B will need particular consideration, given their location to the east of the M5 – they will exert a ‘double-impact’ in traffic assignment terms on the J24 roundabout that provides access to the M5 motorway.
Further Studies to be Undertaken
A Full Transport Assessment will be completed, in accordance with accepted methodology.
Noise and Vibration
Baseline Environment No baseline survey work has been undertaken to date, however, the dominant noise sources for J24-A are likely to include:
road traffic on the M5 motorway; local road traffic on the A38 single-carriageway road; and the commercial development.
234 | HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1
This site is generally in a rural area surrounded by agricultural fields. However, potential noise sensitive receptors will include the new housing development north-east of the search area at Dawes Farm and residential properties adjacent to the south-west boundary. J24-B and J24-C: The acoustic climate at these search areas is dominated by road traffic noise from vehicles on the M5 motorway, which forms the north-west boundary to the two search areas. Other intermittent noise sources include agricultural activities in neighbouring fields to the north, east and south. The J24-B search area has a series of residential properties on the south-east boundary that will form noise sensitive receptors for the type of development proposed. The residential properties are generally to the north-eastern end of the J24-C search area but are adjacent to the site boundary.
Assessment/Studies Undertaken to Date No assessments have been undertaken to date.
Key Potential Issues As the proposed land uses within the search area (park and ride and freight consolidation facilities), are expected to operate from early in the morning, the key issue will be potential noise impacts on residential properties. As noted above, properties are close to the boundaries of all three search areas. However, the final design and layout of the selected site will allow any potential impacts to be minimised. Any residual impacts would be mitigated.
Further Studies to be Undertaken Once the nature of the proposed development is defined, baseline noise surveys will be identified and assessment of potential noise impacts during the construction and operation undertaken.
Air Quality
Baseline Environment There is a significant area of industrial/commercial development in the vicinity of the search areas. The M5 motorway is close to all search areas bordering both the J24-B and J24-C search areas to the east, whilst the A38 forms the eastern boundary of the J24-B search area. There are, therefore, a significant number of operations in the area that will affect the baseline air quality. In terms of potential receptors, the J24-A search area is generally in a rural area surrounded by agricultural fields to the west. However, potentially sensitive receptors will include the new housing development north of the site at Dawes Farm and residential properties adjacent to the south-west boundary. The J24-B search area has a series of residential properties on its south-east boundary that will form sensitive receptors for the type of development proposed. The J24-C search area, has properties to the north-eastern end of the area and some immediately adjacent. Therefore, there may be some sensitive receptors if development is located in this area. No air quality data for the Junction 24 area is currently held.
Assessment/Studies Undertaken to Date A desk-based assessment has been undertaken.
Key Potential Issues Construction: The key issues associated with any of these search areas will be dust emissions generated from earth excavation works and removal of material during construction, which would have the potential to cause nuisance to and soiling of, sensitive receptors and buildings. This is a common potential issue on construction sites and mitigation measures are well established.
Operation: Key issues for the operational phase are emissions of air pollutants, NO2 and PM10, from Hinkley Point C construction traffic using the site. This would have the potential to adversely impact on local air quality at sensitive receptors. Key mitigation will be incorporated into the design of the development, including the siting of vehicle routes as far as possible from sensitive receptors.
HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1 | 235
Further Studies to be Undertaken The principal air quality issue during construction is likely to be the generation and dispersion of dust. The final site design option, particularly the location of the works within the current search area, will therefore be assessed with respect to the potential dust impacts. This will allow identification of sensitive receptors in proximity to the proposed development. Air quality impacts in terms of vehicle emissions will be assessed using accepted methodology. This will be informed by traffic data from the Transport Assessment.
Landscape and Visual Amenity
Baseline Environment Junction 24 lies approximately 1km to the south of Bridgwater urban area and 1km to the north-east of North Petherton. The M5 and A38 are located in the immediate vicinity of the proposed sites and a number of commercial and industrial uses exist in their vicinity. The Quantock Hills are the nearest designated Area of Outstanding Natural Beauty (AONB), located approximately 8km to the west. No other international and local designations exist in the surrounding area. The relevant local designations include a Green Wedge, Country Park and County Wildlife Sites. The search areas at Junction 24 are located within two national character areas, namely: ‘Area 146 Vale of Taunton and Quantock Fringes’ and the ‘Area 142 Somerset Levels and Moors’ two local landscape character areas have been defined by Sedgemoor District Council and include the ‘Quantock Foothills’ and ‘Levels and Moors’. The ‘Quantock Foothills’ landscape character area covers the majority of J24 search areas. The relevant ‘Levels and Moors’ landscape character sub- area, in this case, is ‘Levels’. Several viewpoints have been initially recorded to show the potential visibility of the search areas in the surrounding landscape. Those viewpoints will be refined during the consultation process and a final list of principal and secondary viewpoints will be established to assess the visual impact of the development from a variety of locations. The initial visual survey study revealed short distance visibility of the search areas in the surrounding landscape due to the rolling topography, and intervening vegetation and built form.
Assessment/Studies Undertaken to Date An initial desk-based assessment and survey work has been undertaken.
Key Potential Issues The main landscape impacts associated with the construction of the park and ride and freight consolidation facilities would be the loss of landscape features, including hedgerows, trees, areas of grassland and farmland. Potential exists for an effective landscape mitigation strategy, which would reduce the landscape impact of the completed scheme and help integrate it with the surrounding landscape. The landscape strategy will need to ensure the visual screening of the proposed development from the nearby residential dwellings which constitute the most sensitive visual receptors in the surrounding area. The construction of the park and ride and freight consolidation facilities would result in increased lighting (potentially from both the permanent development and temporary construction areas), which may impact on surrounding residential areas and natural environment. There will be similar impacts during operation, but to a much lesser degree. The use and nature of a lighting regime will be carefully considered. Where appropriate, shielding would be used to reduce this impact as much as possible.
Further Studies to be Undertaken Along with desk-based research, further surveys will provide detailed information on designated areas, a detailed description of landscape character, identify areas of particular sensitivity, opportunities for mitigation and settlements and dwellings which may be adversely affected. These elements will also be supported by mapping of the landscape character and sensitivities.
236 | HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1
Archaeology and Cultural Heritage
Baseline Environment Baseline information is being obtained.
Assessment/Studies Undertaken to Date Preliminary consultation with Somerset County Council Historic Environment Services has been undertaken.
Key Potential Issues Surviving archaeological remains located within the footprint of any of the sites would be wholly, or partially, destroyed by any groundworks associated with the construction phase. The settings of Listed Buildings could be adversely affected by the development proposed.
Further Studies to be Undertaken A Cultural Heritage desk-based assessment will be undertaken in accordance with the Institute for Archaeologists’ Standards and Guidance for Archaeological Desk-Based Assessments (2008). The results of the assessment will inform the design of appropriate mitigation to address potential impacts from construction on cultural heritage assets. Should it be required, archaeological excavation and recording will be followed by an appropriate programme of post-excavation works, comprising assessment, analysis, publication and archiving in accordance with English Heritage guidance.
Amenity and Recreation
Baseline Environment There are no Public Rights of Way (PRoW) within or in the vicinity of the J24-A search area. There are no PRoWs within the vicinity of the J24-B search area, though a PRoW (ref: BW 23/4) is located nearby that connects to the minor road that runs around the eastern boundary. A PRoW (ref: BW 23/69) runs immediately outside the boundary of the J24-C search area, along its northern end. This PRoW connects Huntworth to south Bridgwater.
Assessment/Studies Undertaken to Date An initial desk-based assessment has been undertaken.
Key Potential Issues Unless physical obstruction occurs to the footpath network, it is unlikely that significant recreation or amenity issues are expected to arise as a result of development within the search areas.
Further Studies to be Undertaken Details of the construction and operational activities will be assessed against the recreational assets and activities in the surrounding area.
4.7 Bridgwater
4.7.1 In addition to the development proposed at Junctions 23 and 24 of the M5, Bridgwater has also been identified as a potentially suitable location for accommodation for up to 500 construction workers, with associated living and recreational facilities, in one or several campuses. A number of search areas are currently being considered (see Figure 10.17) and the baseline environment has yet to be assessed.
HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1 | 237
4.8 Combwich Wharf
4.8.1 EDF Energy proposes to refurbish the existing Wharf facility at Combwich to enable the transport of bulky freight. It is also proposed to use 7-10 hectares of adjacent land for freight consolidation/storage (see Figure 10.19). Further details of the proposals are provided in Section 4.12 of the Consultation on Initial Proposals and Options document.
Geology, Land Use and Soils
Baseline Environment Initial data shows the entire search area to be formed of quaternary (alluvial) deposits, within the alluvial plain of the River Parrett. The soils within the search area are deep stoneless, calcareous clayey soil, developed over marine alluvium. These are groundwater gleys with poor drainage and are affected by high groundwater levels (typical for soils formed on alluvial area). The provisional Agricultural Land Classification (ALC) maps indicate that the land is Grade 3 (undistinguished between Grade 3a and 3b). Due to the fine texture of the soils, agricultural use tends to be restricted to permanent grassland although areas of arable production are present.
Assessment/Studies Undertaken to Date An initial desk-based assessment has been undertaken.
Key Potential Issues The key issues relating to the proposed development are: the loss of agricultural land and damage to soils. Construction: The construction of the facility will result in temporary loss of agricultural land. Mitigation of this impact will include minimising land take and, restoring the land after the use has ceased. Operation: There is unlikely to be any further loss or damage to soils or land during the operation of the facility.
Further Studies to be Undertaken Desk-based assessment relating to geology and a soil and ALC field survey will be undertaken.
Land Contamination and Waste
Baseline Environment The search area appears (from a site walk-over) to be natural ground in agricultural use. There is no evidence of activity that may cause contamination.
Assessment/Studies Undertaken to Date Initial desk-based assessment has been completed.
Key Potential Issues There are unlikely to be any significant issues relating to land contamination and waste.
Further Studies to be Undertaken A Phase 1 desk-based Contamination Assessment will be undertaken.
238 | HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1
Hydrogeology
Baseline Environment The south-west section of the search area is classified as Non Aquifer; the remainder of the area is shown as being a Minor Aquifer with intermediate soils indicating potential for surface contamination to migrate to groundwater.
Assessment/Studies Undertaken to Date An initial desk-based assessment has been completed.
Key Potential Issues During construction and operation, accidents causing spillage of contaminative materials which may subsequently infiltrate into the groundwater is a risk, as part of the search area overlies a Minor Aquifer. This type of risk is, however, common and standard control measures will be incorporated into the design.
Further Studies to be Undertaken A desk-based assessment and site survey will be undertaken.
Hydrology, Drainage and Flood Defence
Baseline Environment The Combwich area is covered by the Parrett Catchment Flood Management Plan (CFMP). Combwich lies at the north-west corner of the flat coastal plain that extends from Bridgwater to Cannington. The proposed search area lies within Flood Zone 3a. Drainage within the coastal floodplain is maintained and administered by the Somerset Consortium of Drainage Boards. All the drains to the south of Combwich (within low-lying land) are artificial drainage bodies, constructed to provide drainage for agricultural use of the land. The drains within the search area outfall into the River Parrett at Tuckett’s Clyce.
Assessment/Studies Undertaken to Date An initial desk-based assessment has been completed.
Key Potential Issues The impedance or construction over drains could result in localised drainage impacts, which could in the long-term affect the agricultural activities within or adjacent to the area of disturbance. If the facility is built using impermeable surfacing, surface water could enter the drainage network much quicker and this could cause localised flooding or elevated water levels in the drainage network, with potential consequences on land use and agricultural practices. Measures will be adopted to reduce fluvial run-off, including, the use of Sustainable Drainage Systems (SuDS).
Further Studies to be Undertaken
Assessments of any direct effects on watercourses and drains will be undertaken in, consultation with the Somerset Consortium of Drainage Boards to ensure that appropriate design measures are incorporated and that drainage management and control across the area is unimpeded. A Flood Risk Assessment will be completed, in accordance with the methodology set out in PPS25.
HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1 | 239
Freshwater Quality
Baseline Environment The proposed freight consolidation/storage facility would be located on the flood plain of the River Parrett. Adjacent surface water features include the tidal section of the River Parrett separated by the flood defences; an artificial fishing lake (60m); the Fiddington Brook – South Moor Brook – Combwich Pill channel (60m); and numerous smaller land drainage channels which drain the floodplain within the search area and adjacent low lying land areas. The main channel forms the southern boundary of the search area and discharges via Tucketts Clyce. A second, unnamed, outfall is indicated on the maps on the north-east boundary. There is no surface water quality data available for the search area. Fiddington Brook and the Tidal Parrett are, however, classified as having a ‘moderate ecological quality’ within the 2008 Draft River Basin Management Plan. There are two records of consent to discharge to controlled waters within a 500m radius of the search area. These relate to discharge from Wessex Water Facilities of either treated sewage effluents to the adjacent estuary or storm water overflow discharges. There are no surface water abstractions within 500m of the search area.
Assessment/Studies Undertaken to Date An initial desk-based assessment has been undertaken.
Key Potential Issues During construction and operation, accidents causing spillage of contaminative materials which may subsequently discharge to stream is the key issue. This type of risk is, however, common and standard control measures will be developed and incorporated into the design.
Further Studies to be Undertaken A desk-based assessment and site walk-over has been undertaken.
Marine Water and Sediment Quality
Baseline Environment No data is held with respect to marine water quality and sediment quality in the River Parrett with the exception of data for radiological parameters in marine sediments which is available from the Radioctivity in Food and the Environment (RIFE) reports produced by the Environment Agency (and others). RIFE-13 (Environment Agency, 2008) identifies mean radioactivity concentrations in the River Parrett’s marine sediments to be 60Co at <65 Bq/kg, 90Sr at <2 Bq/kg, 134Cs at 1.2 Bq/kg, 137Cs at 31 Bq/kg, and 241Am at <0.93 Bq/kg. Sources include the nuclear power stations situated around the Bristol Channel including Hinkley Point B, Berkeley and Oldbury.
Assessment/Studies Undertaken to Date A desk-based assessment/information review has been undertaken.
Key Potential Issues There may be potential for direct contamination effects on the River Parrett’s marine water and sediment quality during construction and operation of the development proposed at Combwich Wharf, including:
sediment disturbance and contaminant mobilisation associated with the construction phase (e.g. removing existing structures, piling works); and the discharge of contaminated surface water drainage. Environmentally sensitive design and best practice construction management measures will be adopted to minimise impacts during construction phase. The inclusion of treatment measures, where appropriate, in the drainage system should minimise impacts during operation.
240 | HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1
Further Studies to be Undertaken A desk-based assessment of marine water and sediment quality data will be completed in order to establish baseline environmental conditions. Depending on the data available, this assessment may have to be supplemented with surveys for non-radiological and radiological contaminants. An assessment will be completed of any direct contamination effects on the River Parrett’s marine water and sediment quality during construction and operation of Combwich Wharf (including assessment against the Water Framework Directive criteria).
Hydrodynamics and Coastal Processes
Baseline Environment Downstream of Bridgwater, the River Parrett generally flows from south to north along a meandering channel. The tidal range varies from approximately 6m at Dunball to approximately 12m at Burnham- on-Sea. The marine sediments of the River Parrett estuary comprise estuarine and marine Holocene deposits, some of which have been reclaimed into coastal marshes and mudflats. The general direction of longshore drift, which is consistently west to east between Hinkley Point and Steart Island, indicates the eastward movement of coarser material towards the River Parrett.
Assessment/Studies Undertaken to Date An initial desk-based assessment has been undertaken.
Key Potential Issues The development could result in localised changes in patterns of sediment erosion and accretion in the River Parrett’s estuary. The development will be designed to minimise its impacts.
Further Studies to be Undertaken An assessment of sediment transport patterns will be completed.
Terrestrial Flora and Fauna
Baseline Environment The area in the immediate vicinity of the search area comprises hardstanding (an area for loading/offloading of materials and turning of vehicles, car park(s) and the approach road to the Wharf), a single storey brick building used as a laboratory by EDF Energy, two small sheds and a sewage treatment works (owned by Wessex Water). There are four small compartments of semi- natural grassland: two of these are regularly cut and have a short sward; and one has a more semi- natural aspect. A small compartment of dense scrub is also present. A further area of grassland lies between Combwich Wharf and the intertidal mud of the Combwich Pill. This apparently unmanaged area of grassland has a long grass-dominated sward and part is used for the temporary storage of small (recreational) boats. It grades into a small fringing area of saltmarsh around the edge of the intertidal mud. Discharge of water into the Pill is controlled by sluices on the edge of Combwich village. At low tide, the intertidal adjacent to the Wharf comprises relatively steeply sloping banks of mud that extend approximately 200m wide on both sides of the river. These have the potential to support estuarine birds. A number of minor drains adjoin the local section of the river, resulting in a varied topography and local areas of shelter. Far more extensive areas of open mud and sand are present further downstream. At high tide the entire extent of mud and sand at Combwich is generally covered. The north and north-western parts of the search area are adjacent to the Combwich Pill (a minor tributary of the River Parrett) and the eastern part of the village of Combwich. To the west of the search area are thin strips of pasture land and an extensive former gravel pit (used as a commercial angling facility), which has County Wildlife Site (CWS) status (Combwich Brick Pits CWS). The Severn Estuary Special Protection Area (SPA) and Ramsar Site takes in all intertidal and inshore marine habitat adjacent to the Wharf (other than the mouth of Combwich Pill). This site was classified under the EU Birds Directive on the basis of its wintering and migratory bird interest. Qualifying features of the SPA are the wintering numbers of (Russian) white-fronted goose, Bewick’s swan, shelduck, gadwall, dunlin, redshank and the wintering waterfowl assemblage (over 20,000 birds).
HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1 | 241
Additional species forming part of the key interest of the Bridgwater Bay SSSI (which shares a common boundary with the SPA locally) are whimbrel, grey plover, black-tailed godwit and teal. Available baseline data on the intertidal bird community includes national Wetland Bird Survey (WeBS) counts and counts undertaken by the British Energy Conservation Warden at The Island (a promontory of land at the mouth of the Huntspill). The most pertinent information is WeBS Low Tide Counts. These indicate that the upper reaches of the River Parrett around Combwich are used by a variety of species, but particularly redshank and occasionally dunlin, golden plover and lapwing.
Assessment/Studies Undertaken to Date An extended Phase 1 Habitat Survey has been undertaken.
Key Potential Issues The principal ecological issue would be disturbance leading to displacement of bird populations within the Severn SPA and Ramsar Site and the Bridgwater Bay SSSI. Loss of habitat corridors within the search area is a further potential ecological issue, as these are used by a range of protected species. A range of options will be considered to mitigate potential effects and achieve local conservation gain. These might reasonably include the following measures (although the scope of the environmental measures would be agreed with nature conservation consultees):
noise controls (such as a soft start piling); workforce control to prevent unnecessary incursion into the SPA, Ramsar Site and SSSI; timing of works/preparation of ground during the appropriate season to avoid effects on individual species; sensitive lighting (to limit effects on bats and other nocturnal species); minimisation of land take from saltmarsh habitat; minimisation of ditch crossings; incorporation of a stand off between the SPA and the lay down area to minimise effects on birds; incorporation of a stand off between Tuckett’s Clyce and the freight consolidation/storage facility for the Wharf to minimise effects on otter; retention of field edge corridors (hedgerows and field drains/rhynes) likely to be used by commuting bats and other species; hedgerow reinstatement and management; and reinstatement of the land once the use of the frieght consolidation/storage facility has ceased, at a suitable time of year to minimise disturbance effects on SPA birds.
Further Studies to be Undertaken Further targeted surveys (following consultation with stakeholders) will be completed.
Marine and Coastal Flora and Fauna
Baseline Environment Combwich Wharf is located on the River Parrett and the search area is dominated by inter-tidal mudflat and saltmarsh habitats either side of the sub-tidal channel. These intertidal areas are covered by several levels of national and international conservation designations, due mainly to their role in supporting large numbers of overwintering wildfowl and the presence of nationally rare habitats. The River Parrett’s mudflats exhibit a mid to high shore mudflat assemblage that is critical to the overwintering bird populations. Spartina are particularly common in the large fringes of saltmarsh and are abundant in Bridgwater Bay, especially around the mouth of the River Parrett, because Spartina anglica was planted in 1929 as a flood defence measure. The river itself is an important migration route for eel and elver. There is also a small but significant run of salmon in the River Parrett to the spawning grounds on the River Tone.
Assessment/Studies Undertaken to Date A desk-based assessment has been undertaken.
242 | HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1
Key Potential Issues Piling and other works generating substantial underwater noise may disturb fish migration along the River Parrett. It might be possible to minimise any impacts by timing construction works to avoid the key migration season. The refurbished Combwich Wharf could cause the loss of marine habitats (mudflat and saltmarsh), directly (e.g. beneath the footprint of new structures) and/or indirectly (e.g. as a result of changes to sediment erosion patterns).
Further Studies to be Undertaken Consultation will be undertaken with Natural England to determine whether invertebrate sampling of the intertidal mudflats around Combwich Wharf is required. Quantitative fishery data will be sought from the Environment Agency for the river/estuary to provide contextual data for the species that are present within the River Parrett.
Transportation
Baseline Environment Traffic from the C182 to Combwich is confined to local residents and visitors, with no through route. Flows on the C182 have been observed and analysed as part of the wider transport baseline study completed in 2008. There is also a level of use established with Combwich Wharf that has historically generated heavy goods vehicle movements to and from Hinkley Point via the C182. A private road extends from Combwich Wharf, which runs around the southern end of Combwich to the C182 Rodway Road, providing wide access for heavy or special loads.
Assessment/Studies Undertaken to Date Baseline traffic study (as part of work undertaken for main site – see Section 3.10) has been undertaken.
Key Potential Issues Due to the scale of traffic and nature of the site works and operational use, no traffic issues are expected.
Further Studies to be Undertaken A Traffic Assessment will be completed to examine the potential impact of using Combwich Wharf on the local road network, in terms of the potential for congestion and accidents. A structural survey of the C182 is being undertaken to ascertain the likelihood of damage to the road and culvert infrastructure as a result of the movement of heavy loads. An assessment is being undertaken of the junction of the haul route that provides access to the C182 to and from Combwich Wharf. This will identify whether any works are required to the road to enable the movement of Abnormal Indivisible Loads (AILs) to Hinkley Point C.
Noise and Vibration
Baseline Environment The acoustic climate at this site is typical of a quiet rural location, i.e. low daytime ambient levels. The nearest noise sensitive receptors include nearby residential dwellings on the south side of Combwich and at Putnell Farm, approximately 275m south-west of the search area.
Assessment/Studies Undertaken to Date A baseline noise survey has been undertaken.
Key Potential Issues Wharf: the refurbishment and use of the Wharf for bulk delivery has the potential to cause noise disturbance to local residents. The existing planning consent imposes a condition on hours of operation. While all reasonable measures will be taken to keep noise to a minimum it is anticipated
HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1 | 243
that a similar condition will be set should consent be granted, which will limit any disturbance to daytime working hours. Freight consolidation/storage: the land is currently in agricultural use and therefore some site levelling and hard surfacing will be required prior to use. Construction activities will potentially result in elevated noise at the nearest residential dwellings and to fishing amenity at the pond causing potential impacts. Where such impacts are identified within the assessment, mitigation measures (such as noise bunds, limitation on working hours etc.) may be implemented. Operation: Set down and materials pick-up operations on the site are likely to result in short-term minor to moderate noise impacts throughout the Hinkley Point C construction phase. Again if significant impacts are predicted then the mitigation measure instigated during construction will be retained to minimise effects.
Further Studies to be Undertaken Once the nature and exact location of the proposed development is defined, the need for additional baseline noise surveys will be established and assessment of potential noise impacts (during construction and operation) undertaken.
Air Quality
Baseline Environment Receptors for air quality within this area are the private residential properties on the southern edge of Combwich and Putnell Farm to the south-west.
Assessment/Studies Undertaken to Date A desk-based assessment has been undertaken.
Key Potential Issues Construction: the key issue associated with the construction will be dust emissions generated from earth excavation works and removal of material, which would have the potential to cause nuisance to, and soiling of, sensitive receptors and buildings. This is a common potential issue on construction sites and mitigation measures are well established. Operation: the key issue for the operational phase will be the levels of use. Any mitigation will be considered through the design of the development, with vehicular routes and working areas located as far as possible from sensitive receptors.
Further Studies to be Undertaken Once the location of the works within the current search area is defined, the potential dust impacts on sensitive receptors will be assessed in line with accepted methodology.
Landscape and Visual Amenity
Baseline Environment Combwich Wharf lies on the floodplain of the River Parrett adjacent to the built-up area of Combwich. The search area falls within national landscape character ‘Area 142 – Somerset Levels and Moors’. The local landscape character is ‘Levels and Moors’, where Combwich Wharf lies within the ‘Levels- Estuarine’ sub-area; characterised by the open and windswept landscape surrounding Parrett Hams, with pasture and arable fields, ditches and sparse hedgerow cover. Occasional patches of woodland are dispersed among the agricultural fields. The Quantock Hills are the nearest designated Area of Outstanding Natural Beauty (AONB) and are located 10km to the south-west. Several important national and international designations, namely a Ramsar Site, SPA, SAC, SSSI and National Nature Reserve are adjacent to the search area. Local designations close to the search area include a County Wildlife Site (adjacent to the search area), ancient woodlands and a Green Wedge.
244 | HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1
The initial visual survey study revealed high visibility of the search area in short distance with open views from Pawlett Hams, views from residential properties at Combwich and the surrounding Public Rights of Way.
Assessment/Studies Undertaken to Date An initial desk-based assessment and visual survey work has been undertaken.
Key Potential Issues The main landscape impacts associated with the development of Combwich Wharf would be the potential loss of valuable landscape features within the peripheries of the search area, such as ditches, hedgerows, trees, areas of grassland and farmland. These features would be protected, where possible, through appropriate site layout design and an effective landscape strategy. With respect to the adjacent international and national designations, it will be important to establish appropriate buffer zones on site boundaries to protect these valuable resources from visual impact. The landscape character studies of the local area stress that mixed deciduous woodland and hedgerow trees are a characteristic, but declining, component of this lowland landscape. The opportunity therefore exists to create new landscape elements as part of the mitigation strategy. The opportunity also exists for screening of the proposed development from sensitive viewpoints by tree and hedgerow planting.
Further Studies to be Undertaken Along with desk-based research, further surveys will provide detailed information on designated areas, a detailed description of landscape character, identify areas of particular sensitivity, identify opportunities for mitigation and identify settlement and dwellings which may be adversely affected. These elements will also be supported by mapping of the landscape character and sensitivities. Information including existing levels of light pollution and quality of the study area will be collated and described.
Archaeology and Cultural Heritage
Baseline Environment There are no Scheduled Monuments, Conservation Areas, Registered Parks and Gardens or Registered Battlefields within the search area. There are four Grade II Listed Buildings located in Combwich village. Evidence of a settlement dating from the Iron Age and Romano-British periods has been recovered to the south of Combwich. The area is now designated as a site of county importance by Somerset County Council Historic Environment Services. The presence of a Roman port at Combwich Pill has also been suggested. The place-name Combwich incorporates the Saxon element wic, indicating Saxon settlement, although no Saxon remains are recorded in the town. Combwich was an established medieval port, recorded in documents dated to 1178 and 1399. The port itself was probably located in the area of Combwich Pill and medieval tenement plots were recorded during an evaluation at the Old Ship Inn. Medieval ridge and furrow earthworks are recorded to the east of Combwich.
Assessment/Studies Undertaken to Date Cultural Heritage Desk Based Assessment.
Key Potential Issues Although Combwich is an archaeologically rich area and the area to the south of Combwich is designated a site of county importance, geotechnical data suggests that deep alluvial deposits (up to 3m deep) may overlie any surviving archaeological remains. The extent to which potential development would impact on any surviving archaeological remains is yet to be established.
HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1 | 245
Further Studies to be Undertaken Desk-studies and deposit modelling, followed by geophysical survey and trial trenching, if appropriate.
Should it be required, archaeological excavation and recording will be followed by an appropriate programme of post-excavation works, comprising assessment, analysis, publication and archiving in accordance with English Heritage guidance.
Amenity and Recreation
Baseline Environment The River Parrett is navigable to Bridgwater, however, the steep banks make access to the watercourse difficult. Combwich Motor Boat and Sailing Club have mooring facilities and slipways at Combwich Quay. Around 12 boats are moored in the Pill (the inlet) adjacent to Combwich Quay and the club has facilities that it leases from EDF Energy to the east of the Quay and the laboratory access to the river is gained by a public slipway within the Pill and two slipways accessed from land leased by the club. Informal recreational activities take place along the Public Rights of Way (PRoW) that are present within the search area. The Coastal Path enters Combwich along Riverside and turns onto Brookside Road, before leaving the highway and running along the embankment to the south-east of Combwich Quay and the Laboratory. The Coastal Path then connects with the Parrett Banks and continues upstream alongside the River Parrett. The Coastal Path crosses the access (diversion) road into Combwich Quay that is used by Abnormal Indivisable Loads (AILs).
Assessment/Studies Undertaken to Date Desk-based assessment/information review.
Key Potential Issues Although unlikely, the layout and area of the upgraded facilities at Combwich could affect either the facilities or activities of the Combwich Motor Boat and Sailing Club. Disturbance will be avoided wherever possible, and if it does occur, mitigation measures will be implemented to ensure that such disturbance is not significant to the running of the Club and enjoyment of access to the river and sea of its members. This is likely to be achieved by avoiding use of the Wharf out of working hours. Potential disturbance or obstruction could arise to the PRoW during construction or operation of the Combwich Quay facilities. Currently, the coastal footpath crosses the access (diversion) road into Combwich Quay and various works (widening etc.) that may occur on this road could obstruct or disrupt use of the footpath. Where potential obstruction of this footpath could occur, mitigation measures will be discussed with the Local Authority Rights of Way Officer to provide suitable diversion and other measures to prevent or minimise disruption.
Further Studies to be Undertaken The following will be assessed:
the identification of any construction or operational phase closure or diversion to PRoW; the assessment of construction or operational disturbance (noise and visual intrusion) to PRoW and recreational sites such as nearby fishing lake; and the assessment of disturbance or alteration to Combwich Motor Boat and Sailing Club facilities and activities.
246 | HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1
4.9 Williton
4.9.1 Williton has been identified as being a potentially suitable location to accommodate the following land uses (See Figure 10.18):
a campus to accommodate up to 200 people; and a park and ride facility to accommodate up to 350 cars.
Geology, Land Use and Soils
Baseline Environment A review of available mapping indicated that both search areas (WIL-A and WIL-B) are in agricultural use – the western search area (WIL-A) appears to be primarily arable production, whilst the eastern search area (WIL-B) appears to be under grassland.
Assessment/Studies Undertaken to Date Desk-based review of mapping has been completed.
Key Potential Issues As with all greenfield land take sites, key issues for soils and land uses are the: loss of agricultural land and damage to soils. Construction: The construction works will result in a loss of agricultural land. However, mitigation would be provided by minimising land take and restoring areas not permanently lost. A soil management plan will be required to enable appropriate restoration of the land, post construction and operation. Operation: There is unlikely to be any further loss or damage to soils or land during the operation of the facility. It is unlikely that any issues relating to geology will arise from this proposed development.
Further Studies to be Undertaken Soil and Agricultural Land Classification field surveys will be completed.
Land Contamination and Waste
Baseline Environment The search areas are in agricultural use, with no potentially contaminative sites on or near the areas.
Assessment/Studies Undertaken to Date Desk-based review of mapping has been undertaken.
Key Potential Issues There are unlikely to be any significant issues relating to land contamination and waste.
Further Studies to be Undertaken A Phase 1 desk-based contamination assessment will be completed of both search areas.
Hydrogeology
Baseline Environment Not known at this stage.
HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1 | 247
Assessment/Studies Undertaken to Date None.
Key Potential Issues During construction and operation accidents causing spillage of contaminative materials may result in infiltration of pollutants into any groundwater present on site. Standard measures for the control of such incidents will, however, be incorporated into the design.
Further Studies to be Undertaken A desk-based assessment will be undertaken to establish the hydrogeology of the area, the presence of any aquifers, the location and use of any current groundwater abstractions (including source protection zones) and the nature of overlying soils (re. potential for transport of contamination to groundwater). From this the risk to the groundwater environment and the need for any further studies will be established.
Hydrology, Drainage and Flood Defence
Baseline Environment The Williton area is covered by the West Somerset Catchment Flood Management Plan (CFMP). Both search areas are located within Flood Zone 3a. The WIL-A search area is located on a level stretch of land at or above 30m AOD that drains northward or southward into two unnamed streams. Both streams then flow eastwards and discharge into the Doniford Stream. A small number of minor field drains are present within the search area. The WIL-B search area is located at the confluence of the Doniford Stream (to the east) and an unnamed stream (to the north), located just below 30m AOD, runs along the north-western boundary of the search area.
Assessment/Studies Undertaken to Date Desk-based assessments have been undertaken.
Key Potential Issues Development over any of the drains within the WIL-B search could result in localised drainage impacts. The development of hardstanding from the park and ride and campus developments could result in the increase in peak fluvial flows to Doniford Stream via nearby streams (the WIL-B search area) or directly entering the Doniford Stream (the WIL-A search area), altering flood flows within the Brook, with the potential to result in more frequent or more extensive flooding within Williton. However measures to reduce the exacerbation of flood risk would be incorporated in the design of the development, including, the extensive use of Sustainable Drainage Systems (SuDS).
Further Studies to be Undertaken
Assessment will be undertaken of any direct effects on watercourses and drains. Flood Risk Assessment will also be carried out, using the methodology set out in PPS25.
Freshwater Quality
Baseline Environment The WIL-B search area is bordered by the Doniford Stream which outfalls to the sea at Watchet, approximately 1.5km north of Williton. A tributary of this stream flows through the WIL-A search area and joins Doniford Stream to the north of Williton, approximately 1km from the coast.
Assessment/Studies Undertaken to Date An initial desk-based assessment has been completed.
248 | HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1
Key Potential Issues As for groundwater, during construction and operation, accidents causing spillage of contaminative materials, which may subsequently infiltrate into the surface water, is the key risk. This is, however, common to all such schemes and standard control measures will be developed and incorporated into the design.
Further Studies to be Undertaken A desk-based assessment of water quality will be completed.
Terrestrial Flora and Fauna
Baseline Environment The two search areas have been subject to a preliminary assessment, using aerial photographs and desk study information, as access is not currently available. The WIL-A search area to the west of Williton is dominated by three large arable fields, one smaller improved pasture and part of a large improved pasture. The grassland appears relatively nutrient-rich in both fields from the aerial photographs. A small ditch passes through the pasture at the northern end. Boundaries are marked by hedgerows, most of which are intact and therefore may be species- rich and ecologically ‘important’ under the Hedgerow Regulations 1997. Larger, possibly mature, trees are present along the eastern boundary. A narrow strip of land, which incorporates several large buildings, a car park and an area of rough ground is present along the southern boundary. A further small area of rough ground, dominated by semi-natural habitats (likely to be scrub) is present on the western boundary. Also located in the area are three grass covered knolls, believed to be archaeological features. The WIL-B search area to the east of Williton comprises four large fields all of which are pasture and, from aerial photographs, likely to be nutrient-rich and improved. The boundary of these fields is marked by hedgerows. The hedgerows appear to be largely intact and therefore may be species-rich and ecologically ‘important’ under the Hedgerow Regulations 1997. The Doniford Stream borders the area to the south and appears to support trees and a riparian corridor. A further un-named stream cuts across the western edge of the search area. A railway marks the eastern boundary and a footpath is present along the western edge. Two large trees are present in the fields. The OS 1:25,000 basemap, which covers the area in which Williton is located, does not show any ponds within 500m of the search areas. Within the 10km grid square in which Williton is located (ST04) a range of bird species have been recorded (National Biodiversity Network Gateway, 2009) including three Schedule 1 species, barn owl, cirl bunting and hobby. There are also records for badger, red squirrel, otter and lesser horseshoe bat within the 10km grid square in which Williton is located. Dormouse has been recorded near Old Cleeve, which is approximately 4km to the north-west of Williton, and barbastelle bat has been recorded between Old Cleeve and Williton (~ 2km to the north-west of Williton).
Assessment/Studies Undertaken to Date A preliminary assessment, using aerial photographs and desk study information, has been undertaken.
Key Potential Issues Whilst most of the habitats within the search areas appear likely to be of limited biodiversity, the development could result in permanent landtake of habitats that are listed as being a priority under the UK Biodiversity Action Plan (UKBAP) (e.g. hedgerows) and which are used by protected species. Loss of boundary features, such as hedgerows and ditches would reduce the connectivity and could sever habitat corridors used by species such as bats and dormice. Construction also has the potential to harm and disturb species. Appropriate environmental measures will be implemented during the construction and operation of the selected site to ensure potentially negative effects on habitats and species are minimised. This may include obtaining licences from Natural England, specific site clearance and working methods. Post-operation landscaping provides opportunities to create semi-natural habitats.
HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1 | 249
Further Studies to be undertaken Phase 1 Habitat Survey and species specific surveys (as necessary) will be undertaken, in accordance with accepted methodology.
Transportation
Baseline Environment Not known at this stage.
Assessment/Studies Undertaken to Date No assessment have been undertaken to date.
Key Potential Issues None identified to date.
Further Studies to be undertaken A full Transport Assessment will be completed.
Noise and Vibration
Baseline Environment WIL-B Search Area: no studies have yet been undertaken. However, from the available mapping the main noise sources in the area appear to be:
local road traffic on the A39 and A358 single-carriageway roads; trains on the West Somerset railway line that forms the eastern boundary; noise arising from the residential area; and agricultural activity. In terms of noise sensitive receptors, this site borders the residential areas on the eastern edge of Williton and therefore a large number of potential receptors are present. WIL- A Search Area: no studies have yet been undertaken. However, from the available mapping the main noise sources in the area appear to be:
local road traffic on the A39 single-carriageway roads which border the site; noise arising from the settlement; and agricultural activity. In terms of noise sensitive receptors, this search area borders the residential areas on the western edge of Williton and therefore a large number of potential receptors are present. There is also a hospital shown on the OS mapping (see Landranger sheet 181) on the eastern edge of the search area. Both search areas have similar sensitivities with respect to noise.
Assessment/Studies Undertaken to Date An initial desk-based assessment has been undertaken.
Key Potential Issues Construction: construction activities are likely to result in short-term temporary noise generation which may impact on residential dwellings or the hospital. Where impacts are identified, mitigation will be specified to include noise bunds, restriction on working hours, etc. Operation: the park and ride facility is expected to operate from early in the morning and without mitigation could impact neighbouring residential properties.
250 | HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1
Further Studies to be undertaken Sensitive receptors will be identified and background monitoring will be conducted as appropriate. Prediction of potential nose impacts, in accordance with standard guidance, would then be conducted.
Air Quality
Baseline Environment The search areas are generally rural in location, with no major sources of air pollution identified. In terms of potential receptors, these are in effect the same as for noise - the residential properties that border both search areas. Both search areas have similar sensitivities.
Assessment/Studies Undertaken to Date An initial desk-based assessment has been undertaken.
Key Potential Issues Construction: As for all sites, the key construction issue is dust emissions generated from the earth works. This is a common potential issue on construction sites and mitigation measures are well established.
Operation: Key issues for the operational phase are emissions of air pollutants, NO2 and PM10 from Hinkley Point C construction traffic using the park and ride facility. The development will be designed to route the vehicles as far as possible from sensitive receptors.
Further Studies to be undertaken The impact of dust will be assessed and sensitive receptors identified. Air quality impacts in terms of vehicle emissions will also be assessed using accepted methodology. This will be informed by traffic data from the Transport Assessment.
Landscape and Visual Amenity
Baseline Environment Not known at this stage.
Assessment/Studies Undertaken to Date No assessments have been undertaken to date.
Key Potential Issues The proposed development has the potential to change the character and appearance of the local landscape character.
Further Studies to be Undertaken Along with desk-based research, surveys will provide detailed information on designated areas, a detailed description of landscape character, identify areas of particular sensitivity, identify opportunities for mitigation, and identify settlements and dwellings which may be adversely affected. These elements will also be supported by mapping the landscape character and sensitivities. Information including existing levels of light pollution and quality of the search area will be collated and described.
Archaeology and Cultural Heritage
Baseline Environment No assessments undertaken to date.
HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1 | 251
Assessment/Studies Undertaken to Date No assessments have been undertaken to date.
Key Potential Issues Construction: Surviving archaeological remains located within the footprint of any development are likely to be wholly, or partially, destroyed by the groundworks associated with the construction phase. Operation: Any impacts would occur during the construction phase. The key issue would be adversely affecting the setting of any Listed Buildings that may be present in the vicinity. If impacts are identified then these will be mitigated to the extent possible during the design phase.
Further Studies to be Undertaken A Cultural Heritage Desk Based Assessment (DBA) in accordance with the published guidelines, will be undertaken. This will include desk-based research and a field reconnaissance walkover survey. The results from the DBA will be discussed with Somerset County Council Historic Environment Services. The need for further assessment will be agreed during this consultation.
Amenity and Recreation
Baseline Environment The WIL-A search area is bordered by a Public Right of Way (PRoW) (reference WL 28/6) along half of the eastern side (within the site boundary). In addition, a PRoW (reference WL 28/24) runs from the A39 in the south-east corner in a diagonal line to Mamsey Lane, and then runs southward down the track along the western edge of the area to rejoin the A39. Access to this PRoW at the south-eastern entrance is recorded as obstructed or partially obstructed by overgrown vegetation. A tennis court, presumably part of the Mamsey House nursing home, is located within the search area. The WIL-B search area (Pondhead Cross) contains a PRoW (reference WL 20/8) that traverses along the southern end. This PRoW provides an off-road connection between Williton and Sampford Brett. Adjacent to the west of the search area are two PRoW (reference 20/7 and WL 20/10) that provide an off-road route between Pondhead Cross and Raglan’s Cross and as well as connecting with PRoW reference WL 20/8 to Sampford Brett.
Assessment/Studies Undertaken to Date A desk-based assessment has been completed.
Key Potential Issues Development within either search area has the potential to cause disturbance or obstruction to local PRoW, which in the case of the WIL-B search area provides an off-road connection between Williton and Sampford Brett, as well as the amenity use of the PRoW. Potential disturbance or obstruction to PRoW could arise during construction or operation of the campus and park and ride facility. The park and ride facility could also result in traffic noise at relatively early hours during the Hinkley Point C construction phase. Where potential obstruction of PRoW could occur, mitigation measures will be agreed with the Rights of Way Officer to provide suitable diversion and other measures to prevent or minimise disruption. This could include incorporation of footpath improvements.
252 | HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1
Further Studies to be Undertaken Details of the construction and operational activities and footprint of the campus and park and ride facility will be assessed against the recreational assets and activities in the surrounding area. In particular the following will be assessed:
The identification of any construction or operational phase closure or diversion to PRoW. Assessment of construction and operational disturbance (noise and visual intrusion) to PRoW. In order to support the quantification of potential impacts in the above assessment, additional data will be collected on the number of users of the PRoW, through short counts.
HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1 | 253
5 OTHER ISSUES
5.1 Appropriate Assessment
a) Designated Sites 5.1.1 International Natura 2000 and national nature conservation designated sites surround Hinkley Point (to the north, east and south). They include an internationally recognised Ramsar site, Special Protection Area (SPA), candidate Special Area of Conservation (SAC) and two national Sites of Special Scientific Interest (SSSI) within 5km of the main development boundary. The proposed site is also adjacent to a locally designated National Nature Reserve (NNR) and County Wildlife Site (CWS). Relevant definitions are provided below and Table 5.1 provides summary details of these sites, as well as the nearby Area of Outstanding Natural Beauty (AONB).
International/European designations: Special Protection Areas (SPAs) are designated under the EC Wild Birds Directive 79/409/EEC; Special Areas of Conservation (SACs) are designated under the EC Habitats Directive 92/43/EEC; and Ramsar Sites are designated under the Convention on Wetlands of International Importance.
National designations: Sites of Special Scientific Interest (SSSIs) are designated under the Wildlife and Countryside Act 1981; and National Nature Reserves (NNRs) are designated under the Wildlife and Countryside Act 1981.
Table 5.1: Summary of Designated Sites Surrounding the Hinkley Point C Site
Designated Proximity of Hinkley Point C Main features site Development Site
Ramsar site
Severn Estuary Extensive intertidal mudflats provide Small encroachment into important habitats for passage and wintering designated foreshore. wildfowl. Important species include Bewick swans, white-fronted geese, shelduck, gadwall, dunlin and redshank. Migratory birds can number upwards of 20,000 wildfowl and waders in a wintering period.
254 | HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1
Special Protection Area
Severn Estuary The large tidal regime results in plant and Small encroachment into animal communities typical of extreme designated foreshore. physical conditions of liquid mud and tide swept sand and rock. The unique physical environment gives rise to sparse benthic communities. Supporting features are considered important at a European level, e.g. sub-tidal Sabellaria reef. The SPA is also designated for its bird interest, as described for the Ramsar site.
Special Area of Conservation
Severn Estuary Nominated for the immersed sandbanks, Small encroachment into extensive mudflats and Atlantic salt designated foreshore. meadows.
Sites of Special Scientific Interest
Bridgwater Bay Comprises a succession of habitats ranging Small encroachment into through intertidal mudflats, saltmarsh, designated foreshore. shingle beaches and grazing marsh. The area is intersected by a complex network of freshwater and brackish ditches known as rhynes. Contains one of the largest areas of saltmarsh in Somerset and one of the most extensive common cord-grass swards in the Severn Estuary. The SSSI supports nationally rare plants, invertebrates and significant numbers of wintering and passage waders and wildfowl.
Blue Anchor to A geological SSSI, this site was designated for 1.7km west Lilstock Coast the following features: some of the best Lias sequences in NW Europe, the complete Rhaetian succession, Pleistocene sediments and shore platforms.
Area of Outstanding Natural Beauty
Quantock Hills Extending from the Vale of Taunton Deane to 7.5km west Bristol Channel Coast (covering 99km2). Consists of large amounts of heathland, oak woodlands, ancient parklands and agricultural land.
National Nature Reserve
Bridgwater Bay The reserve consists of largely intertidal Small encroachment into the National Nature mudflats, with saltmarsh, sandflats and Reserve. Reserve (NNR) shingle ridges, some of which are vegetated. It supports an important bird population with approximately 190 species recorded on the reserve. Vegetation on the reserve is an important food source for some birds and parts of the saltmarsh are grazed by sheep to maintain a palatable source for wigeon. Approximately 3ha of the NNR is covered by the proposed footprint of the new power station.
HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1 | 255
County Wildlife Sites
Hinkley County Nine CWS are present within 3km of the Development within Hinkley CWS Wildlife Site proposed new build area. The proposed (CWS) and footprint of the works would be within the others Hinkley CWS. The site was designated on the basis of its mosaic of species-rich scrub, coastal grassland, broad-leaved woodland, with ponds and areas of improved grassland. The areas of scrubland outside the development area support a locally important population of nightingale.
5.1.2 Wintering Birds: The Severn Estuary SPA and Ramsar site lie along the northern edge of the development area boundary. This site was classified under the EU Wild Birds Directive on the basis of its wintering and migratory bird interest. Qualifying features of the SPA are the wintering numbers of Bewick’s swan, curlew, redshank, dunlin, pintail and shelduck and the large numbers of ringed plover that use the area on passage. The SPA also qualifies by regularly supporting an assemblage of over 20,000 waterfowl. A number of wintering species forming the cited interest of the Severn SPA and Ramsar site regularly occur within 1km of the main development site, at Steart Flats. 5.1.3 Surveys have shown that many of the bird species occurring in areas adjacent to the proposed site are common species or individuals that occur in low numbers. Intertidal Wetland Bird Survey (WeBS) data indicates that several species forming part of the cited interest of statutorily designated sites occur on the Steart Flats immediately to the east of the main survey area at Hinkley, with very few birds recorded in low tide sectors adjacent to the proposed site. 5.1.4 Equally, the surveys undertaken have provided no evidence to suggest that the fields or adjacent upper intertidal habitat are regularly used by large numbers of roosting or foraging birds. b) Assessment of Likely Significant Effects on International Sites 5.1.5 Plans or projects that are likely to have a significant effect on an internationally designated site (i.e. a European SPA or SAC) require ‘Appropriate Assessment’ (AA) to be undertaken in accordance with Regulation 48(1) the Conservation (Natural Habitats &c) Regulations 1994 (the ‘Habitats Regulations’) implementing the requirements of Article 6(3) of the Habitats Directive. Natural England, as statutory advisors to Government on nature conservation, will advise on the need or otherwise for Appropriate Assessment which, if required, will be undertaken by the IPC (as the competent authority in this instance) as a separate exercise to consideration of the ES. Such an assessment considers the implications of the proposals in view of the conservation objectives of relevant designated sites (including, as a matter of Government policy under Planning Policy Statement 9: Biodiversity and Geological Conservation, potential SPAs, SACs and Ramsar sites) and aims to determine whether an adverse effect on site integrity would arise. Should this be the case, then the project would only be able to proceed if it can be demonstrated that no alternative solutions exist and that the project must be carried out for imperative reasons of overriding public interest. In this case, compensatory habitat would also have to be provided. 5.1.6 Should AA be required for the Hinkley Point C development (or any of the Associated Development), all information necessary to assist the competent authorities in undertaking this assessment will be provided and will be identified separately from the main ES (although it will draw on relevant data and findings of the ES). This will include in-combination assessment of the proposed development with other plans or projects, as required by the Habitats Regulations and Article 6(3) of the Habitats Directive. The aim of this assessment is to determine whether the combined impact of relevant proposals could potentially have an adverse impact on integrity of the designated sites. It is, therefore, necessary to consider the potential impacts of past, present and future plans or projects for which sufficient information is available, as well as the overall effects of the Hinkley Point C proposal itself.
256 | HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1
5.1.7 Schemes that have already been constructed will be taken into account in describing the baseline environment. The in-combination assessment will then consider those plans or projects for which relevant information is in the public domain. c) Potentially Significant Effects 5.1.8 The implications of the proposed works for the species and habitats of the Severn Estuary SAC, SPA and Ramsar site (i.e. European designated nature conservation sites) will be considered in detail as part of the assessment process. The following effects are predicted to arise or have the potential to arise within or in proximity to the designated sites, however whether they would have an adverse effect on the integrity of the European sites has not yet been determined:
a small loss of subtidal habitat through the construction of the off-shore intake and outfall; potential disturbance to additional subtidal habitat during the construction phase for the intake and outfall; localised intertidal and subtidal habitat effects due to the construction of the jetty; potential effects on the intertidal habitats due to the construction and retention of the sea- wall; potential effects on intertidal habitats due to construction works at Combwich Wharf, including a small loss of mudflat and saltmarsh in the footprint of new structures and possible changes in sediment transport patterns (although this is capable of being avoided through design); disturbance, potentially leading to displacement of bird populations using the SPA, due to construction works associated with the jetty and at Combwich and increased lighting; potential effects on the SPA south of Hinkley Point due to the erection of transmission towers; a localised, subtle alternation in estuarine water temperatures during operation; localised modification to water quality conditions through commissioning and operational discharges; and a degree of cooling water impingement and entrainment mortality of estuarine fauna and flora during operation. 5.1.9 The potential also exists for birds associated with the nearby Severn Estuary SPA and Ramsar site to be displaced and disturbed from wetland areas, arable and coastal habitats that contribute to the designated status of the area, due to the works; in response to increased levels of lighting, noise and vibration. 5.1.10 The key question for any AA will be to determine whether any of these predicted and potential effects will have an adverse effect on the overall integrity of the designated sites and the populations or extent of protected species. Hence detailed assessments are ongoing to determine both the extent and significance of any habitat effects and potential disturbance to and displacement of, bird populations within the Severn Estuary SPA and Ramsar Site or to protected species within the Severn Estuary SAC. The outcomes of this work will be reported through the EIA process and fed into AA, as appropriate.
HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1 | 257
5.2 Cumulative Assessment
5.2.1 Independent of any AA (incorporating in-combination assessment), cumulative assessment will form an important part of the EIA. This will consider the potential implications of the development in conjunction with recent and other foreseeable developments (including those listed above) to the extent reasonably required to assess the environmental effects of the proposed development, in line with best practice and across all relevant environmental parameters. 5.2.2 An example of the way this will be approached, for the marine and coastal flora and fauna, is provided below. 5.2.3 Marine and Coastal Flora and Fauna: Timeframes for the construction of the jetty and sea- wall, both of which have the potential to impact on the Corallina and Sabellaria interests, are expected to overlap. Designated construction areas need to be enforced to reduce the risk of impact. Further off-shore, it is proposed that the cooling water shafts will be constructed concurrently. 5.2.4 An extension of the operating lifetime of the existing Hinkley Point B power station may result in an overlap of a few years with the operation of the proposed development. Numerical modelling of both the C station thermal plume and the existing B station thermal plume has been carried out and the areas of potential influence mapped. Whilst the C station thermal plume will generally dissipate off-shore, that discharged from the B station tends to hug the shore both to the east and west and, as a result, has a more intimate intersection with the potentially sensitive infaunal and epifaunal populations. Despite this, no obvious impact of these operations has been observed upon local populations over the lifetime of the site, except perhaps through the coincidence between the ebb tidal plume and the extent of the Sabellaria reef on the lower shore and the presence of a local sports fishery for sea bass which may have some association with that same plume. 5.2.5 Concurrent cooling water abstraction by the two stations would increase the impact of impingement and entrainment locally. 5.2.6 All such effects will be considered in detail as part of the EIA process.
5.3 Environmental Management
5.3.1 An Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan (EMMP) is being prepared to accompany the DCO application to the IPC. Its purpose will be to monitor and confirm that effects or changes from construction and operation of the proposed development do not exceed the stipulated environmental quality standards and objectives for the project. Moreover that any mitigation and monitoring proposals included within the ES are recorded and a timeframe and responsibilities associated with each are assigned. The EMMP is intended to provide a methodology by which significant changes to the environment can be avoided or, where change is inevitable, are controlled, measured and managed. 5.3.2 The EMMP will provide, in one document, a summary of relevant environmental obligations of the project, including committed mitigation, measures required to comply with relevant regulations and guidance and measures that meet project specific requirements (including planning obligations). The resultant plan will document compliance with these requirements.
258 | HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1
5.3.3 Relevant aspects that the EMMP will cover, as a minimum, include:
discharges to surface and ground water, land, and air; noise and vibration; waste management; ecological resources; cultural resources; material storage and handling; traffic management; and lighting. 5.3.4 The draft EMMP will evolve as the project progresses and will include Construction Environmental Management Plans (CEMPs) relevant to the different sites at which works are proposed to be carried out. At the simplest level, good working practices will be embodied in the Plan, such as those included in CIRIA’s ‘Environmental Good Practice on Site’ and the Environment Agency’s Pollution Prevention Guidelines (PPG1, 5, 6, 7, 13, 18 and 21). More specific, targeted actions will be embodied in Environmental Method and Monitoring Statements (e.g. with respect to dust). 5.3.5 Ultimately, the Plan is intended to allow project management personnel to determine what monitoring and mitigating actions are required, by whom, how often, in what format and how this should be reported. The site manager will be responsible for the day to day implementation of the measures outlined to a standard which ensures compliance.
5.4 Decommissioning
5.4.1 The EIA process to be undertaken for both the main development and relevant Associated Development will focus on the potential impacts associated with the construction and operational phases of the works. The decommissioning period of Hinkley Point C, more than 60 years hence, will only be considered to the extent where the environmental effects can be reasonably assessed having regard to current knowledge and methods of assessment. Decommisioning is subject to its own EIA regulatory process (Nuclear Reactors (Environmental Impact Assessment for Decommisioning) Regulations 1999), which will include a period of public consultation. 5.4.2 Further details of decommissioning activities (as well as the regulatory background) are provided in Section 3.5 of the Consultation on Initial Proposals and Options document.
HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1 | 259
Appendix A.2
HINKLEY POINT C INDICATIVE PROJECT PROGRAMME
260 | HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1
A.2 HINKLEY POINT C INDICATIVE PROJECT PROGRAMME
HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1 | 261
Appendix A.3
PRELIMINARY WORKS DESCRIPTION
262 | HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1
A.3 PRELIMINARY WORKS DESCRIPTION
Introduction
Paragraph 1.1.18 summarises EDF Energy’s position regarding its intention to apply for the relevant permissions for preliminary works at Hinkley Point C ahead of the main DCO application to the IPC. These works will require planning consent from West Somerset Council and, related consents as appropriate. The preliminary works will comprise: On-site preliminary works which will include clearing vegetation, re-routing rights of way, providing utility connections and site terracing at the Hinkley Point C Development Site. A new Sea Wall. A Jetty (the ‘jetty’) and associated storage facility.
Site Preliminary Works
The site preliminary works will consist of: a) Site Terracing The principal component of the preliminary works will comprise the formation of a series of terraces to facilitate the subsequent construction works. The necessities for the elevations of the various terraces have been determined with respect to a number of design necessities. The earthworks will commence (following removal of hedgerows, woodland and other vegetation) with the stripping of topsoil and subsoil which will be stockpiled for later re-use and may form part of the southern landscape buffer. Weathered rock will then be exposed and it is envisaged that this material can be managed using conventional excavating plant, i.e. by scraping, ripping and/or breaking. Excavated rock material will require stockpiling prior to re- use. Materials of a suitable engineering quality will, where possible, be used for ‘cut and fill’ operations to form the terraces. Materials which are diverted to stockpile will be placed on a section of the southern land. The height and orientation of the stockpiles is subject to ongoing engineering design. Within the engineering design work, consideration is being given to suitable profiling and interim re- vegetation to minimise the visual impact on nearby residential properties. To ensure the stability of the newly formed terraces it is anticipated that this will be designed to utilise the angle of repose of the natural material and/or temporary retaining structure. The earthworks contractor will establish and maintain a dedicated compound for their operations – minor satellite compounds may need to be established. b) Re-routing of Surface Drainage A number of minor watercourses lie within the preliminary works area. As a result of the proposed earthworks activities, some of these watercourses will become redundant (predominantly the watercourses which comprise drainage ditches for agricultural purposes). New drainage infrastructure will be provided to allow the earthworks to proceed and this infrastructure will drain to the marine environment under licence. A new temporary drainage network will be installed to cater for surface drainage to ensure that the earthworks can proceed under acceptable dry conditions. To the north of Green Lane, the drainage network will be designed to control the release of sediment. The network will discharge to the marine environment. The area to the south of Green Lane will incorporate a network of drains which will discharge to a new collection point which will allow attenuation and control of sediment release. The new collection point will discharge to Holford Stream thus allowing controlled maintenance of flows into this watercourse which drains into the Site of Special Scientific Interest (SSSI) to the east of the C182 road. The watercourses have been surveyed to assess their ecological value and no significant features of ecological sens itivity have been identified. It is recognised that these
HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1 | 263
new discharges will be subject to the appropriate consents from the Environment Agency. Land drainage consent is also likely to be required with respect to some of the modifications to existing surface watercourses. c) Re-routing of Rights of Way There are a number of public rights of way which cross and run adjacent to the site and for the preliminary works to proceed it will be necessary to divert and/or close all of these rights of way. Initial discussions have already been undertaken with Somerset County Council (SCC) and further consultation is being progressed in order to determine the most appropriate way of dealing with any planned diversions/closures. d) New Utility Services New utility service connections will be required to service the main construction works at the Hinkley Point C Development Site. These new services will be to provide electricity, water and telecommunications. Connections for these supplies will be made where possible into the existing utility infrastructure at, or immediately adjacent to, the Hinkley Point C site. e) New Access Roads and Internal Roads Highway access infrastructure will be required to be constructed which will largely comprise a new roundabout linked to the existing site road network which ultimately will link to the C182. This new access infrastructure will be surfaced with suitable material to allow its use during the main construction works. In addition to this highway infrastructure, a series of internal roads will need to be constructed to facilitate the movement of equipment and materials around the site during the preliminary works. Access will be required across the alignment of Holford Stream and culverting arrangements will need to be put in place to facilitate this. f) Demolition of Barns It is proposed to demolish three existing barns on site. It is believed that bats may exist in at least one of these barns and therefore a Protected Species Licence will need to be applied for and appropriate mitigation agreed with Natural England and put in place prior to demolition. The archaeological value of the barns has been assessed and reported on. Agreement with SCC has been reached that preservation by record in advance of demolition will be satisfactory for these structures. g) Hedgerow Removal All the hedgerows within the area that may be affected by the preliminary works have been surveyed and assessed with respect to their value. Sections of hedgerows which qualify under the relevant hedgerow legislation have been identified. A mitigation plan has been developed which aims to retain valuable hedgerows where possible. When this is not possible, the plan will include alternative arrangements which may include translocation and re-planting. Green Lane has been identified as having archaeological value. The intention is to preserve as much of this track as possible.
264 | HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1 h) Tree Felling Existing woodland on-site will need to be removed. These areas have been assessed with respect to their ecological value and a restoration plan will be developed to offset the woodland lost. i) Calcareous Grassland Removal The areas of calcareous grassland will be lost as a result of the proposed preliminary works. A restoration plan will be developed, which could include the creation of new grassland habitat. j) Re-routing of Underground Services A limited number of underground services exist which will need to be re-routed at an early stage in the preliminary works programme. k) Fencing There is a requirement to ensure suitable definition and an appropriate level of security with respect to the boundaries of the preliminary works area. Fencing arrangements will be presented to West Somerset Council as part of the preliminary works planning application. Sea Wall The proposed permanent Sea Wall would link into the existing concrete Sea Wall to the east and to the existing cliff face to the west (see Figure 10.5). The proposed development would comprise of a concrete wall of 760m extending westwards from the existing Sea Wall, with a parapet wall located at the crest of the wall to provide additional protection for sea overtopping and pedestrian safety. The public right of way footpath will be incorporated into the proposed Sea Wall. Two sets of stairs will be provided for pedestrians linking the footpath along the top of the Sea Wall to the foreshore. There will also be a ramp at the western end of the wall for vehicular access for construction and maintenance purposes. The Jetty and Associated Storage Facility A jetty for the import of construction materials, principally aggregates, is required for the development. The jetty would be located at the Hinkley Point C site extending off-shore by up to 560m into the Bridgwater Bay. The jetty would be supported augmented by an on-shore storage facility for the imported aggregates. The primary driver for the construction and use of this jetty is to enable bulk materials to be imported to the Hinkley Point C site by sea, thus reducing highway traffic and minimising any environmental impacts arising from road-borne movements. During the peak months of concrete production the jetty would offset approximately 3,400 HGV movements per month (170 HGVs per day).
HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1 | 265
Appendix A.4
PUBLIC CONSULTATION TO DATE
266 | HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1
A.4 PUBLIC CONSULTATION TO DATE
Pre-Strategic Siting Assessment (SSA) Nomination Consultation
Prior to the acquisition of British Energy by EDF Energy in January 2009, consultation was undertaken by both companies individually.
British Energy Consultation
A public awareness raising programme including: a public meeting at Cannington College – April 2008; and a series of five local public meetings held in October 2008 in Bridgwater, Cannington, Combwich, Nether Stowey and Storgursey. EDF Energy Consultation A consultation campaign including: four public exhibitions in Bridgwater, Burnham-on-Sea, Stogursey and Williton in November 2008; two editions of the project newsletter distributed over a 10 mile radius around Hinkley Point, in October 2008 and December 2008; stakeholder workshops in Barry, Cannington, Minehead, Taunton and Weston-super-Mare in November and December 2008; a consultation website that went live in October 2008; presentations on the plans and SSA process given to Parish Councils, from October 2008 – March 2009. The Parish Councils met with were Cannington, Kilve, Stogursey, Taunton Deane Borough, Wemdon and Williton; and a public consultation report published and made available on the website.
Formal Announcement of Intention to Nominate Hinkley Point Into The SSA Process
EDF Energy widely publicised, to the local community and stakeholders, its intentions to nominate the land at Hinkley Point. This included:
Publicity Month (2009)
National Press Release January
Local Press Release March
Local advertising campaign March
Letters sent to over 1000 stakeholders March
HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1 | 267
Post-SSA Nomination Consultation
After EDF Energy nominated the land at Hinkley Point, the programme of consultation has continued up to the current time on the nuclear new build project:
Activity Description
EDF Energy Open since April 2009, it contains a permanent public exhibition and staff to Bridgwater Office answer questions.
Regular Including Cannington , Otterhampton , Stogursey, Weston-super-Mare. Parish/Town Council Meetings
Newsletters Distributed in April, July, October and November 2009.
Investigative EDF Energy wrote in September 2009 to all residents and stakeholders within a Works Letters five mile radius of the site outlining what people should expect in regard to investigative works.
Residents Special meetings with local residents at times and locations to suit Meetings requirements.
Local Media Information pieces have been submitted to local Parish newspapers. Press releases and briefings to the local media have continued.
Community Forum A new mechanism for regular discussion between EDF Energy, representatives of the local community and other key stakeholders. These have been held so far on September 30 and 12 November 2009. Further meetings are planned.
Youth Forum An initial workshop held at Bridgwater College on 19 June 2009. Consequently, a Youth Forum was set up, for young people between the ages of 16 and 24, which began on 20 October 2009. Further meetings are planned.
EDF Energy www.edfconsultation.info has a dedicated section on the Hinkley Point C Consultation plans. Website
Statement of Community Consultation (SOCC)
EDF Energy has prepared and published a Statement of Community Consultation (SOCC), as required by the Planning Act 2008, which sets out how we propose to formally consult people living in the vicinity of Hinkley Point in advance of submitting an application to the IPC. EDF Energy will carry out this pre-application consultation in accordance with the SOCC and is committed to being open and transparent in all its dealings with the local community and key stakeholders throughout the pre-application consultation process and beyond. EDF Energy has formally consulted on the SOCC with the relevant local authorities:
The first draft of the SOCC was formally submitted to West Somerset Council, Sedgemoor District Council and Somerset County Council on 2 July 2009, asking them to respond by 14 August 2009. This gave the local authorities six weeks to consider the proposals, 15 days beyond the statutory requirement of 28 days. Detailed responses to each of the comments were sent to the Councils on 21 September 2009. A revised second draft of the SOCC was distributed to the local authorities on 30 September 2009, with a further 28 days provided to come back with comments.
268 | HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1
The final draft of the SOCC was published in the local media and placed at libraries and Council offices for public information prior to the start of the Stage 1 consultation. It was also published on the EDF Energy consultation website.
HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1 | 269
Appendix A.5
PUBLIC CONSULTATION QUESTIONS
270 | HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1
A.5 PUBLIC CONSULTATION QUESTIONS
The table below provides the consultation questions presented to the public as part of the Stage 1 consultation under Section 47 of the Planning Act 2008. The table also provides the relevant sections within this document to which the questions relate.
Public Consultation Question References in this document
1. Do you agree that EDF Energy’s proposal to provide a Paragraph 3.3.13, Table landscape buffer on the southern boundary of the site 1.2 and Figure 10.5 is the best way of minimising the potential impact of the construction site for nearby local residents? If yes, should this be retained as a permanent feature once construction is completed?
2. There are a number of options for the restoration of the Paragraph 3.2.18, 3.2.19 site at the end of the construction phase. What sort of and Figure 10.8 landscape and wildlife features would you like to see included (e.g. return land to its previous use, creation of wildlife habitats, grassland, woodland etc)?
3. Do you have any comments on the strategy for rights of Paragraph 3.3.17 and way across the site during and following construction? Section 3.16 of Appendix A.1
4. What is your view on EDF Energy’s initial proposals for Section 4.2 managing transport and accommodation during the construction phase?
5. We are proposing a bypass for Cannington. Do you Section 4.2 and 4.4 think the road is needed? If so, should it go to the east or the west of the village? Please give reasons for your preference.
6. We are proposing a mix of solutions for Sections 3.3, 4.3, 4.5, 4.7, accommodating construction workers. Please give 4.10, 4.11; Figures 10.5, comments on your preferences and any suggestions 10.14, 10.17 and 10.18 about the future use of these facilities.
7. What are your views on the four locations EDF Energy is Sections 4.3, 4.5, 4.6, 4.8, proposing for the new park and ride sites? Do you 4.9, 4.10; Figures 10.14, think it would benefit the local community for these 10.15, 10.16 and 10.18. park and ride facilities to continue to operate once construction is complete and, if so, on which sites?
8. What are your views on the proposed freight handling Sections 4.5, 4.6, 4.8, 4.9 (consolidation) facilities adjacent to some of the and 4.12; Figures 10.4, proposed park and ride facilities and at Combwich? 10.15, 10.16 and 10.19 What do you think of our proposals for the use of Combwich Wharf?
HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1 | 271
9. What are your views on EDF Energy’s general approach Section 6 to community benefits and do you have any specific suggestions about what should be included in the package?
10. Do you have any comments on our proposals in Section 7 relation to training and business opportunities?
11. What are your views on our proposals for undertaking, Paragraph 1.1.18, 1.1.19 at our own risk, preliminary works to get the site ready and Appendix A.3 for construction?
12. Do you have any other comments about EDF Energy’s – initial proposals for the development of a new nuclear power station at Hinkley Point?
272 | HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1
Appendix A.6
GLOSSARY OF ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS
HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1 | 273
A.6 GLOSSARY OF ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS
AA Appropriate Assessment
AADT Annual Average Daily Traffic
ADCP Acoustic Doppler Current Profiler
AGR Advanced Gas Cooled Reactor
AIL Abnormal Indivisible Load
ALARP As Low As is Reasonably Practicable
ALC Agricultural Land Classification
AOD Above Ordnance Dantum
AONB Area of Outstanding Natural Beauty
APIS Air Pollution Information System
AQ Air Quality
AQMA Air Quality Management Area
AQS Air Quality Strategy
ATC Auto Traffic Counters
BAP Biodiversity Action Plan
BAT Best Available Techniques
BE British Energy
BERR Department for Business, Enterprise and Regulatory Reform
BGL Below Ground Level
BMVL Best and Most Versatile Land
BNDR Bridgwater Northern Distributor Road
BOD Biochemical Oxygen Demand
BPEO Best Practical Environmental Option
BPM Best Practical Means
BS British Standard
BTO British Trust of Ornithology
CABE Commission for Architecture and the Built Environment
274 | HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1
CCW Countryside Council for Wales
CDCZ Construction Daily Commuting Zone
CEFAS Centre for Environment, Fisheries and Aquaculture Science
CEMP Construction Environmental Management Plan
CFMP Catchment Flood Management Plan
CLR Contaminated Land Research
CO Carbon Monoxide
COD Chemical Oxygen Demand
CRTN Calculation of Road Traffic Noise
CWS County Wildlife Site dB(A) Decibels (noise measurement)
˚C Degrees Celsius
DCO Development Consent Order
DECC Department of Energy and Climate Change
DEFRA Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs
DfT Department for Transport
DMRB Design Manual for Roads and Bridges
DWS Drinking Water Standard
EC European Community
EDF Électricité de France
EIA Environmental Impact Assessment
EMMP Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan
EPR European Pressurised Water Reactor
EQS Environmental Quality Standards
ES Environmental Statement (reporting outcome of EIA)
ESR Environmental Status Report
EU European Union
FDP Funded Decommissioning Programme
FRA Flood Risk Assessment
HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1 | 275
GDA Generic Design Assessment
GQA General Quality Assessment
Ha Hectares
HCHO Formaldehyde
HER Historic Environment Record
HGV Heavy Goods Vehicle
HLC Historic Landscape Characterisation
HLW High Level Waste
HPA Health Protection Agency
Hs Significant wave height
HSE Health and Safety Executive
HW High Water
IAU Impacts Assessment Unit
IEMA Institute of Environmental Management and Assessment
IFA Institute for Field Archaeologists
ILMP Integrated Land Management Plan
ILW Intermediate Level Waste
IMD Index Multiple Deprivation
IPC Infrastructure Planning Commission
JNCC Joint Nature Conservation Committee
KM Kilometres
KM² Kilometre Squared (or 100ha)
kV Kilovolts
LA Local Authority
LBAP Local Biodiversity Action Plan
LGV Light Goods Vehicle
LLW Low Level Waste
LLWR Low Level Waste Repository
LPA Local Planning Authority
276 | HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1
LTP Local Transport Plan
LVIA Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment
LW Low Water
M Metres
MAGIC Multi-Agency Geographic Information for the Countryside
MFA Marine and Fisheries Agency
MAFF Ministry for Agriculture, Fisheries and Food (now DEFRA)
MCA Maritime and Coastguard Agency
MHW Mean High Water
MLS Minimum Landing Size
MLWN (MLWS) Mean Low Water Neaps (Springs)
Mg/I Milligrams per litre
μg/kg Micrograms per kilogram mm Millimetres
MNR Marine Nature Reserve
MoD Ministry of Defence m/s Metres per second
MW Megawatts
NAQS National Air Quality Standards
Natura Designated site of international or European importance including SPA and SAC NDA Nuclear Decommissioning Authority
NE Natural England (formerly English Nature)
NIA Nuclear Industry Association
NII Nuclear Installations Inspectorate
NISR Nuclear Industries Security Regulations 2003 (as amended)
NMR National Monuments Record
NNR National Nature Reserve
NOx Nitrogen oxides (e.g. NO² Nitrogen Dioxide)
HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1 | 277
NPS National Policy Statement
NRMM Non-road Mobile Machinery
NSIP Nationally Significant Infrastructure Project
NSP Noise Sensitive Properties
NVC National Vegetation Classification
OCNS Office for Civil Nuclear Security
OD Ordinance Datum
ODPM Office of the Deputy Prime Minister
ONS Office for National Statistics
OS Ordnance Survey
PAH Polyaromatic Hydrocarbon
PM10 Particulate matter of less than 10 microns average diameter
PPC Planning and Pollution Control
PRoW Public Right of Way
PWR Pressurised Water Reactor
Ramsar Site designated under the convention of Wetlands of International Importance (Ramsar Convention 1975) RIFE Radioactivity in Food and the Environment
rpm Revolutions per minute
RSPB Royal Society for the Protection of Birds
RSA Radioactive Substances Act 1993
RSLR Relative Sea Level Rise
RSS Regional Spatial Strategy
SAC Special Area of Conservation
SERC Somerset Environmental Records Centre
SFRA Strategic Flood Risk Assessment
SI Statutory Instrument
SM Scheduled Monument
SMP Shoreline Management Plan
278 | HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1
SO2 Sulphur Dioxide
SOCC Statement of Community Consultation
SPA Special Protection Area
SPZ Source Protection Zone
SSA Strategic Siting Assessment
SSSI Site of Special Scientific Interest
STA Strategic Transport Assessment
SuDS Sustainable Drainage Systems
SWRDA South West Regional Development Agency
TA Transport Assessment
TPH Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons
TSTRT2 Taunton and Surrounding Area Strategic Traffic Model Number 2
TZVI Theoretical Zone of Visual Importance
UK United Kingdom
UK EPR United Kingdom European Pressurised Water Reactor
VLLW Very Low Level Waste
VOC Volatile Organic Compound
WeBS Wetland Bird Survey
WFD Water Framework Directive
ZVI Zone of Visual Influence
HINKLEY POINT C PRE-APPLICATION CONSULTATION – STAGE 1 | 279